Home

Manual - Digi-Key

1. Flag Meaning abs Psect is absolute bit Psect holds bit objects class name Specify class name for psect delta size Size of an addressing unit global Psect is global default limit address Upper address limit of psect local Psect is not global ovrld Psect will overlap same psect in other modules pure Psect is to be read only pad amount Zero pads psect up to specified alignment reloc boundary Start psect on specified boundary size max Maximum size of psect space area Represents area in which psect will reside width size Sets maximum number of bytes used per address with psect Place psect in the same page as specified psect e abs defines the current psect as being absolute i e it is to start at location 0 This does not mean that this module s contribution to the psect will start at 0 since other modules may contribute to the same psect e The bit flag specifies that a psect hold objects that are 1 bit long Such psects have a scale value of 8 to indicate that there are 8 addressable units to each byte of storage e The class flag specifies a class name for this psect Class names are used to allow local psects to be referred to by a class name at link time since they cannot be referred to by their own name Class names are also useful where psects need only be positioned anywhere within a range of addresses rather than at one specific address e The delta flag defines the size of an addressing unit In
2. 189 illegal type for array dimension Parser An array dimension must be either an integral type or an enumerated value int array 12 5 woops twelve and a half elements eh 190 illegal type for index expression Parser An index expression must be either integral or an enumerated value e g int i array 10 i array 3 5 woops exactly which element do you mean 278 Error and Warning Messages 191 cast type must be scalar or void Parser A typecast an abstract type declarator enclosed in parentheses must denote a type which is either scalar i e not an array or a structure or the type void e g lip long input woops maybe lip long input 192 undefined identifier Parser This symbol has been used in the program but has not been defined or declared Check for spelling errors if you think it has been defined 193 nota variable identifier Parser This identifier is not a variable it may be some other kind of object e g a label 194 expected Parser A closing parenthesis was expected here This may indicate you have left out this character in an expression or you have some other syntax error The error is flagged on the line at which the code first starts to make no sense This may be a statement following the incomplete expression e g if a b the closing parenthesis is missing here p g the error is flagged here
3. This operator toggles each bit within a value Consider the following code unsigned char count c c 0x55 1f c OxAA count If c contains the value 55h it often assumed that c will produce AAh however the result is FFAAh and so the comparison in the above example would fail The compiler may be able to issue a 65 Operators C Language Features mismatched comparison error to this effect in some circumstances Again a cast could be used to change this behaviour The consequence of integral promotion as illustrated above is that operations are not performed with char type operands but with int type operands However there are circumstances when the result of an operation is identical regardless of whether the operands are of type char or int In these cases HI TECH C will not perform the integral promotion so as to increase the code efficiency Consider the following example unsigned char a b c a bt oc Strictly speaking this statement requires that the values of b and c should be promoted to unsigned int the addition performed the result of the addition cast to the type of a and then the assignment can take place Even if the result of the unsigned int addition of the promoted values of b and c was different to the result of the unsigned char addition of these values without promotion after the unsigned int result was converted back to unsigned char the final result would be the same If an 8 bit addi
4. 4 3 9 4 LIST If the listing was previously turned off using the NOLIST control the LIST control on its own will turn the listing on Alternatively the LIST control may includes options to control the assembly and the listing The options are listed in Table 4 8 See also the NOLIST control in Section 4 3 9 7 4 3 9 5 NOCOND Using this control will prevent conditional code from being included in the listing output See also the COND control in Section 4 3 9 1 110 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language Table 4 8 LIST control options List Option Default Description c nnn 80 Set the page i e column width n nnn 59 Set the page length t 0N OFF OFF Truncate listing output lines The default wraps lines p lt processor gt n a Set the processor type r lt radix gt hex Set the default radix to hex dec or oct x 0N OFF OFF Turn macro expansion on or off 4 3 9 6 NOEXPAND NOEXPAND disables macro expansion in the listing file The macro call will be listed instead See also the EXPAND control in Section 4 3 9 2 Assembly macro are discussed in Section 4 3 8 12 4 3 9 7 NOLIST This control turns the listing output off from this point onward See also the LIST control in Section 4 3 9 4 4 3 9 8 NOXREF NOXREF will disable generation of the raw cross reference file See also the XREF control in Section 4 3 9 13 4 3 9 9 PAGE PAGE causes a new page to be started i
5. redeclared Parser The specified argument is declared more than once in the same argument list e g int calc int a int a you cannot have two parameters called a 279 initialization of function arguments is illegal Parser A function argument can t have an initialiser in a declaration The initialisation of the argument happens when the function is called and a value is provided for the argument by the calling function e g extern int proc int a 9 woops a is initialized when proc is called 295 Error and Warning Messages 280 arrays of functions are illegal Parser You can t define an array of functions You can however define an array of pointers to functions e g int farray woops should be int farray 281 functions can t return functions Parser A function cannot return a function It can return a function pointer A function returning a pointer to a function could be declared like this int name O Note the many parentheses that are necessary to make the parts of the declaration bind correctly 282 functions can t return arrays Parser A function can return only a scalar simple type or a structure It cannot return an array 283 dimension required Parser Only the most significant i e the first dimension in a multi dimension array may not be assigned a value All succeeding dimensions must be present as a constant expression
6. 3 3 4 4 Clearing the Bss Psects The ANSI standard dictates that those non auto objects which are not initialized must be cleared before execution of the program begins The compiler does this by grouping all such uninitialized objects into a bss psect This psect is then cleared as a block by the runtime startup code 49 Files C Language Features The abbreviation bss stands for Block Started by Symbol and was an assembler pseudo op used in IBM systems back in the days when computers were coal fired The contin ued usage of this term is still appropriate The name of the bss psect is rbss The block clear of the bss psect may be omitted by disabling the clear suboption of RUNTIME For example RUNTIME default clear With this part of the runtime startup code absent the contents of uninitialized variables will be unpredictable when the program begins execution Variables whose contents should be preserved over a reset or even power off should be qualified with persistent see Section 3 4 9 1 Such variables are linked at a different area of memory and are not altered by the runtime startup code in anyway 3 3 4 5 Linking in the C Libraries By default a set of libraries are automatically passed to the linker to be linked in with user s program The libraries can be omitted by disabling the clib suboption of RUNTIME For example RUNTIME default clib With this part of the runtime startup code absent the us
7. 69 Interrupt Handling in C C Language Features Table 3 10 Interrupt Vector Address Macros Macro name dsPIC30F Other Devices Description Vector Addresses Vector Addresses T1_VCTR Ox1A OxlA Timer 1 DMAO_VCTR Ox1C DMA Channel 0 IC2_VCTR Ox1C Ox1E Input Capture 2 OC2_VCTR Ox1E 0x20 Output Compare 2 T2_VCTR 0x20 0x22 Timer 2 T3_VCTR 0x22 0x24 Timer 3 SPI1_VCTR 0x24 Serial Comms 1 SPI1E_VCTR 0x26 Serial Comms 1 Error SPI1D_VCTR 0x28 Serial Comms 1 Transfer Done U1RX_VCTR 0x26 0x2A UARTI Receiver U1TX_VCTR 0x28 0x2C UARTI Transmitter ADC1_VCTR 0x2E A D Converter 1 DMA1_VCTR 0x30 DMA Channel 1 ADC_VCTR 0x2A ADC Convert Done NVM_VCTR 0x2C NVM Write Complete SI2C_VCTR 0x2E 12C Slave Interrupt MI2C_VCTR 0x30 12C Master Interrupt SI2C1_VCTR 0x34 I2C1 Slave Interrupt MI2C1_VCTR 0x36 12C1 Master Interrupt CM_VCTR 0x38 Comparator Event INCH_VCTR 0x32 Ox3A Input Change Interrupt INT1_VCTR 0x34 0x3C External Interrupt 1 ADC2_VCTR 0x3E A D Converter 2 IC7_VCTR 0x36 0x40 Input Capture 7 IC8_VCTR 0x38 0x42 Input Capture 8 DMA2_VCTR 0x44 DMA Channel 2 OC3_VCTR 0x3A 0x46 Output Compare 3 OC4_VCTR 0x3C 0x48 Output Compate 4 T4_VCTR 0x3E 0x4A Timer 4 T5_VCTR 0x40 0x4C Timer 5 INT2_VCTR 0x42 0x4E External Interrupt 2 U2RX_VCTR 0x44 0x50 UART 2 Receiver U2TX_VCTR 0x46 0x52 UART 2 Transmitter continued 70
8. 931 command file not specified Driver Command file to this application expected to be found after or lt on the command line was not found 939 no file arguments Driver The driver has been invoked with no input files listed on its command line If you are getting this message while building through a third party IDE perhaps the IDE could not verify the source files to compile or object files to link and withheld them from the command line 365 Error and Warning Messages 940 bit checksum placed at Objtohex Presenting the result of the requested checksum calculation 941 bad assignment USAGE Hexmate An option to Hexmate was incorrectly used or incomplete Follow the usage supplied by the message and ensure that that the option has been formed correctly and completely 942 unexpected character on line of file Hexmate File contains a character that was not valid for this type of file the file may be corrupt For example an Intel hex file is expected to contain only ASCII representations of hexadecimal digits colons and line formatting The presence of any other characters will result in this error 944 data conflict at address h between and Hexmate Sources to Hexmate request differing data to be stored to the same address To force one data source to override the other use the specifier If the two named sources of conflict are the same source then th
9. persist_validate and checksum for continue sleep until next reset 208 Library Functions Return Value FALSE zero if the NVRAM area is invalid TRUE non zero if the NVRAM area is valid 209 Library Functions POW Synopsis include lt math h gt double pow double f double p Description The pow function raises its first argument f to the power p Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f for f 1 0 f lt 10 0 f 1 0 printf pow 2 1 0f Sf n pow 2 See Also log log100 expO Return Value f to the power of p 210 Library Functions PRINTF VPRINTF Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int printf const char fmt include lt stdio h gt include lt stdarg h gt int vprintf const char fmt va_list va_arg Description The printf function is a formatted output routine operating on stdout There are corresponding routines operating on a given stream fprintf or into a string buffer sprintf The printf routine is passed a format string followed by a list of zero or more arguments In the format string are conversion specifications each of which is used to print out one of the argument list values Each conversion specification is of the form m ne where the percent symbol introduces a conversion followed by an optional width specification m
10. 211 Library Functions omitted it defaults to 6 If the precision is zero the decimal point will be omitted unless the alternate format is specified e Print the corresponding argument in scientific notation Otherwise similar to f g Use e or f format whichever gives maximum precision in minimum width Any trailing zeros after the decimal point will be removed and if no digits remain after the decimal point it will also be removed oxXud Integer conversion in radices 8 16 16 10 and 10 respectively The conversion is signed in the case of d unsigned otherwise The precision value is the total number of digits to print and may be used to force leading zeroes E g 8 4x will print at least 4 hex digits in an 8 wide field Preceding the key letter with an l indicates that the value argument is a long integer The letter X prints out hexadecimal numbers using the upper case letters A F rather than a f as would be printed when using x When the alternate format is specified a leading zero will be supplied for the octal format and a leading Ox or OX for the hex format s Print a string the value argument is assumed to be a character pointer At most n characters from the string will be printed in a field m characters wide c The argument is assumed to be a single character and is printed literally Any other characters used as conversion specifications will be printed Thus will produce a single percent sign The vprintf
11. Description The srand function initializes the random number generator accessed by rand with the given seed This provides a mechanism for varying the starting point of the pseudo random sequence yielded by rand On the Z80 a good place to get a truly random seed is from the refresh register Otherwise timing a response from the console will do or just using the system time Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t toc int i time amp toc srand int toc for i 0 i 10 i printf Sd t rand putchar An See Also rand 231 Library Functions SSCANF VSSCANF Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int sscanf const char buf const char fmt include lt stdio h gt include lt stdarg h gt int vsscanf const char buf const char fmt va_list ap Description The sscanf function operates in a similar manner to scanf except that instead of the conversions being taken from stdin they are taken from the string at buf The vsscanf function takes an argument pointer rather than a list of arguments See the de scription of va_start for more information on variable argument lists See Also scanf fscanf sprintfQ Return Value Returns the value of EOF if an input failure occurs else returns the number of input items 232 Library Functions STRCAT Synopsis include l
12. TUTORIAL Consider this case A bootloader trying to download an INHX32 file fails succeed because it cannot process the extended address records which are part of the INHX32 standard You know that this bootloader can only program data addressed within the range O to 64k and that any data in the hex file outside of this range can be safely disregarded In this case by generating the hex file in INHX8M format the operation might succeed The hexmate option to do this would be FORMAT INHX8M Now consider this What if the same bootloader also required every data record to contain eight bytes of data no more no less This is possible by combining FORMAT with FILL Appropriate use of FILL can ensure that there are no gaps in the data for the address range being programmed This will satisfy the minimum data length requirement To set the maximum length of data records to eight bytes just modify the previous option to become FORMAT INHX8M 8 The possible types that are supported by this option are listed in Table 5 10 Note that INHX032 is not an actual INHX format Selection of this type generates an INHX32 file but will also initialize the upper address information to zero This is a requirement of some device programmers 141 Hexmate Linker and Utilities Table 5 10 INHX types used in FORMAT option Type Description INHX8M Cannot program addresses beyond 64K INHX32 Can program addresses beyond 64K with extended linear address
13. The conversion characters are as follows oxd Skip white space then convert a number in base 8 16 or 10 radix respectively If a field width was supplied take at most that many characters from the input A leading minus sign will be recognized f Skip white space then convert a floating number in either conventional or scientific notation The field width applies as above s Skip white space then copy a maximal length sequence of non white space characters The pointer 224 Library Functions argument must be a pointer to char The field width will limit the number of characters copied The resultant string will be null terminated c Copy the next character from the input The pointer argument is assumed to be a pointer to char If a field width is specified then copy that many characters This differs from the s format in that white space does not terminate the character sequence The conversion characters 0 x u d and f may be preceded by an I to indicate that the corre sponding pointer argument is a pointer to long or double as appropriate A preceding h will indicate that the pointer argument is a pointer to short rather than int Example scanf d Ss ta amp c with input 12s will assign 12 to a and s to s scanf 3cd S1f amp c amp f with input abcd 3 5 will assign abc to c and 3 5 to f See Also fscanf sscanf printf va_argO Return Value The scanf function returns th
14. flash_write_block 179 Library Functions EVAL_POLY Synopsis include lt math h gt double eval_poly double x const double d int n Description The eval_poly function evaluates a polynomial whose coefficients are contained in the array d at x for example y x x d2 x dl d0 The order of the polynomial is passed in n Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void double x y double d 3 1 1 3 5 2 7 x 2 2 y eval_poly x d 2 printf The polynomial evaluated at f is f n x y Return Value A double value being the polynomial evaluated at x 180 Library Functions EXP Synopsis include lt math h gt double exp double f Description The exp routine returns the exponential function of its argument i e e to the power of f Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f for f 0 0 f lt 5 f 1 0 printf e to 1 0f f n f exp f See Also logQ log100 powO 181 Library Functions FABS Synopsis include lt math h gt double fabs double f Description This routine returns the absolute value of its double argument Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf Sf f n fabs 1 5 fabs 1 5 See Also abs 182 Library Functions FLOOR Synopsis include lt ma
15. void main void char str This is a string while str NULL printf Ss n str str strpbrk str 1 aeiou Return Value Pointer to the first matching character or NULL if no character found 248 Library Functions STRRCHR STRRICHR Synopsis include lt string h gt char strrchr char s int c char strrichr char s int c Description The strrehr function is similar to the strchr function but searches from the end of the string rather than the beginning i e it locates the last occurrence of the character e in the null terminated string s If successful it returns a pointer to that occurrence otherwise it returns NULL The strrichr function is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void char str This is a string while str NULL printf Ss n str str strrchr strt l s See Also strchr strlen strempQ strcpyQ streat Return Value A pointer to the character or NULL if none is found 249 Library Functions STRSPN Synopsis include lt string h gt size_t strspn const char sl const char s2 Description The strspn function returns the length of the initial segment of the string pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of characters from the string pointed to by s2 Example include lt stdio h gt include lt st
16. 93 ASA Constants ie os p kopa A RR amp a Eao 94 434 1 Numere Constants s 2055 senka Sees i i k Eee Ss 94 4 3 4 2 Character Constants and Strings s aooe 94 AS Identifiers s er oeo e e o OS RE Se Se eG SE eS 94 4 3 5 1 Significance of Identifiers 95 4 3 5 2 Assembler Generated Identifiers 95 43 5 4 LocaionCouiler coss pa 54 22008480 bo bese Seed 95 43 5 4 Register Symbols 2 05 64 2h eee bee wR ee ee 96 43 5 5 Symbole Labels sc eu e o e e GR ae em A Be 96 IO EPESOES lt gt es eo o aww hoe RS EAS ORE e is 96 43 7 Program SECOS ccoo ks eee we a A Re YA ER ee eS 98 43 8 Assembler Directives sr es o she oe BS aca BOR a aks 99 43 8 1 GLOBAL 24 064 4468 40 6b mt o eS 99 138 END 5 owe 6 koe E OR eR ARA 99 CONTENTS CONTENTS Ao PSBOV i e Go Rae OS eR BE EH ORES ES 99 Bae ORG os lt n daa 3 be Bae eee HA oe Bok e ia 103 43980 EQU 4348546486454 658 eA ww de ew S 103 do ABD g pasia oe ace Baa bed alee et Sa we ae eS 104 ASS DB wk ke ek rpari ga a Ha RR a e ds 104 43088 DW iii ee ee hw ee eS bh AA eee ESS 104 Ae A A 104 438 10 DS oeo c pana ep RS Sl ak GS BO RO a a e ht 104 4 3 8 11 IF ELSIF ELSE and ENDIF 105 43 8 12 MACROand ENDM 105 ASONS LOCAL Sar cog tes as Be we rd Bie Bbw RS 106 Ada e ALIGN hk ko eo BEAM REGS EEA HS ee he 107 AS BAS REPT kee keh te eee a Al oS Be Sr Swe as 107 43 616 IRP and IRPO oo os
17. ASMLIST Because of the double dash you can determine that the option ASMLIST for example is not a A option followed by the argument SMLIST Some of these options define suboptions which typically appear as a 20 DSPICC Command line Driver DSPICC Compiler Options comma separated list following an equal character e g OUTPUT hex cof The exact format of the options varies and are described in detail in the following sections Some commonly used suboptions include default which represent the default specification that would be used if this option was absent altogether all which indicates that all the available suboptions should be enabled as if they had each been listed and none which indicates that all suboptions should be disabled Some suboptions may be prefixed with a plus character to indicate that they are in addition to the other suboptions present or a minus character to indicate that they should be excluded In the following sections angle brackets lt gt are used to indicate optional parts of the command 2 4 1 Bmodel Select memory model The compiler implements two memory models small and large These are selected by either using the Bs or B1 options for small or large memory model respectively In most cases small model will suffice and is the compiler s default setting If the selected processor has accessible program memory at addresses above 0xFFFF and the program makes use of functi
18. C Language Features Interrupt Handling in C Table 3 10 Interrupt Vector Address Macros Macro name dsPIC30F Other Devices Description Vector Addresses Vector Addresses SPI2E_VCTR 0x54 Serial Comms 2 Error SPI2D_VCTR 0x56 Serial Comms 2 Transfer Done C1RX_VCTR 0x58 ECAN 1 Receive Data Ready C1E_VCTR 0x58 CANI Error on PS Devices SPI2_VCTR 0x48 Serial Comms 2 C1_VCTR 0x4A OxSA Combined IRQ for CAN1 or ECAN1 DMA3_VCTR Ox5C DMA Channel 3 IC3_VCTR 0x4C Ox5E Input Capture 3 1IC4_VCTR 0x4E 0x60 Input Capture 4 IC5_VCTR 0x50 0x62 Input Capture 5 IC6_VCTR 0x52 0x64 Input Capture 6 OC5_VCTR 0x54 0x66 Output Compare 5 OC6_VCTR 0x56 0x68 Output Compare 6 OC7_VCTR 0x58 0x6A Output Compare 7 OC8_VCTR OxSA Ox6C Output Compare 8 PMP_VCTR Ox6E Parallel Port Master DMA4_VCTR 0x70 DMA Channel 4 T6_VCTR 0x72 Timer 6 T7_VCTR 0x74 Timer 7 S12C2_VCTR 0x76 12C2 Slave Interrupt MI2C2_VCTR 0x78 12C2 Master Interrupt INT3_VCTR Ox5C Ox7E External Interrupt 3 INT4_VCTR Ox5E 0x80 External Interrupt 4 C1RX_VCTR 0x82 ECAN 2 Receive Data Ready C1E_VCTR 0x82 CAN2 Error on PS Devices C2_VCTR 0x60 0x84 Combined IRQ for CAN2 or ECAN2 PWM_VCTR 0x62 0x86 PWM Period Match QEI_VCTR 0x64 0x88 QEI Interrupt DCIE_VCTR Ox8A DCI Error DCID_VCTR Ox8C DCI Transfer Done DMA5_VCTR Ox8E DMA Channel 5 RTCC_VCTR 0x90 Real time Clock Calendar DCI_VCTR 0x6
19. state NEW 321 label identifier expected Parser An identifier denoting a label must appear after goto e g if a goto 20 this is not BASIC a valid C label must follow a goto 322 enum tag or expected Parser After the keyword enum must come either an identifier that is or will be defined as an enum tag or an opening brace e g enum 1 2 should be e g enum one 1 two 323 struct union tag or expected Parser An identifier denoting a structure or union or an opening brace must follow a struct or union keyword e g struct int a this is not how you define a structure You might mean something like struct int a my_struct 324 too many arguments for printf style format string Parser There are too many arguments for this format string This is harmless but may represent an incorrect format string e g printf sd d low high median woops missed a placeholder 302 Error and Warning Messages 325 error in printf style format string Parser There is an error in the format string here The string has been interpreted as a printf style format string and it is not syntactically correct If not corrected this will cause unexpected behaviour at run time e g printf 1 111 woops maybe printf ld 111 326 long int argument required in printf style format string Parser A long argument is required for t
20. 105 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler storem tempvar 2 expands to mov 2 w0 mov w0 tempvar A point to note in the above example the character is used to permit the concatenation of macro parameters with other text but is removed in the actual expansion A comment may be suppressed within the expansion of a macro thus saving space in the macro storage by opening the comment with a double semicolon When invoking a macro the argument list must be comma separated If it is desired to include a comma or other delimiter such as a space in an argument then angle brackets lt and gt may be used to quote the argument In addition the exclamation mark may be used to quote a single character The character immediately following the exclamation mark will be passed into the macro argument even if it is normally a comment indicator If an argument is preceded by a percent sign that argument will be evaluated as an expression and passed as a decimal number rather than as a string This is useful if evaluation of the argument inside the macro body would yield a different result The nul operator may be used within a macro to test a macro argument for example IF nul arg3 argument was not supplied ELSE argument was supplied ENDIF By default the assembly list file will show macro in an unexpanded format i e as the macro was invoked Expansion of the macro in the listing file can be shown by using the EXP
21. 140 FIND REPLACE 141 FORMAT 141 HELP 142 LOGFILE 142 O 142 SERIAL 36 142 STRING 143 hexmate options 138 HI TIDE 30 HLINK see linker HTC_ERR_FORMAT 29 HTC_WARN_FORMAT 29 T O console I O functions 87 serial 87 STDIO 87 identifier length 25 identifiers assembly 94 IEEE floating point format 55 IF directive 105 Implementation defined behaviour division and modulus 66 shifts 66 implementation defined behaviour 41 in line assembly 72 INCLUDE assembler control 110 include files assembly 110 INHX32 137 141 INHX8M 137 141 INDEX INDEX init psect 67 inline pragma directive 78 int data types 54 integer suffix long 52 unsigned 52 integral constants 52 integral promotion 65 interrupt functions 69 context retrieval 72 context saving 72 84 fast 73 interrupt keyword 69 interrupt qualifier 69 interrupt service routines 69 interrupts handling in C 69 IRP directive 108 IRPC directive 108 isalnum function 190 isalpha function 190 isdigit function 190 islower function 190 Japanese character handling 81 JIS character handling 81 jis pragma directive 81 kbhit function 87 192 keywords auto 61 disabling non ANSI 37 far 59 fast 73 interrupt 69 near 59 persistent 58 ydata 59 label field 92 labels assembly 96 local 106 Idexp function 193 Idiv function 194 LIBR 127 128 command line arguments 128 error messages 130 li
22. 195 expression syntax Parser This expression is badly formed and cannot be parsed by the compiler e g a b woops maybe that should be a b 196 struct union required Parser A structure or union identifier is required before a dot e g int a a b 9 woops a is not a structure 197 struct union member expected Parser n A structure or union member name must follow a dot or arrow gt 279 Error and Warning Messages 198 undefined struct union Parser The specified structure or union tag is undefined e g struct WHAT what a definition for WHAT was never seen 199 logical type required Parser The expression used as an operand to if while statements or to boolean operators like and amp amp must be a scalar integral type e g struct FORMAT format if format this operand must be a scaler type format a 0 200 taking the address of a register variable is illegal Parser A variable declared register may not have storage allocated for it in memory and thus it is illegal to attempt to take the address of it by applying the operator e g int proc register int in int ip amp in woops in may not have an address to take return ip 201 taking the address of this object is illegal Parser The expression which was the operand of the amp operator is not one that denotes memory storage an lvalue and
23. 33FJ256GP506 PIC30 0 2ABFF 800 47FF 33FJ64GP206 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 27FF 33FJ64GP306 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 47FF 33FJ64GP310 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 47FF 33FJ64GP706 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ64GP708 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 47FF 33FJ64GP710 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 47FF 33FJ64MC506 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 27FF 33FJ64MC508 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 27FF 33FJ64MC510 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 27FF 33FJ64MC706 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 47FF 33FJ64MC708 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 47FF 33FJ64MC710 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 47FF 24FJ128GA106 PIC24 0 157F7 800 47FF continued 387 Chip Information 388 Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 DEVICE ARCH FLASH XDATA EEPROM 24FJ128GA108 PIC24 0 157F7 800 47FF 24FJ128GA110 PIC24 0 157F7 800 47FF 24FJ128GB106 PIC24 0 157F7 800 47FF 24FJ128GB108 PIC24 0 20BF7 800 47FF 24FJ128GB110 PIC24 0 20BF7 800 47FF 24FJ192GA106 PIC24 0 20BF7 800 47FF 24FJ192GA 108 PIC24 0 20BF7 800 47FF 24FJ192GA110 PIC24 0 20BF7 800 47FF 24FJ192GB106 PIC24 0 20BF7 800 47FF 24FJ192GB108 PIC24 0 20BF7 800 47FF 24FJ192GB110 PIC24 0 20BF7 800 47FF 24FJ256GA 106 PIC24 0 2ABF7 800 47FF 24FJ256GA 108 PIC24 0 2ABF7 800 47FF 24FJ256GA110 PIC24 0 2ABF7 800 47FF 24FJ256GB 106 PIC24 0 2ABF7 800 47FF 24FJ256GB 108 PIC24 0 2ABF7 800 47FF 24FJ256GB110 PIC24 0 2ABF7 800 47FF 24FJ64GB 106 PIC24 0 ABF7 800 47FF 24FJ64GB 108 PIC24 0 ABF7 800 47FF 24FJ64GB110 PIC24 0 ABF7 800 47FF 24HJ128GP202 PIC24 0 157FF 800 27FF 24HJ128GP204 PIC24 0 157FF 800 27F
24. C test c DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 C modulel c DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 Gtest sym test obj modulel obj will include source level debugging information for test c only because modulel c was not com piled with the G option The IDE option will typically enable the G option 2 4 6 Ipath Include Search Path Use I to specify an additional directory to use when searching for header files which have been included using the include directive The I option can be used more than once if multiple directories are to be searched The default include directory containing all standard header files is always searched even if no I option is present and will be searched after any user specified directories have been searched For example DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 C Ic linclude Id myapp include test c will search the directories c include and d myapp include for any header files included into the source code then search the default include directory the include directory where the compiler was installed 23 DSPICC Compiler Options DSPICC Command line Driver 2 4 7 Llibrary Scan Library The L option is used to specify additional libraries which are to be scanned by the linker Libraries specified using the L option are scanned before the standard C library allowing additional versions of standard library functions to be accessed All libraries must be located in the LIB subdirectory of the compiler installation directory The arg
25. Even though the ranges are contiguous no code will straddle a 64k boundary The repeat count is specified as the character x or after a range followed by a count 5 7 3 Cx These options allow control over the call graph information which may be included in the map file produced by the linker The CN option removes the call graph information from the map file The CC option only include the critical paths of the call graph A function call that is marked with a in a full call graph is on a critical path and only these calls are included when the CC option is used A call graph is only produced for processors and memory models that use a compiled stack 5 7 4 Cpsect class This option will allow a psect to be associated with a specific class Normally this is not required on the command line since classes are specified in object files 5 7 5 Dclass delta This option allows the delta value for psects that are members of the specified class to be defined The delta value should be a number and represents the number of bytes per addressable unit of objects within the psects Most psects do not need this option as they are defined with a delta value 117 Operation Linker and Utilities 5 7 6 Dsymfile Use this option to produce an old style symbol file An old style symbol file is an ASCII file where each line has the link address of the symbol followed by the symbol name 5 7 7 Eerrfile Error messages from the linker are
26. Every C program must have a function called main 1118 bad string in getexpr J Code Generator This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software 1119 bad string in getexpr LRN Code Generator This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software 375 Error and Warning Messages 1137 match error Code Generator This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software 1138 attempt to return bit object on the stack Code Generator A bit type cannot be returned from a function 1139 function parameter area too large must be less than 1024 bytes Code Generator The amount of data used by this function for parameters has exceeded its maximum limit Reduce the amount of data passed to this function through parameters 1141 bad interrupt vector address for x Code Generator An invalid vector address was assigned to this function It was possibly out of range or not an even address 1142 missing interrupt vector address for function Code Generator This function was qualified as an interrupt function but has not been assigned a vector address Assign a vector address to this function 1143 function s auto area too large must be less than 65536 bytes Code Generator The amount of data used by this function for auto variables has exceeded its maximum limit Reduce the number of auto variables 1146 unknown register index Assembler This is an internal error Contact HI T
27. It is however not possible to declared pointers to bit variables or statically initialise bit variables Operations on bit objects are performed using the single bit instructions SET and CLR wherever possible thus the generated code to access bit objects is very efficient Note that when assigning a larger integral type to a bit variable only the least significant bit is used For example if the bit variable bitvar was assigned as in the following int data 0x54 bit bitvar bitvar data it will be cleared by the assignment since the least significant bit of data is zero If you want to set a bit variable to be 0 or 1 depending on whether the larger integral type is zero false or non zero true use the form bitvar data 0 The psects in which bit objects are allocated storage are declared using the bit PSECT directive flag Eight bit objects will take up one byte of storage space which is indicated by the psect s scale value of 8 in the map file The length given in the map file for bit psects is in units of bits not bytes All addresses specified for bit objects are also bit addresses The bit psects are cleared on startup but are not initialised To create a bit object which has a non zero initial value explicitly initialise it at the beginning of your code If the driver option STRICT is used the bit keyword becomes unavailable 53 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features 3 4 3 8 Bit Int
28. Linker The named list file could not be opened The linker would be trying to fixup the list file so that it will contain absolute addresses Ensure that an assembler list file was generated during the compilation stage Alternatively remove the assembler list file generation option from the link step 525 too many address memory spaces space ignored Linker The limit to the number of address spaces specified with the PSECT assembler directive is currently 16 526 psect not specified in P option first appears in Linker This psect was not specified in a P or A option to the linker It has been linked at the end of the program which is probably not where you wanted it 528 no start record entry point defaults to zero Linker None of the object files passed to the linker contained a start record The start address of the program has been set to zero This may be harmless but it is recommended that you define a start address in your startup module by using the END directive 529 usage objtohex Ssymfile object file hex file Objtohex Improper usage of the command line tool objtohex If you are invoking objtohex directly then please refer to Section 5 11 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 593 can t find 0x words 0x withtotal for psect in segment Linker See error 491 in Appendi
29. The most common code to trigger this warning is assignments to signed data types For example signed char c c OxFF As a signed 8 bit quantity c can only be assigned values 128 to 127 The constant is equal to 255 and is outside this range If you mean to set all bits in this variable then use either of c 0x0 c 1 which will set all the bits in the variable regardless of the size of the variable and without warning This warning can also be triggered by intermediate values overflowing For example 347 Error and Warning Messages unsigned int i assume ints are 16 bits wide i 240 137 this should be okay right A quick check with your calculator reveals that 240 137 is 32880 which can easily be stored in an unsigned int but a warning is produced Why Because 240 and 137 and both signed int values Therefore the result of the multiplication must also be a signed int value but a signed int cannot hold the value 32880 Both operands are constant values so the code generator can evaluate this expression at compile time but it must do so following all the ANSI rules The following code forces the multiplication to be performed with an unsigned result i 240u 137 force at least one operand to be unsigned 752 conversion to shorter data type Code Generator Truncation may occur in this expression as the lvalue is of shorter type than the rvalue e g char a int b cz a b c
30. Xprefix Exclude and symbols starting with prefix 5 12 2 Hheading The H option takes a string as an argument which will be used as a header in the listing The default heading is the name of the first raw cross ref information file specified 5 12 3 Llen Specify the length of the paper on which the listing is to be produced e g if the listing is to be printed on 55 line paper you would use a L55 option The default is 66 lines 5 12 4 Ooutfile Allows specification of the output file name By default the listing will be written to the standard output and may be redirected in the usual manner Alternatively out file may be specified as the output file name 512 5 Pwidth This option allows the specification of the width to which the listing is to be formatted e g P132 will format the listing for a 132 column printer The default is 80 columns 5 12 6 Sstoplist The S option should have as its argument the name of a file containing a list of symbols not to be listed in the cross reference Multiple stoplists may be supplied with multiple S options 133 Cromwell Linker and Utilities Table 5 6 CROMWELL format types Key Format cod Bytecraft COD file coff COFF file format elf ELF DWARF file eomf51 Extended OMF 51 format hitech HI TECH Software format icoff ICOFF file format ihex Intel HEX file format mcoff Microchip COFF file format omf51 OMF 51 file format pe P amp E file format
31. appears in multiple call graphs rooted at and Linker This function can be called from both main line code and interrupt code Use the reentrant key word if this compiler supports it or recode to avoid using local variables or parameters or duplicate the function e g void interrupt my_isr void scan 6 scan is called from an interrupt function void process int a scan a scan is also called from main line code 474 no psect specified for function variable argument allocation Linker The FNCONF assembler directive which specifies to the linker information regarding the auto parameter block was never seen This is supplied in the standard runtime files if necessary This error may im ply that the correct run time startup module was not linked Ensure you have used the FNCONF directive if the runtime startup module is hand written 475 conflicting FNCONF records Linker The linker has seen two conflicting FNCONF directives This directive should only be specified once and is included in the standard runtime startup code which is normally linked into every program 476 fixup overflow referencing location 0x 0x size value 0x Linker The linker was asked to relocate fixup an item that would not fit back into the space after relocation See the following error message 477 for more information 326 Error and Warning Messages 477 fixup overflow in expression locat
32. asm C 75 assembler 99 EQU 96 div function 170 divide by zero result of 66 driver command format 17 file types 17 long command lines 18 options 18 predefined macros 78 supported data types 51 version number 38 driver options ASMLIST 26 CHAR 26 CHAR type 54 CHIP processor 27 CHIPINFO 27 CODEOFFSET 27 CR file 27 DEBUGGER 27 395 INDEX INDEX ERRFORMAT format 28 ERRORS 29 FILL 30 GETOPTION 30 HELP 30 IDE 30 LANG 30 MEMMAP 31 MSGDISABLE 31 MSGFORMAT 31 NODEL 31 NOEXEC 31 OPT 32 OUTDIR 32 OUTPUT 32 PRE 32 PROTO 33 RAM 34 ROM 35 RUNTIME type 35 48 clear 36 50 clib 36 50 init 36 49 keep 36 48 stack 36 48 vec_func 36 48 vec_reset 36 48 SCANDEP 35 SERIAL 36 SETOPTION app file 36 SETUP 37 STRICT 37 SUMMARY 37 SUMMARY gt type 85 TIME 37 VER 38 WARN level 38 WARNFORMAT 38 WARNFORMAT format 28 396 C 21 85 D 21 E 22 G 23 42 I 23 L 24 M 25 N 25 0 25 P 25 Q 25 S 25 85 U 26 V 26 X 26 DS directive 104 dsPIC and PIC24 assembly language functions 73 dsPIC and PIC24 MCU assembly language 92 DSPICC see driver DW directive 104 eeprom_erase_block_only function 171 eeprom_erase_row_only function 171 eeprom_erase_word_only function 171 eeprom_re
33. define ONE 1 elsewhere define ONE one Is this correct It will overwrite the first definition 112 define syntax error Preprocessor A macro definition has a syntax error This could be due to a macro or formal parameter name that does not start with a letter or a missing closing parenthesis e g define FOO a 2b bar a 2b 2b is not to be 113 unterminated string in preprocessor macro body Preprocessor Assembler A macro definition contains a string that lacks a closing quote 114 illegal undef argument Preprocessor The argument to undef must be a valid name It must start with a letter e g tundef 6YYY this isn t a valid symbol name 266 Error and Warning Messages 115 recursive preprocessor macro definition of defined by Preprocessor The named macro has been defined in such a manner that expanding it causes a recursive expansion of itself 116 end of file within preprocessor macro argument from line Preprocessor A macro argument has not been terminated This probably means the closing parenthesis has been omitted from a macro invocation The line number given is the line where the macro argument started e g define FUNC a b func atb FUNC 5 6 woops where is the closing bracket 117 misplaced constant in if Preprocessor A constant in a if expression should only occur in syntactically correct places This error is most pr
34. e g mmm macro al move r0 Hal LOCAL al woops the macro parameter cannot be used with local ENDM 799 REPT argument must be gt 0 Assembler The argument to a REPT directive must be greater than zero e g rept 2 2 copies of this code move r0 r1 endm 800 undefined symbol Assembler The named symbol is not defined in this module and has not been specified GLOBAL 354 Error and Warning Messages 801 range check too complex Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 802 invalid address after END directive Assembler The start address of the program which is specified after the assembler END directive must be a label in the current file 803 undefined temporary label Assembler A temporary label has been referenced that is not defined Note that a temporary label must have a number gt 0 804 write error on object file Assembler The assembler failed to write to an object file This may be an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 806 attempted to get an undefined object Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 807 attempted to set an undefined object Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 808 bad size in add_reloc
35. eep eep Note gned int data gned int block BLOCK_SIZE 0x1234 0x5678 Ox9ABC OxDEFO gned int address 0x10 OxABCD rom_write_word address data rom_write_block address block BLOCK_SIZE Each of these functions erase the relevant region in EEPROM before writing So for maximum device lifetime do NOT erase the space first when using these functions 174 Library Functions EEPROM_WRITE_WORD_ONLY EEPROM_WRITE_BLOCK_ONLY EEPROM_WRITE_ROW_ONLY Synopsis include lt htc h gt void eeprom_write_word_only unsigned address void eeprom_write_block_only unsigned address unsigned block unsigned size void eeprom_write_row_only unsigned address unsigned row Description These functions allow write access to the on chip EEPROM when present They allow individ ual words blocks of an arbitrary number of words or _EEPROM_ROW word blocks of memory to be programmed The macro _EEPROM_ROW is defined in dspic h Each of these functions take a byte address within the EEPROM space Functions eeprom_write_word_only and eeprom_write_block_only ignore the least significant bit of this address The function eeprom_write_row_only rounds this address down to the nearest preceding whole row boundary The EEPROM space is organized into contiguous _EEPROM_ROW word blocks called rows Hence it is more efficient to use the row based function to write multiple words of data than the equivalent block bas
36. endif 102 must be in an if Preprocessor The elif else or endif directive must be preceded by a matching if line If there is an apparently corresponding if line check for things like extra endif s or improperly terminated comments e g ifdef FOO result foo endif result bar elif defined NEXT the endif above terminated the if result next 0 endif 103 error Preprocessor This is a programmer generated error there is a directive causing a deliberate error This is normally used to check compile time defines etc Remove the directive to remove the error but first check as to why the directive is there 104 preprocessor assert failure Preprocessor The argument to a preprocessor assert directive has evaluated to zero This is a programmer induced error fassert SIZE size should never be 4 264 Error and Warning Messages 105 no asm before endasm Preprocessor A endasm operator has been encountered but there was no previous matching asm e g void cleardog void clrwdt endasm this ends the in line assembler only where did it begin 106 nested asm directives Preprocessor It is not legal to nest asm directives Check for a missing or misspelt endasm directive e g asm move r0 0aah asm the previous asm must be closed before opening another sleep endasm 107 illegal directive Preprocess
37. function is similar to printf but takes a variable argument list pointer rather than a list of arguments See the description of va_start for more information on variable argument lists An example of using vprintf is given below Example printf Total 4d 23 yields Total 23 printf Size is 1x size where size is a long prints size as hexadecimal printf Name 8s al234567890 yields Name a1234567 212 Library Functions printf xx d 3 4 yields xx 4 vprintf example include lt stdio h gt int error char s va_list ap va_start ap S printf Error vprintf s ap putchar An va_end ap void main void int 1 i 3 error testing 1 2 d i See Also fprintfO sprintfQ Return Value The printfQ and vprintf functions return the number of characters written to stdout 213 Library Functions PUTCH Synopsis include lt conio h gt void putch char c Description The putch function outputs the character ce to the console screen prepending a carriage return if the character is a newline In a CP M or MS DOS system this will use one of the system I O calls In an embedded system this routine and associated others will be defined in a hardware dependent way The standard putch routines in the embedded library interface either to a serial port or to the Lucifer Debugger Example inclu
38. keep Whether the startup module source file is The startup module is not deleted deleted after compilation vec_func Initialization of undefined interrupt vec Undefined interrupts will tors vector to a function named GeneralInterrupt vec_reset Initialization of unused interrupt vectors Undefined interrupts will execute a reset instruction 2 4 45 SCANDEP Scan for Dependencies When this option is used a dep dependency file is generated The dependency file lists those files on which the source file is dependant Dependencies result when one file is included into another 2 4 46 SERIAL hexcode address Store a Value at this Program Mem ory Address This option allows a hexadecimal code to be stored at a particular address in program memory A typical application for this option might be to position a serial number in program memory The byte width of data to store is determined by the byte width of the hexcode parameter in the option For ex ample to store a one byte value zero at program memory address 1000h use SERIAL 00 1000 To store the same value as a four byte quantity use SERIAL 00000000 1000 This option is functionally identical to the corresponding hexmate option For more detailed information and ad vanced controls that can be used with this option refer to Section 5 14 1 10 of this manual 36 DSPICC Command line Driver DSPICC Compiler Options 2 4 47 SETOPTION app file Set The
39. redefined Assembler The reloc flag to the PSECT assembler directive is different from a previous PSECT directive e g psect spdata class RAM reloc 4 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM reloc 8 868 argument to delta psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s DELTA option must be a positive constant number e g PSECT text class CODE delta 2 a negative delta value does not make sense 869 psect flag delta redefined Assembler The DELTA option of a psect has been redefined more than once in the same module 870 argument to pad psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s PAD option must be a non zero positive integer 360 Error and Warning Messages 871 argument to space psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s space option must be a positive constant number e g PSECT text class CODE space 1 space values start at zero 872 psect flag space redefined Assembler The space flag to the PSECT assembler directive is different from a previous PSECT directive e g psect spdata class RAM space 0 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM space 1 875 bad character constant in expression Assembler Optimizer The character constant was expected to consist of only one character but was fo
40. woops what is the exponent 221 hexadecimal digit expected Parser After 0x should follow at least one of the hex digits 0 9 and A F or a f e g a 0xg6 woops was that meant to be a Oxf6 222 binary digit expected Parser A binary digit was expected following the 0b format specifier e g i 0bf000 wooops f000 is not a base two value 223 digit out of range Parser Assembler Optimiser A digit in this number is out of range of the radix for the number e g using the digit 8 in an octal number or hex digits A F in a decimal number An octal number is denoted by the digit string commencing with a zero while a hex number starts with 0X or Ox For example int a 058 a leading 0 implies octal which has digits 0 thru 7 224 illegal directive Parser An illegal preprocessor has been detected Likely a directive has been misspelt in your code somewhere 225 missing character in character constant Parser The character inside the single quotes is missing e g char c the character value of what 226 char const too long Parser A character constant enclosed in single quotes may not contain more than one character e g c 12 woops only one character may be specified 284 Error and Warning Messages 227 expected after Parser The only context in which two successive dots may appear is as part of the ellipsis symbol which
41. yes but what sort of characters If the default type for string literals is const char then this warning is quite valid This should be written const char cp cp I am a string of characters that s better Omitting a qualifier from a pointer type is often disastrous but almost certainly not what you intend 360 array index out of bounds Parser An array is being indexed with a constant value that is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of elements in the array This warning will not be issued when accessing an array element via a pointer variable e g int i ip input 10 i input 2 woops this element doesn t exist ip amp input 5 i ip 2 this is okay 310 a Error and Warning Messages 361 function declared implicit int Parser Where the compiler encounters a function call of a function whose name is presently undefined the compiler will automatically declare the function to be of type int with unspecified K amp R style parameters If a definition of the function is subsequently encountered it is possible that its type and arguments will be different from the earlier implicit declaration causing a compiler error The solution is to ensure that all functions are defined or at least declared before use preferably with prototyped parameters If it is necessary to make a forward declaration of a function it should be preceded with the keywor
42. 0 is stored as 127 e mantissa is the mantissa which is to the right of the radix point There is an implied bit to the left of the radix point which is always except for a zero value where the implied bit is zero A zero value is indicated by a zero exponent The value of this number is 1 87 x 2 exponent 127 x 1 mantissa Here are some examples of the IEEE 754 32 bit formats Note that the most significant bit of the mantissa column in Table 3 8 that is the bit to the left of the radix point is the implied bit which is assumed to be unless the exponent is zero in which case the float is zero 55 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features The 32 bit example in Table 3 8 can be calculated manually as follows The sign bit is zero the biased exponent is 251 so the exponent is 251 127 124 Take the binary number to the right of the decimal point in the mantissa Convert this to decimal and divide it by 22 where 23 is the number of bits taken up by the mantissa to give 0 302447676659 Add one to this fraction The floating point number is then given by 1 x 2124 x 1 302447676659 1 x 2 126764793256 37 x 1 302447676659 2 77000e 37 Variables may be declared using the float and double keywords respectively to hold values of these types Floating point types are always signed and the unsigned keyword is illegal when specifying a floating point type Types declared as long double will use the same form
43. 10 printf buf 2s An buf See Also stmcpy strncmp strchr memset Return Value The memcpy routine returns its first argument 204 Library Functions MEMMOVE Synopsis include lt string h gt void memmove void sl const void s2 size_t n Description The memmove function is similar to the function memcpy except copying of overlapping blocks is handled correctly That is it will copy forwards or backwards as appropriate to correctly copy one block to another that overlaps it See Also strncpy stracmp strchr memcpy Return Value The function memmove returns its first argument 205 Library Functions MEMSET Synopsis include lt string h gt void memset void s int c size_t n Description The memset function fills n bytes of memory starting at the location pointed to by s with the byte c Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char abuf 20 strcpy abuf This is a string memset abuf x 5 printf buf s An abuf See Also stmepy strncmp strchr memcpy memchr 206 Library Functions MODF Synopsis include lt math h gt double modf double value double iptr Description The modf function splits the argument value into integral and fractional parts each having the same sign as value For example 3 17 would be split into the integral
44. 105 IRP 108 IRPC 108 LOCAL 95 106 MACRO 105 org 103 PROCESSOR 109 PSECT 98 99 REPT 107 SET 104 SIGNAT 109 SIGNAT directive 86 assembler files preprocessing 33 assembler listings 26 expanding macros 91 generating 91 hexadecimal constants 91 page length 91 page width 92 assembler operators 98 assembler optimizer enabling 91 assembler options 90 A 91 C 91 Cchipinfo 91 E 91 Flength 91 H 91 I 91 Llistfile 91 INDEX INDEX O 91 enabling 110 Ooutfile 92 excluding conditional code 110 Twidth 92 expanding macros 109 V 92 including conditional code 109 X 92 new page 111 processor 92 assembler generated symbols 95 assembly 89 character constants 94 character set 93 conditional 105 constants 94 default radix 94 delimiters 93 expressions 96 identifiers 94 data typing 95 include files 110 initializing bytes 104 double words 104 words 104 location counter 95 multi character constants 94 radix specifiers 94 relative jumps 95 relocatable expression 98 repeating macros 107 reserving locations 104 special characters 93 special comment strings 93 strings 94 volatile locations 93 assembly labels 96 scope 96 99 assembly listings blank lines 111 disabling macro expansion 111 subtitles 111 titles 112 assembly macros 105 character 106 character 106 amp symbol 106 con
45. 1ff 34 DSPICC Command line Driver DSPICC Compiler Options for example To only use an external range and ignore any on chip memory use RAM 0 ff This option may also be used to reserve memory ranges already defined as on chip memory in the chipinfo file To do this supply a range prefixed with a minus character for example RAM default 100 103 will use all the defined on chip memory but not use the addresses in the range from 100h to 103h for allocation of RAM objects 2 4 43 ROM lo0 hi lt lo hi gt tag Specify Additional ROM Ranges This option is used to specify memory in addition to any ROM specified in the chip configuration file which should be treated as available ROM space Strictly speaking this option specifies the areas of memory that may be used by read only ROM based objects and not necessarily those areas of memory which contain physical ROM The output that will be placed in the ranges specified by this option are typically executable code and any data variables that are qualified as const When producing code that may be downloaded into a system via a bootloader the destination memory may indeed be some sort of volatile RAM To only use on chip ROM memory this option is not required For example to specify an additional range of memory to that on chip use ROM default 100 2ff for example To only use an external range and ignore any on chip memory use ROM 100 2ff This opt
46. 2 4 29 HELP lt option gt Display Help The HELP option displays information on the DSPICC compiler options To find out more about a particular option use the option s name as a parameter For example DSPICC help warn This will display more detailed information about the WARN option 2 4 30 IDE type Specify the IDE being used This option is used to automatically configure the compiler for use by the named Integrated Devel opment Environment IDE The supported IDE s are shown in Table 2 4 30 DSPICC Command line Driver DSPICC Compiler Options Table 2 5 Supported languages Suboption IDE en english English fr french francais French de german deutsch German 2 4 31 LANG language Specify the Language for Messages This option allows the compiler to be configured to produce error warning and some advisory mes sages in languages other than English English is the default language and some messages are only ever printed in English regardless of the language specified with this option Table 2 5 shows those langauges currently supported 2 4 32 MEMMAP file Display Memory Map This option will display a memory map for the specified map file This option is seldom required but would be useful if the linker is being driven explicitly i e instead of in the normal way through the driver This command would display the memory summary which is normally produced at the en
47. 54 344 16 Bit Integer Data Types secsi ro See e 54 3 4 5 32 Bit Integer Data Types and Variables 54 3 4 6 Floating Point Types and Variables 55 SAT Structures and Unions sce eae sos ee Pe es 56 34 7 1 Buit heldsim Structures 4 6622 eo e bad 56 3 4 7 2 Structure and Union Qualifiers 04 57 34 8 Standard Type Qualifiers o s soca RE e a RS 58 3 4 8 1 Const and Volatile Type Qualifiers 58 S49 Special Type Qualifiers c roae e e Re Re RA 58 34 9 1 Persistent Type Qualifier ook ce socs poc ee ee e ao 58 34 9 2 YData Type Qualifier sic eee eest ness 59 3 4 9 3 Near and Far Type Qualifier 59 CONTENTS CONTENTS 3 5 3 6 au 3 8 3 9 3 12 3410 Powter Types cosita EES be ee we 59 SATO Data Pointers coso sa A Rl gs ee 60 S4102 Function Pointers lt 2 6 240062444 bs hb bee ects 60 3 4 10 3 Qualifiers and Pointers gt 2 266565 ee ee eee eS 60 Storage Class and Object Placement oco c oea e ea a a a e e i 61 33 1 Local Variables ocasion mad ed oe 61 431 1 Atte Variables ooo cross sa ON e aa 61 S512 Statie Vanables oo ew a eee a ewe Ga ae e aS 62 3 5 2 A and Y DATA Van bles o mooc erona a SR aa ee S 62 303 Absolute Variables s s e soe pasito Baw A e oS 62 358 Near Variables co sae e RS OEMS EER OS a O 63 Booey Far a o e x 4nw ok a e e Weed ta eee oe Boe Be Bis 63 3 5 6 Objects m
48. An end record has a mismatching CRC value in this UBROF file 1050 bad date in 0x52 record Cromwell A debug record has a bad date component in this UBROF file 1051 bad date in 0x01 record Cromwell A start of program record or segment record has a bad date component in this UBROF file 374 Error and Warning Messages 1052 unknown record type Cromwell A record type could not be determined when reading this UBROF file 1058 assertion Code Generator This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software 1059 rewrite loop Code Generator This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software 1060 unknown memory model type using small Driver The memory model selected is invalid The build will default to small memory model and continue Check your usage of the B option 1081 static initialization of persistent variable Parser Code Generator A persistent variable has been assigned an initial value This is somewhat contradictory as the initial value will be assigned to the variable during execution of the compiler s startup code however the persistent qualifier requests that this variable shall be unchanged by the compiler s startup code 1090 variable is not used Code Generator This variable is declared but has not been used by the program Consider removing it from the program 1091 main function not defined Code Generator The main function has not been defined
49. Binary file mcof Microchip PIC COFF cof Common Object File Format cod Bytecraft COD file format elf ELF DWARF file format 2 4 40 PRE Produce Preprocessed Source Code The PRE option is used to generate preprocessed C source files with an extension pre This may be useful to ensure that preprocessor macros have expanded to what you think they should Use of this option can also create C source files which do not require any separate header files This is useful when sending files for technical support 2 4 41 PROTO Generate Prototypes The PROTO option is used to generate pro files containing both ANSI and K amp R style function declarations for all functions within the specified source files Each pro file produced will have the same base name as the corresponding source file Prototype files contain both ANSI C style prototypes and old style C function declarations within conditional compilation blocks The extern declarations from each pro file should be edited into a global header file which is included in all the source files comprising a project The pro files may also contain static decla rations for functions which are local to a source file These static declarations should be edited into the start of the source file To demonstrate the operation of the PROTO option enter the following source code as file test c tinclude lt stdio h gt add argl arg2 int argl int arg2 33 DSPICC Comp
50. EFFE will store hex code 00001h to address EFFEh Another example SERIAL 0000 2 1000 10r5 will store 5 codes beginning with value 0000 at address 1000h Subsequent codes will appear at address intervals of 10h and the code value will change in increments of 2h 142 Linker and Utilities Hexmate 5 14 1 11 STRING The STRING option will embed an ASCII string at a fixed address The usage of this option is STRING Address tCode Text where Address is the location to store this string Code is optional and allows a byte sequence to trail each byte in the string This can allow the bytes of the string to be encoded within an instruction Text is the string to convert to ASCII and embed For example STRING 1000 My favourite string will store the ASCII data for the string My favourite string including null terminator at address 1000h Another example STRING 1000t34 My favourite string will store the same string with every byte in the string being trailed with the hexcode 34h 143 Hexmate Linker and Utilities 144 Appendix A Library Functions The functions within the standard compiler library are listed in this chapter Each entry begins with the name of the function This is followed by information decomposed into the following categories Synopsis the C declaration of the function and the header file in which it is declared Description a narrative description of the function and its purpose E
51. Example X Multiplication mov 4 33 W0 Addition bra 1 a Subtraction DB 5 2 Division mov 100 4 W5 or eq Equality IF inp eq 66 gt or gt Signed greater than IF inp gt 40 gt or ge Signed greater than or equal to IF inp ge 66 lt or lt Signed less than IF inp lt 40 lt or le Signed less than or equal to IF inp le 66 lt gt or ne Signed not equal to IF inp lt gt 40 low Low byte of operand ov low inp W2 high High byte of operand ov high 1008h W3 highword High 16 bits of operand DW highword inp od Modulus ov 77mod4 W10 Bitwise AND clrf inps0ffh Bitwise XOR exclusive or ov inp 80 W4 Bitwise OR ov inp 1 W1 not Bitwise complement ov not 055h W6 lt lt orshl Shift left DB inp gt gt 8 gt gt orshr Shift right ov inp shr 2 W3 rol Rotate left DB inp rol 1 ror Rotate right DB inp ror 1 float24 24 bit version of real operand DW float24 3 3 nul Tests if macro argument is null 97 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler Operators can be unary one operand e g not or binary two operands e g The operators allowable in expressions are listed in Table 4 4 The usual rules governing the syntax of expressions apply The operators listed may all be freely combined in both constant and relocatable expressions The HI TECH linker permits relocation of complex expressions so the results of expressions involving relocatable identifiers may not be resolved unti
52. HI TECH Manual dsPIC PIC24 HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 Compiler HI TECH Software Copyright C 2008 HI TECH Software All Rights Reserved Printed in Australia dsPIC is a registered trademark of Microchip Technology Inc Produced on March 19 2008 HI TECH Software Pty Ltd ACN 002 724 549 45 Colebard Street West Acacia Ridge QLD 4110 Australia email hitech htsoft com web http microchip htsoft com ftp ftp www htsoft com Contents Table of Contents List of Tables 1 Introduction 2 dd Typographic conventions lt scos seee ea o eo ee DSPICC Command line Driver Long Command LMES coe s s e ios ee E ee ee A Default Libraries oa sroga pe e a be pa A SSMS e EE eS Standard CAME COGE cca A e eS Re ee AAA DSPICO Compiler Opus 2 s 24 24 ete ee WES os y HEELS eS Bmodel Select memory model s co pe be RE eee we eS 21 2 25 2 4 2 4 1 2 4 2 2 4 3 2 4 4 2 4 5 2 4 6 2 4 7 2 4 8 2 4 9 2 4 10 2 4 11 2 4 12 2 4 13 2 4 14 2 4 15 2 4 16 E Compuso Object File i eee ee BSE SHES Sheed aS Dinacre Define Macro c y sia e RS A Ro Efile Redirect Compiler Errors toaFile Gfile Generate Source level Symbol File Ipath Include Search Path bij brary Scan Libary coria nipa ra dos L option Adjust Linker Options Directly file Generate Map File osos a ri A size Identifier Length ws 2a ee A ee eA we
53. Ki fale Specify Output Pile ses s rd Ee bw Sea wd BP Preprocess Assembly Files come er Ae ee ee ee es Or Quiet Mods ceci RBar ay Bae aed da Gogh et S Compile to Assembler Gode sg p es Ge nae ee Ee Pe eS macro Undead MAGO cns ciati ob tb e eas Ve Verbose Compile curs sr E EO ee eS CONTENTS CONTENTS 2417 X Strip Local Symbols os ce ee a ew a 26 24 18 ASMLIST Generate Assembler LST Files s c o se ceon 26 2 4 19 CHAR type Make Char Type Signed or Unsigned 27 2 4 20 CHIP processor Define Processor 0 006 27 2 4 21 CHIPINFO Display List of Supported Processors 27 2 4 22 CODEOFFSET Offset Program Code to Address 27 2 4 23 CR file Generate Cross Reference Listing 27 2 4 24 DEBUGGER t ype Select Debugger Type 2 28 2 4 25 ERRFORMAT format Define Format for Compiler Messages 28 2 4 25 1 Using the Format Options 28 2 4 25 2 Modifying the Standard Format 29 2 4 26 ERRORS number Maximum Number of Errors 30 2 4 27 FILL opcode Fill Unused Program Memory 30 2 4 28 GETOPTION app file Get Command line Options 30 2429 HELP lt option gt Display Help 5264s bee bee ews 30 2 4 30 IDE type Specify the IDE being used 30 2 4 31 LANG language Specify the Language for Mess
54. The n specification is an optional precision specification introduced by the dot and e is a letter specifying the type of the conversion A minus sign preceding m indicates left rather than right adjustment of the converted value in the field Where the field width is larger than required for the conversion blank padding is per formed at the left or right as specified Where right adjustment of a numeric conversion is specified and the first digit of m is 0 then padding will be performed with zeroes rather than blanks For integer formats the precision indicates a minimum number of digits to be output with leading zeros inserted to make up this number if required A hash character preceding the width indicates that an alternate format is to be used The nature of the alternate format is discussed below Not all formats have alternates In those cases the presence of the hash character has no effect The floating point formats require that the appropriate floating point library is linked From within HPD this can be forced by selecting the Float formats in printf selection in the options menu From the command line driver use the option LF If the character is used in place of a decimal constant e g in the format d then one integer argument will be taken from the list to provide that value The types of conversion are f Floating point m is the total width and n is the number of digits after the decimal point If n is
55. and Warning Messages This chapter lists most error warning and advisory messages from all HI TECH C compilers with an explanation of each message Most messages have been assigned a unique number which appears in brackets before each message in this chapter and which is also printed by the compiler when the message is issued The messages shown here are sorted by their number Un numbered messages appear toward the end and are sorted alphabetically The name of the application s that could have produced the messages are listed in brackets opposite the error message In some cases examples of code or options that could trigger the error are given The use of in the error message is used to represent a string that the compiler will substitute that is specific to that particular error Note that one problem in your C or assembler source code may trigger more than one error message 100 unterminated if n def block from line Preprocessor A if or similar block was not terminated with a matching endif e g if INPUT error flagged here void main void run no endif was found in this module 263 Error and Warning Messages 101 may not follow else Preprocessor A else or elif has been used in the same conditional block as a else These can only follow a if e g ifdef FOO result foo else result bar elif defined NEXT the else above terminated the if result next 0
56. and the usage of the linker Note however that in most instances it will not be necessary to use the linker directly as the compiler driver will automatically invoke the linker with all necessary arguments Using the linker directly is not simple and should be attempted only by those with a sound knowledge of the compiler and linking in general If it is absolutely necessary to use the linker directly the best way to start is to copy the linker arguments constructed by the compiler driver and modify them as appropriate This will ensure that the necessary startup module and arguments are present Note also that the linker supplied with HI TECH C is generic to a wide variety of compilers for several different processors Not all features described in this chapter are applicable to all compilers 5 2 Relocation and Psects The fundamental task of the linker is to combine several relocatable object files into one The object files are said to be relocatable since the files have sufficient information in them so that any references to program or data addresses e g the address of a function within the file may be adjusted according to where the file is ultimately located in memory after the linkage process Thus the file is said to be relocatable Relocation may take two basic forms relocation by name i e 113 Program Sections Linker and Utilities relocation by the ultimate value of a global symbol or relocation by psect i e relocation b
57. another application 894 unknown source file type Driver The extension of the indicated input file could not be determined Only files with the extensions as c obj usb pl lib or hex are identified by the driver 895 can t request and specify options in the one command Driver The usage of the driver options get option and setoption is mutually exclusive 899 can t open option file for application Driver An option file specified by a getoption or setoption driver option could not be opened If you are using the setoption option ensure that the name of the file is spelt correctly and that it exists If you are using the getoption option ensure that this file can be created at the given location or that it is not in use by any other application 900 exec failed Driver The subcomponent listed failed to execute Does the file exist Try re installing the compiler 902 no chip name specified use CHIPINFO to see available chip names Driver The driver was invoked without selecting what chip to build for Running the driver with the CHIPINFO option will display a list of all chips that could be selected to build for 904 illegal format specified in option Driver The usage of this option was incorrect Confirm correct usage with HELP or refer to the part of the manual that discusses this option 905 illegal application specified in option Driver The applica
58. at the end This problem is normally introduced by editors 177 symbol in U option was never defined Preprocessor A macro name specified in a U option to the preprocessor was not initially defined and thus cannot be undefined 179 nested comments Preprocessor This warning is issued when nested comments are found A nested comment may indicate that a previous closing comment marker is missing or malformed e g output 0 a comment that was left unterminated flag TRUE another comment hey where did this line go 180 unterminated comment in included file Preprocessor Comments begun inside an included file must end inside the included file 276 Error and Warning Messages 181 non scalar types can t be converted to other types Parser You can t convert a structure union or array to another type e g struct TEST test struct TEST sp sp test woops did you mean sp amp test 182 illegal conversion between types Parser This expression implies a conversion between incompatible types e g a conversion of a structure type into an integer e g struct LAYOUT layout int i layout i an int cannot be converted into a struct Note that even if a structure only contains an int for example it cannot be assigned to an int variable and vice versa 183 function or function pointer required Parser Only a function or function pointer can be the su
59. been truncated Contact HI TECH Support with details 383 text record has length too small Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 384 assertion failed file line expression Linker Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 387 illegal or too many G options Linker There has been more than one linker g option or the g option did not have any arguments follow ing The arguments specify how the segment addresses are calculated 388 duplicate M option Linker The map file name has been specified to the linker for a second time This should not occur if you are using a compiler driver If invoking the linker manually ensure that only one instance of this option is present on the command line See Section 5 7 9 for information on the correct syntax for this option 389 illegal or too many O options Linker This linker o flag is illegal or another o option has been encountered A o option to the linker must be immediately followed by a filename with no intervening space 315 Error and Warning Messages 390 missing argument to P Linker There have been too many p options passed to the linker or a p option was not followed by any arguments The arguments of separate p options may be combined and separated by commas 391 missing argument to Q Linker The 0 linker opt
60. bit FLSHCFGWRD1 GWRPU GWRPP Background debugger enable bit FLSHCFGWRD1 DEBUGDIS DEBUGEN Set clip on emulation bit FLSHCFGWRD1 COEDIS COEEN ICS ICD pin placement select bit FLSHCFGWRD1 ICDEMU2 ICDEMU1 Watchdog timer enable bit FLSHCFGWRD1 WDTEN WDTDIS Windowed WDT disable bit FLSHCFGWRD1 WINDIS WINEN WDT prescaler ratio select bit FLSHCFGWRD1 WDTPRE128 WDTPRE32 WDT postscaler select bits FLSHCFGWRD1 WDTPS32768 WDTPS 16384 WDTPS8192 WDTPS4096 WDTPS2048 WDTPS 1024 WDTPS512 WDTPS256 WDTPS 128 WDTPS64 WDTPS32 WDTPS16 WDTPS8 WDTPS4 WDTPS2 WDTPS1 Internal external switchover bit F LSHCFGWRD2 IESOEN IESODIS Initial oscillator select bits FLSHCFGWRD2 FRCDIV LPRC SOSC HSECPLL XTHSEC FRCPLL FRC Clock switching amp fail safe clock monitor FLSHCFGWRD2 FCKSMDIS CLKSWEN FCKSMEN OSC2 pin configuration bit FLSHCFGWRD2 CLKO PORTIO Primary oscillator configuration bits FLSHCFGWRD2 POSCDIS POSCHS POSCXT POSCEC 45 Files C Language Features The G option produces an absolute symbol files which contain both assembler and C level information This file is produced by the linker after the linking process has ben completed If no symbol filename is specified a default filename of file sym will be used where file is the basename of the first source file specified on the command line For example to produce a symbol file called test sym which includes C source level information DSPICC CHIP
61. but essentially each psect is listed with its desired link and load ad dresses and a minimum value All values may be omitted in which case a default will apply depending on previous values 120 Linker and Utilities Operation The minimum value min is preceded by a sign if present It sets a minimum value for the link or load address The address will be calculated as described below but if it is less than the minimum then it will be set equal to the minimum The link and load addresses are either numbers as described above or the names of other psects or classes or special tokens If the link address is a negative number the psect is linked in reverse order with the top of the psect appearing at the specified address minus one Psects following a negative address will be placed before the first psect in memory If a link address is omitted the psect s link address will be derived from the top of the previous psect e g Ptext 100h data bss In this example the text psect is linked at 100 hex its load address defaults to the same The data psect will be linked and loaded at an address which is 100 hex plus the length of the text psect rounded up as necessary if the data psect has a reloc value associated with it Similarly the bss psect will concatenate with the data psect Again Ptext 100h data bss will link in ascending order bss data then text with the top of text appearing at address Offh If the load add
62. calc int a int b hmmm which is right error flagged here return a b 254 undefined Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 255 not a member of the struct union Parser This identifier is not a member of the structure or union type with which it used here e g 290 Error and Warning Messages struct Imt dp Dute data if data d woops there is no member d in this structure return 256 too much indirection Parser A pointer declaration may only have 16 levels of indirection 257 only register storage class allowed Parser The only storage class allowed for a function parameter is register e g void process static int input 258 duplicate qualifier Parser There are two occurrences of the same qualifier in this type specification This can occur either directly or through the use of a typedef Remove the redundant qualifier For example typedef volatile int vint volatile vint very_vol woops this results in two volatile qualifiers 259 can t be qualified both far and near Parser It is illegal to qualify a type as both far and near e g far near int spooky woops choose either far or near not both 260 undefined enum tag Parser This enum tag has not been defined e g enum WHAT what a definition for WHAT was never seen 291 Error and W
63. default the assembler determines the name of the object file to be created by stripping any suffix or extension i e the portion after the last dot from the first source filename and appending obj The 0 option allows the user to override the default filename and specify a new name for the object file Pprocessor This option defines the processor which is being used The processor type can also be indicated by use of the PROCESSOR directive in the assembler source file see Section 4 3 8 17 You can also add your own processors to the compiler via the compiler s chipinfo file V This option will include line number and filename information in the object file produced by the assembler Such information may be used by debuggers Note that the line numbers will correspond with assembler code lines in the assembler file This option should not be used when assembling an assembler file produced by the code generator from a C source file Twidth This option allows specification of the listfile paper width in characters width should be a decimal number greater than 41 The default width is 80 characters X The object file created by the assembler contains symbol information including local symbols i e symbols that are neither public or external The X option will prevent the local symbols from being included in the object file thereby reducing the file size 4 3 HI TECH C Assembly Language The source language accepted by the macro assem
64. doce e e Medes awe HA 108 BOSE PROCESSOR lt lt ech wom ER pa 109 438 18 SIGNAT pc maweni we ew we Re eS Bde ww aes 109 359 Assembler Controls occiso 109 SON COND sg ese Sk ew ew oe k bdo Bore Gage ee woes 109 A392 EXPAND 2 224444 o 6454 4244 4 24 4444 0 109 AROS INCLUDE on hh a hale a Bae ee eS 110 ABO LIST oaa go Bl ace hs Ge ec GO Bl A Ba ek Th Ge A a ee A 110 4 3 9 5 NOCOND 4254 40 a ES 110 4500 NOEXPAND o oe 4 HAG ORS RAR a SAS 111 ASOT NOLIST ocios eb a He Bk RG SRO we eG 111 4398 NOXREF eso 644 5 6G 44 a Ee eed 2 eee 111 OES PAOR sg Araus eee e a A a es ere we ee A ee SS BA 111 A SOO SPACE comida ie Bee Bad ee we a 111 AGO SUBTITLE casio ew eb od ae ee eh eA 111 4339012 TILE 200 eevee os Gee Soe ay tae rv oS as Gea bs Shp hp ab Ge handel dhe ads By 112 AS AREF chic bw BS Ge bos bw RAMA Sw we BAS 112 5 Linker and Utilities 113 3I AMPOCBEHO ii A a et Ea ae eS he 113 3 2 Relocation and PSECES oo seas nore mea e a a a 113 39 POEM SeCNONS 246052 bbe A ERAS ZAHER SES 114 ae MOC PSEC sce ee A a ee oe ERE we ee ER eee 6 ale ae 114 SS Global SVMBOIS cuca a a BRR Babe Bo ea 114 36 Link atid load addresses ok we ke eG e Re eS ee 115 Su Operon y se ee a A Re ER A Re ee 8 S 115 CONTENTS CONTENTS 5 7 1 Numbers in linkeroptions os o lt sassari reres tet o 116 Iha A eu ona e e aig e R E as R R Bh 117 ihe Pi ds Bh ee Ae ea eS 117 MAA CPs la S e e E ee RO eR GO DS EE A eS 117 SD O o A eh
65. e g enum one 1 two int get_element int array two should be e g int array 7 return array 1 6 284 invalid dimension Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 285 no identifier in declaration Parser The identifier is missing in this declaration This error can also occur where the compiler has been confused by such things as missing closing braces e g void interrupt void what is the name of this function 296 Error and Warning Messages 286 declarator too complex Parser This declarator is too complex for the compiler to handle Examine the declaration and find a way to simplify it If the compiler finds it too complex so will anybody maintaining the code 287 arrays of bits or pointers to bit are illegal Parser It is not legal to have an array of bits or a pointer to bit variable e g bit barray 10 wrong no bit arrays bit bp wrong no pointers to bit variables 288 only functions may be void Parser A variable may not be void Only a function can be void e g int a void b this makes no sense 289 only functions may be qualified interrupt Parser The qualifier interrupt may not be applied to anything except a function e g interrupt int input variables cannot be qualified interrupt 290 illegal function qualifier s Parser A qualifier
66. ee Rey eRe Seed we amp ee Be aS 117 SiO DSVMUE oa hk baa ha bh bee cowed ee eee 118 Dialed A 118 Dee Phere ee Se a ee ee a aw Se ea a ae amp 118 Dildo GPEC soies aac 3 a A Oa ee A E te 118 Soh A e BO eed oe be SS Ee eS 119 BTA A BO Boe Dee 4 EA ee eS 119 SVA A 0 E ee kw ee BLED Se OMe See RAR EBS Ss 119 BIAS SAI 119 Dbl O ag iy ey SS A we Gee ol be se oe eS ae eB ee eS 119 SD els ck howe KGa al Re Ba Ga a ee aa ee ae amp 120 Ded WG LM 0c doe eg aac Bees BS Wig ge De OR A gp a a ee te 120 SAAT AUDE 0 ds BO eed hoe bE SER SSE i eS 120 SPS N SNS Andee ce ke Yep RO BGO OE A A eS 120 DAN DURE ss A br Bees Se ag Be es 120 Dil 20 e a e e ke ee he Re eee Gabe da ges bee Ges 120 SJal QUO geek a a ae AG Ge eS a eR EES 122 Diels FO nk ae eM a A ee Ga al ee eS aa Ee Gate 122 5 7 23 Sclass limit bound o 122 Dee UG WHO oi a eA ea EA a SRE SRE A EEE MS 123 O A s nek le E AE RR Ge DE E A eS 123 POINT AE ith a Rie a Bd bry BM ee Se Se a a Bes ed 123 GIT E AAN 123 DIS ci a A A ae a REM ES 123 3 8 Invoking the Linker gt s oe a new ea Pea OR a a e 123 OO Map Files s sce ae eee Soe a Ske eS Ba E a a 124 5 9 1 Call Graph Information lt s eo coes eae ness ee ee eS 125 SAO LIGNIN oa eR ea A RR SR ee ee ee 127 SO The Library Fonnt e sir A A 127 5 10 2 Using the LIBRA pf soree i a ad e O 128 303 Examples 200 eai k Bae A eee eS a a ahos 129 5 10 4 Supplymg Arguments lt os ees ee ee eee 129 3 103 Listine Format c
67. exe file under DOS or a prg file under TOS This requires that some information about what addresses require relocation is preserved in the object and subsequently the executable file The L option will generate in the output file one null relocation record for each relocation record in the input 5 7 16 LM Similar to the above option this preserves relocation records in the output file but only segment relocations This is used particularly for generating exe files to run under DOS 5 7 17 Mmapfile This option causes the linker to generate a link map in the named file or on the standard output if the file name is omitted The format of the map file is illustrated in Section 5 9 5 7 18 N Ns and Ne By default the symbol table in the link map will be sorted by name The N option will cause it to be sorted numerically based on the value of the symbol The Ns and Nc options work similarly except that the symbols are grouped by either their space value or class 5 7 19 Ooutfile This option allows specification of an output file name for the linker The default output file name is 1 obj Use of this option will override the default 5 7 20 Pspec Psects are linked together and assigned addresses based on information supplied to the linker via P options The argument to the P option consists basically of comma separated sequences thus Ppsect 1nkaddr min ldaddr min psect Inkaddr ldaddr There are several variations
68. files no special driver options are required in order to link them 3 3 4 Runtime startup Modules A C program requires certain objects to be initialised and the processor to be in a particular state before it can begin execution of its function main Itis the job of the runtime startup code to perform these tasks Traditionally runtime startup code is a generic precompiled routine which is always linked into a user s program Even if a user s program does not need all aspects of the runtime startup code redundant code is linked in which albeit not harmful takes up memory and slows execution For example if a program does not use any uninitialized variables then no routine is required to clear the bss psects HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 differs from other compilers by using a novel method to determine exactly what runtime startup code is required and links this into the program automatically It does this by performing an additional link step which does not produce any usable output but which can be used to determine the requirements of the program From this information the driver then writes the assembler code which will perform the runtime startup This code is stored into a file which can then be assembled and linked into the remainder of the program in the usual way Since the runtime startup code is generated automatically on every compilation the generated files associated with this process are deleted after they have been use
69. for variables which are qualified as volatile Typically the output code will read the variable but not do anything with the value read 760 portion of expression has no effect Code Generator Part of this expression has no side effects and no effect on the value of the expression e g int a b c a b c b has no effect was that meant to be a comma 350 Error and Warning Messages 761 sizeof yields 0 Code Generator The code generator has taken the size of an object and found it to be zero This almost certainly indicates an error in your declaration of a pointer e g you may have declared a pointer to a zero length array In general pointers to arrays are of little use If you require a pointer to an array of objects of unknown length you only need a pointer to a single object that can then be indexed or incremented 763 constant left operand to operator Code Generator The left operand to a conditional operator is constant thus the result of the tertiary operator will always be the same e g a 8 b c this is the same as saying a b 764 mismatched comparison Code Generator A comparison is being made between a variable or expression and a constant value which is not in the range of possible values for that expression e g unsigned char c if c gt 300 woops how can this be true close 765 degenerate unsigned comparison Code Generator There
70. formats are specified with the ikey and okey options respectively 336 Error and Warning Messages 604 unknown file format name Cromwell The output format specified to CROMWELL is unknown e g cromwell m P16F877 main hex main sym ocot and output file type of cot did you mean cof 605 did not recognize format of input file Cromwell The input file to Cromwell is required to be COD Intel HEX Motorola HEX COFF OMF51 P amp E or HI TECH 606 inconsistent symbol tables Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 607 inconsistent line number tables Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 608 bad path specification Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 609 missing processor spec after P Cromwell The p option to cromwell must specify a processor name 610 missing psect classes after N Cromwell Cromwell requires that the N option be given a list of the names of psect classes 611 too many input files Cromwell To many input files have been specified to be converted by CROMWELL 612 too many output files Cromwell To many output file formats have been specified to CROMWELL 337 Error and Warning Messages 613 no output file format specified Cromwell The output format mus
71. given psect All values of pad should be the same for all declarations of a given psect 1168 unknown conditional type Assembler A conditional branch instruction tests an unknown condition This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software 1169 constant out of range Assembler The literal value used in this instruction exceeds the valid range that is expected 1170 unknown operand type in emobj Assembler This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software 378 Error and Warning Messages 1171 unknown constant size in emobj Assembler This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software 1172 constant out of range Assembler The literal value used in this instruction exceeds the valid range that is expected For example using the value 300h in an instruction that accepts an 8 bit value would exceed the expected range for this instruction 1173 phase error Assembler This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software 1174 invalid psect width size must be 0 1 or 2 Assembler The width flag used when declaring or resuming this psect has an invalid value A valid values of width are 0 1 or 2 1175 branch out of range Assembler The destination or the offset given to this branch instruction exceeds the maximum range of a branch instruction If this instruction is branching to a label move the label within the reach of the branch instruction 1176 call address must be even As
72. include a sig nature which is compatible with the C prototype used to call them The simplest method of determining the correct signature for a function is to write a dummy C function with the same prototype and compile it to assembly language using the driver S option For example suppose you have an assembly language routine called _widget which takes two int arguments and returns a char value The prototype used to call this function from C would be extern char widget int int Where a call to _widget is made in the C code the signature for a function with two int arguments and a char return value would be generated In order to match the correct signature the source code for widget needs to contain an assembler SIGNAT pseudo op which defines the same signature value To determine the correct value you would write the following code char widget int argl int arg2 and compile it to assembler code using 86 C Language Features Standard I O Functions and Serial I O Table 3 16 Supported standard I O functions Function name Purpose printf const char s Formatted printing to stdout sprintf char buf const char s Writes formatted text to buf DSPICC S x c The resultant assembler code includes the following line SIGNAT _widget 8249 The SIGNAT pseudo op tells the assembler to include a record in the obj file which associates the value 8249 with symbol _widget The value 8249
73. is specified the FOO option will be passed on to the linker when it is invoked The L option is especially useful when linking code which contains extra program sections or psects as may be the case if the program contains C code which makes use of the pragma psect directive or assembler code which contains user defined psects See Section 3 12 3 5 for more information If this L option did not exist it would be necessary to invoke the linker manually to link code which uses the extra psects One commonly used linker option is N which sorts the symbol table in the map file by address rather than by name This would be passed to DSPICC as the option L N The L option can also be used to replace default linker options If the string starting from the first character after the L up to the character matches a default option then the default option is 24 DSPICC Command line Driver DSPICC Compiler Options replaced by the option specified For example L preset 100h will inform the linker to replace the default option that places the reset psect to be one that places the psect at the address 100h The default option that you are replacing must contain an equal character 2 4 9 Mfile Generate Map File The M option is used to request the generation of a map file The map is generated by the linker and includes information about where objects are located in memory If no filename is specified then the name of the map file will h
74. is the correct signature for a function with two int arguments and a char return value If this line is copied into the as file where _widget is defined it will associate the correct signature with the function and the linker will be able to check for correct argument passing For example if another c file contains the declaration extern char widget long then a different signature will be generated and the linker will report a signature mis match which will alert you to the possible existence of incompatible calling conventions 3 13 3 Linker Defined Symbols The link address of a psect can be obtained from the value of a global symbol with name __Lname where name is the name of the psect For example __Lbss is the low bound of the bss psect The highest address of a psect i e the link address plus the size is symbol __Hname If the psect has different load and link addresses the load start address is specified as___Bname 3 14 Standard I O Functions and Serial I O A number of the standard I O functions are provided in the C library with the compiler specifically those functions intended to read and write formatted text on standard output and input A list of the available functions is in Table 3 16 More details of these functions can be found in Appendix A Before any characters can be written or read using these functions the putch and getch functions must be written Other routines which may be required include getche
75. link address of a psect is the address by which it will be accessed at run time The load address which may or may not be the same as the link address is the address at which the psect will start within the output file HEX or binary file etc In the case of the 8086 processor the link address roughly cor responds to the offset within a segment while the load address corresponds to the physical address of a segment The segment address is the load address divided by 16 Other examples of link and load addresses being different are an initialised data psect that is copied from ROM to RAM at startup so that it may be modified at run time a banked text psect that is mapped from a physical load address to a virtual link address at run time The exact manner in which link and load addresses are used depends very much on the particular compiler and memory model being used 5 7 Operation A command to the linker takes the following form hlink options files Options is zero or more linker options each of which modifies the behaviour of the linker in some way Files is one or more object files and zero or more library names The options recognised by the linker are listed in Table 5 1 and discussed in the following paragraphs Table 5 1 Linker command line options Option Effect 8 Use 8086 style segment offset address form Aclass low high Specify address ranges for a class Cx Call graph options co
76. must be of equal byte width to the opcode it is applied to Any messaging or reports generated by hexmate will refer to this opcode by the name ADDXY as this was the title defined for this search If hexmate is generating a logfile it will contain the results of all searches FIND accepts whole bytes of hex data from 1 to 8 bytes in length Optionally FIND can be used in conjunction with 140 Linker and Utilities Hexmate REPLACE described below 5 14 1 5 FIND REPLACE REPLACE Can only be used in conjunction with a FIND option Code sequences that matched the FIND criteria can be replaced or partially replaced with new codes The usage for this sub option is FIND REPLACE Code mMask where Code is a little endian hexadecimal code to replace the sequences that match the FIND criteria Mask is an optional bitmask to specify which bits within Code will replace the code sequence that has been matched This may be useful if for example it is only necessary to modify 4 bits within a 16 bit instruction The remaining 12 bits can masked and be left unchanged 5 14 1 6 FORMAT FORMAT can be used to specify a particular variant of INHX format or adjust maximum record length The usage of this option is FORMAT 7ype Length where Type specifies a particular INHX format to generate Length is optional and sets the maximum number of bytes per data record A valid length is between 1 and 16 with 16 being the default
77. must have 3 dots An ellipsis is used in function prototypes to indicate a variable number of param eters Either was meant to be an ellipsis symbol which would require you to add an extra dot or it was meant to be a structure member operator which would require you remove one dot 228 illegal character Parser This character is illegal in the C code Valid characters are the letters digits and those comprising the acceptable operators e g c a woops did you mean c a 229 unknown qualifier given to A Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 230 missing argument to A Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 231 unknown qualifier given to I Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 232 missing argument to I Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 233 bad Q option Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 234 close error Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 285 Error and Warning Messages 236 simple integer expression required Parser A simple integral expression is required aft
78. numbers and bases Radix Format Binary digits O and 1 followed by B Octal digits 0 to 7 followed by O Q o or q Decimal digits O to 9 followed by D d or nothing Hexadecimal digits 0 to 9 A to F preceded by Ox or followed by H or h 4 3 4 Constants 4 3 4 1 Numeric Constants The assembler performs all arithmetic with signed 32 bit precision The default radix for all numbers is 10 Other radices may be specified by a trailing base specifier as given in Table 4 3 Hexadecimal numbers must have a leading digit e g Offffh to differentiate them from identi fiers Hexadecimal digits are accepted in either upper or lower case Note that a binary constant must have an upper case B following it as a lower case b is used for temporary numeric label backward references In expressions real numbers are accepted in the usual format and are interpreted as IEEE 32 bit format 4 3 4 2 Character Constants and Strings A character constant is a single character enclosed in single quotes Multi character constants or strings are a sequence of characters not including carriage return or newline characters enclosed within matching quotes Either single quotes or double quotes maybe used but the opening and closing quotes must be the same 4 3 5 Identifiers Assembly identifiers are user defined symbols representing memory locations or numbers A sym bol may contain any number of characters drawn from the
79. other words the number of bytes covered for an increment in the address e A psect defined as global will be combined with other global psects of the same name from other modules at link time This is the default behaviour for psects unless the local flag is used e The limit flag specifies a limit on the highest address to which a psect may extend 101 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler 102 A psect defined as local will not be combined with other local psects at link time even if there are others with the same name Where there are two local psects in the one module they reference the same psect A local psect may not have the same name as any global psect even one in another module A psect defined as ovrl1d will have the contribution from each module overlaid rather than concatenated at runtime ovrld in combination with abs defines a truly absolute psect i e a psect within which any symbols defined are absolute The pure flag instructs the linker that this psect will not be modified at runtime and may therefore for example be placed in ROM This flag is of limited usefulness since it depends on the linker and target system enforcing it The pad flag instructs the linker that at the end of this psect it should zero pad it to the next address which is a multiple of the given value This is useful when mulitple psects are linked one after each other as it ensures that the start of each psect will begin on the s
80. output file and will overwrite other data existing within its address range For example tinput hex STRING 1000 My string Ordinarily hexmate will issue an error if two sources try to store differing data at the same location Using the operator informs hexmate 138 Linker and Utilities Hexmate Table 5 9 Hexmate command line options Option Effect CK Calculate and store a checksum value FILL Program unused locations with a known value FIND Search and notify if a particular code sequence is detected FIND REPLACE Replace the code sequence with a new code sequence FORMAT Specify maximum data record length or select INHX variant HELP Show all options or display help message for specific option LOGFILE Save hexmate analysis of output and various results to a file Ofile Specify the name of the output file SERIAL Store a serial number or code sequence at a fixed address STRING Store an ASCII string at a fixed address W Adjust warning sensitivity Prefix to any option to overwrite other data in its address range if necessary that if more than one data source tries to store data to the same address the one specified with a will take priority 5 14 1 2 CK CK is for calculating a checksum The usage of this option is CK start end destination offset wWidth tCode where Start and End specify the address range that the checksum will be calculate
81. parameters and auto variables respectively Here main takes no parameters and defines no auto variables The offset field is the offset at which the function s parameters and auto variables have been placed from the beginning of the area of memory used for this purpose The run time code contains a FNCONF directive which tells the compiler in which psect parameters and auto variables should reside This memory will be shown in the map file under the name COMMON Main calls a function called init This function uses a total of two bytes of parameters it may be two objects of type char or one int that is not important and has three bytes of auto variables These figures are the total of bytes of memory consumed by the function If the function was passed a two byte int but that was done via a register then the two bytes would not be included in this total Since main did not use any of the local object memory the offset of init s memory is still at 0 The function init itself calls another function called ports This function uses two bytes of parameters and another two bytes of auto variables Since ports is called by init its local variables cannot be overlapped with those of init s so the offset is 5 which means that ports s local objects were placed immediately after those of init s The function main also calls sprintf Since the function sprintf is not active at the same time as init or p
82. pointers in the above manner TUTORIAL Here are three examples of pointers initialized with the address of the variables const int ci 0x55aa inei in which the definition fields are highlighted with spacing const int cip amp ci int const icp amp i const int const cicp amp ci 60 C Language Features Storage Class and Object Placement The first example is a pointer called cip It contains the address of an int object in this case ci that is qualified const however the pointer itself is not qualified The pointer may be used to read but not write the object to which it references The contents of the pointer may be read and written by the program The second example is a pointer called icp which contains the address of an int object in this case i Since this object is not qualified it is a data space object which is referenced by the pointer and this object can be both read and written using the pointer However the pointer is qualifed const and so can only be read by the program it cannot be made to point to any other object other than the object whose address initializes the pointer in this case i The last example is of a pointer called cicp which is itself qualified const and which also holds the address of an object that is also qualified const Thus the pointer can only be used to read the object to which it references and the pointer itself cannot be modified so it will always refere
83. pragma is pragma keyword options where keyword is one of a set of keywords some of which are followed by certain options A list of the keywords is given in Table 3 14 Those keywords not discussed elsewhere are detailed below 3 12 3 1 The pragma inline Directive Some of the standard C library functions only contain a small amount of code Because the code is small often it would be more efficient to directly include inline the library function s code rather than calling it and linking in the function The pragma inline directive provides a mechanism for doing this The compiler can only do this for library routines which it recognizes and currently HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 only supports inlining of the fabs library routine 78 C Language Features Preprocessing Table 3 12 Preprocessor directives Directive Meaning Example preprocessor null directive do nothing assert generate error if condition false assert SIZE gt 10 asm signifies the beginning of in line asm assembly mov r0 rih endasm define define preprocessor macro define SIZE 5 define FLAG define add a b a b elif short for telse if see ifdef else conditionally include source lines see if endasm terminate in line assembly see asm endif terminate conditional source see if inclusion error generate an error message error Size too big if include sour
84. printf calling inner n inner printf inner returned bad n See Also setjmpO Return Value The longjmp routine never returns Note The function which called setjmp must still be active when longjmp is called Breach of this rule will cause disaster due to the use of a stack containing invalid data 199 Library Functions MEMCHR Synopsis include lt string h gt void memchr const void block int val size_t length Description The memchr function is similar to strchr except that instead of searching null terminated strings it searches a block of memory specified by length for a particular byte Its arguments are a pointer to the memory to be searched the value of the byte to be searched for and the length of the block A pointer to the first occurrence of that byte in the block is returned Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt unsigned int ary 1 5 0x6789 0x23 void main void char cp cp memchr ary 0x89 sizeof ary if cp printf not found n else printf Found at offset u n cp char ary See Also strchr 200 Library Functions Return Value A pointer to the first byte matching the argument if one exists NULL otherwise 201 Library Functions MEMCMP Synopsis include lt string h gt int memcmp const void sl const void s2 size_t n Description
85. records INHX032 INHX32 with initialization of upper address to zero 5 14 1 7 HELP Using HELP will list all hexmate options By entering another hexmate option as a parameter of HELP will show a detailed help message for the given option For example HELP string will show additional help for the STRING hexmate option 5 14 18 LOGFILE LOGFILE saves hexfile statistics to the named file For example LOGFILE output log will analyse the hex file that hexmate is generating and save a report to a file named output log 5 14 1 9 Ofile The generated Intel hex output will be created in this file For example Oprogram hex will save the resultant output to program hex The output file can take the same name as one of its input files but by doing so it will replace the input file entirely 5 14 1 10 SERIAL Store a particular hex value at a fixed address The usage of this option is SERIAL Code Increment Address Interval rRepetitions where Code is a hexadecimal value to store and is entered in little endian byte order Increment is optional and allows the value of Code to change by this value with each repetition if requested Address is the location to store this code or the first repetition thereof Interval is optional and specifies the address shift per repetition of this code Repetitions is optional and specifies the number of times to repeat this code For example SERIAL 000001
86. remain in any object files or symbol files produced 2 4 18 ASMLIST Generate Assembler LST Files The ASMLIST option tells DSPICC to generate an assembler listing file for each module being compiled The list file shows both the original C code and the generated assembler code and the corresponding binary op codes The listing file will have the same name as the source file and a file type extension of 1st Provided the link stage has successfully concluded the listing file will be updated by the linker so that it contains absolute addresses and symbol values Thus you may use the assembler listing file to determine the position of and exact op codes corresponding to instructions 26 DSPICC Command line Driver DSPICC Compiler Options 2 4 19 CHAR type Make Char Type Signed or Unsigned Unless this option is used the default behaviour of the compiler is to make all undesignated character types unsigned char unless explicitly declared or cast to signed char If CHAR signed is used the default char type will become signed char The range of a signed character type is 128 to 127 and the range of similar unsigned objects is 0 to 255 2 4 20 CHIP processor Define Processor This option defines the processor which is being used To see a list of supported processors that can be used with this option use the CHIPINFO option 2 4 21 CHIPINFO Display List of Supported Processors The CHIPINFO option simply dis
87. reported as being unused 307 Error and Warning Messages 352 float parameter coerced to double Parser Where a non prototyped function has a parameter declared as float the compiler converts this into a double float This is because the default C type conversion conventions provide that when a floating point number is passed to a non prototyped function it will be converted to double It is important that the function declaration be consistent with this convention e g double inc_flt f the parameter f will be converted to double type float f warning flagged here return f 2 353 sizeof external array is zero Parser The size of an external array evaluates to zero This is probably due to the array not having an explicit dimension in the extern declaration 354 possible pointer truncation Parser A pointer qualified far has been assigned to a default pointer or a pointer qualified near or a default pointer has been assigned to a pointer qualified near This may result in truncation of the pointer and loss of information depending on the memory model in use 355 implicit signed to unsigned conversion Parser A signed number is being assigned or otherwise converted to a larger unsigned type Under the ANSI value preserving rules this will result in the signed value being first sign extended to a signed number the size of the target type then converted to unsigned which involves no cha
88. required for Parser A simple type i e not an array or structure is required as an operand to this operator 281 Error and Warning Messages 208 operands of not same type Parser The operands of this operator are of different pointer e g int Ip char cp cp2 cp flag ip cp2 result of will either be int or char Maybe you meant something like cp flag char ip cp2 209 type conflict Parser The operands of this operator are of incompatible types 210 bad size list Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 211 taking sizeof bit is illegal Parser It is illegal to use the sizeof operator with the HI TECH C bit type When used against a type the sizeof operator gives the number of bytes required to store an object that type Therefore its usage with the bit type make no sense and is an illegal operation 212 missing number after pragma pack Parser The pragma pack requires a decimal number as argument This specifies the alignment of each member within the structure Use this with caution as some processors enforce alignment and will not operate correctly if word fetches are made on odd boundaries e g pragma pack what is the alignment value Maybe you meant something like pragma pack 2 282 Error and Warning Messages 215 missing argument to pragma switch Parser The prag
89. s19 Motorola HEX file format 5 12 7 Xprefix The X option allows the exclusion of symbols from the listing based on a prefix given as argument to X For example if it was desired to exclude all symbols starting with the character sequence xyz then the option Xxyz would be used If a digit appears in the character sequence then this will match any digit in the symbol e g XX0 would exclude any symbols starting with the letter X followed by a digit CREF will accept wildcard filenames and I O redirection Long command lines may be supplied by invoking CREF with no arguments and typing the command line in response to the cref gt prompt A backslash at the end of the line will be interpreted to mean that more command lines follow 5 13 Cromwell The CROMWELL utility converts code and symbol files into different formats The formats available are shown in Table 5 6 The general form of the CROMWELL command is CROMWELL options input_files okey output_file where options can be any of the options shown in Table 5 7 Output_file optional is the name of the output file The input_files are typically the HEX and SYM file CROMWELL automatically searches for the SDB files and reads those if they are found The options are further described in the following paragraphs 134 Linker and Utilities Cromwell Table 5 7 CROMWELL command line options Option Descripti
90. short e g short float sf what 273 type can t be both signed and unsigned Parser The type modifiers signed and unsigned cannot be used together in the same declaration as they have opposite meaning e g signed unsigned int confused which is it signed or unsigned 274 type can t be unsigned Parser A floating point type cannot be made unsigned e g unsigned float uf what 294 Error and Warning Messages 275 illegal in non prototype argument list Parser The ellipsis symbol may only appear as the last item in a prototyped argument list It may not appear on its own nor may it appear after argument names that do not have types i e K amp R style non prototype function definitions For example int kandr a b K amp R style non prototyped function definition int a b 276 type specifier required for prototyped argument Parser A type specifier is required for a prototyped argument It is not acceptable to just have an identifier 277 can t mix prototyped and non prototyped arguments Parser A function declaration can only have all prototyped arguments i e with types inside the parentheses or all K amp R style args i e only names inside the parentheses and the argument types in a declaration list before the start of the function body e g int plus int a b woops a is prototyped b is not int b return a b 278 argument
91. shows use of the time function to generate a different starting point for the sequence each time Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t toc int i time amp toc srand int toc for i 0 i 10 itt printf Sd t rand putchar n See Also srand 220 Library Functions Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail 221 Library Functions REALLOC Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt void realloc void ptr size_t cnt Description The realloc function frees the block of memory at ptr which should have been obtained by a pre vious call to malloc calloc or realloc then attempts to allocate ent bytes of dynamic memory and if successful copies the contents of the block of memory located at ptr into the new block At most realloc will copy the number of bytes which were in the old block but if the new block is smaller will only copy ent bytes Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void char cp cp malloc 255 if gets cp cp realloc cp strlen cp 1 printf buffer now d bytes long n strlen cp 1 See Also malloc calloc 222 Library Functions Return Value A pointer to the new
92. sl const char s2 Description This function copies a null terminated string s2 to a character array pointed to by s1 The destination array must be large enough to hold the entire string including the null terminator Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buffer 256 char sl s2 strcpy buffer Start of line sl buffer s2 end of line strcat sl s2 printf Length d n strlen buffer printf string s n buffer See Also stmepy strlenQ streat strlen Return Value The destination buffer pointer s1 is returned 238 Library Functions STRCSPN Synopsis include lt string h gt size_t strcspn const char sl const char s2 Description The strespn function returns the length of the initial segment of the string pointed to by s1 which consists of characters NOT from the string pointed to by s2 Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void static char set xyz printf Sd n strespn abcdevwxyz set printf Sd n strespn xxxbcadefs set printf Sd n strespn 1234567890 set See Also strspn Return Value Returns the length of the segment 239 Library Functions STRDUP Synopsis include lt string h gt char strdup const char sl Description The strdup function returns a pointer to a new
93. specified length of the COFF string table is less than the minimum 1039 inconsistent symbol count Cromwell The number of symbols in the symbol table has exceeded the number indicated in the COFF header 1040 bad checksum record 0x checksum 0x Cromwell A record of the type specified failed to match its own checksum value 1041 short record Cromwell While reading a file one of the file s records ended short of its specified length 373 Error and Warning Messages 1042 unknown record type 0x Cromwell The type indicator of this record did not match any valid types for this file format 1043 unknown optional header Cromwell When reading this Microchip COFF file the optional header within the file header was of an incor rect length 1044 end of file encountered Cromwell Linker The end of the file was found while more data was expected Has this input file been truncated 1045 short read on block of bytes Cromwell A while reading a block of byte data from a UBROF record the block ended before the expected length 1046 short string read Cromwell A while reading a string from a UBROF record the string ended before the specified length 1047 bad type byte for UBROF file Cromwell This UBROF file did not begin with the correct record 1048 bad time date stamp Cromwell This UBROF file has a bad time date stamp 1049 wrong CRC on 0x bytes should be Cromwell
94. stdio h gt void main void char buffer 256 Char sli 827 strcpy buffer Start of line sl buffer s2 end of line strncat sl s2 5 printf Length d n strlen buffer printf string s n buffer See Also strcpy stremp strcat strlen 242 Library Functions Return Value The value of sl is returned 243 Library Functions STRNCMP STRNICMP Synopsis include lt string h gt int strncmp const char sl const char s2 size_t n int strnicmp const char sl const char s2 size_t n Description The strnemp function compares its two null terminated string arguments up to a maximum of n characters and returns a signed integer to indicate whether s1 is less than equal to or greater than s2 The comparison is done with the standard collating sequence which is that of the ASCII character set The strnicmp function is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void int i i strcmp abcxyz abcxyz if i 0 printf Both strings are equal n else if i gt 0 printf String 2 less than string 1 n else printf String 2 is greater than string 1 n See Also strlen strempQ strepy streat 244 Library Functions Return Value A signed integer less than equal to or greater than zero Note Other
95. support for processing of the simplest format types If an application requires to process more complexed format types libraries with enhanced routines are available These enhanced libraries are denoted as type 1 or f and can be linked using the L driver option see Section 2 4 7 The capabilities of each of these libraries and the required driver option for linking them are given in Table 3 4 46 C Language Features Files Table 3 4 Formatted Output Functionality and Linking Library type Supported formats Driver Option c standard d i Su 0 Sx SX 38 Sc Sp N A 1 long c library plus 51d 1i 1x 1X lo lp L1 f float 1 library plus f e SE 9 SG Lf Note that it is not neccessary to nominate selection of the c standard library as this file will au tomatically included by the driver unless explicitly excluded by the RUNTIME option see Section 2 4 44 Also note that increasing the functionality of these functions will increase the amount of program space consumed by them 3 3 3 3 EEPROM and Flash Functions Included with the standard library files are a collection of EEPROM and Flash routines These func tions are also documented in Appendix A and their prototypes are declared in nvm_interface h The EEPROM functions only apply to those chips which have EEPROM which at present is only a subset of the dsPIC30F chips Since these functions are included in the standard library
96. that support different endian types use this option to specify big endian byte ordering 5 13 11 M When generating COD files this option will remove the preceding underscore character from sym bols 5 13 12 V Turns on verbose mode which will display information about operations CROMWELL is performing 5 14 Hexmate The Hexmate utility is a program designed to manipulate Intel HEX files Hexmate is a post link stage utility that provides the facility to e Calculate and store variable length checksum values e Fill unused memory locations with known data sequences e Merge multiple Intel hex files into one output file Convert INHX32 files to other INHX formats eg INHX8M Detect specific or partial opcode sequences within a hex file Find replace specific or partial opcode sequences e Provide a map of addresses used in a hex file e Change or fix the length of data records in a hex file e Validate checksums within Intel hex files Typical applications for hexmate might include 137 Hexmate Linker and Utilities e Merging a bootloader or debug module into a main application at build time e Calculating a checksum over a range of program memory and storing its value in program memory or EEPROM e Filling unused memory locations with an instruction to send the PC to a known location if it gets lost e Storage of a serial number at a fixed address e Storage of a string eg time stamp at a fixed address e Sto
97. that the compiler has given up Correct the first few errors and many of the later ones will probably go away 161 control line within preprocessor macro expansion Preprocessor A preprocessor control line one starting with a has been encountered while expanding a macro This should not happen 162 warning Preprocessor Driver This warning is either the result of user defined warning preprocessor directive or the driver en countered a problem reading the the map file If the latter then please HI TECH Software technical support with details 163 unexpected text in control line ignored Preprocessor This warning occurs when extra characters appear on the end of a control line e g The extra text will be ignored but a warning is issued It is preferable and in accordance with Standard C to enclose the text as a comment e g 273 Error and Warning Messages H1f defined END define NEXT endif END END would be better in a comment here 164 include filename was converted to lower case Preprocessor The include file name had to be converted to lowercase before it could be opened e g include lt STDIO H gt woops should be include lt stdio h gt 165 include filename does not match actual name check upper lower case Prepro cessor In Windows versions this means the file to be included actually exists and is spelt the same way as the include filename however th
98. the for loop the comparison code cannot be removed but the code generator will adjust the code so that the comparison is not 349 Error and Warning Messages performed on the first pass of the loop only on the subsequent passes This may not reduce code size but it will speed program execution 758 constant conditional branch possible use of instead of Code Generator There is an expression inside an if or other conditional construct where a constant is being assigned to a variable This may mean you have inadvertently used an assignment instead of a compare e g int a b if a 4 this can never be false always perform the true statement b 6 will assign the value 4 to a then as the value of the assignment is always true the comparison can be omitted and the assignment to b always made Did you mean if a 4 this can never be false always perform the true statement b 6 which checks to see if a is equal to 4 759 expression generates no code Code Generator This expression generates no output code Check for things like leaving off the parentheses in a function call e g int fred fred this is valid but has no effect at all Some devices require that special function register need to be read to clear hardware flags To accommodate this in some instances the code generator does produce code for a statement which only consists of a variable ID This may happen
99. the option mentioned above to specify unsigned char as default is used Since the processor s register are 16 bit wide it can often be more efficient to use 16 bit integrer variables over 8 bit variables 3 4 4 16 Bit Integer Data Types HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 supports four 16 bit integer types short and int are 16 bit two s complement signed integer types representing integral values from 32 768 to 32 767 inclusive Unsigned short and unsigned int are 16 bit unsigned integer types representing integral values from 0 to 65 535 inclusive All 16 bit integer values are represented in little endian format with the least significant byte at the lower address Variables may be declared using the signed short int and unsigned short int keyword sequences respectively to hold values of these types When specifying a short int type the keyword int may be omitted Thus a variable declared as short will contain a signed short int and a variable declared as unsigned short will contain an unsigned short int Since the processor s register are 16 bit wide it can often be more efficient to use 16 bit integrer variables over 8 bit variables 3 4 5 32 Bit Integer Data Types and Variables HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24supports two 32 bit integer types Long is a 32 bit two s complement signed integer type representing integral values from 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 inclusive 54 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables
100. then see Section 5 11 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 410 bad combination of options Objtohex The combination of options supplied to OBJTOHEX is invalid 317 Error and Warning Messages 412 text does not start at 0 Objtohex Code in some things must start at zero Here it doesn t 413 write error on Assembler Linker Cromwell A write error occurred on the named file This probably means you have run out of disk space 414 read error on Linker The linker encountered an error trying to read this file 415 text offset too low in COFF file Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 416 bad character in extended TEKHEX line Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 417 seek error in Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 418 image too big Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 419 object file is not absolute Objtohex The object file passed to OBJTOHEX has relocation items in it This may indicate it is the wrong object file or that the linker or OBJTOHEX have been given invalid options The object output files from t
101. therefore its address can not be defined e g ip amp 8 woops you can t take the address of a literal 202 only Ivalues may be assigned to or modified Parser Only an lvalue i e an identifier or expression directly denoting addressable storage can be assigned to or otherwise modified e g int array 10 int ip char c array ip array is not a variable it cannot be written to 280 Error and Warning Messages A typecast does not yield an lvalue e g int c 1 the contents of c cast to int is only a intermediate value However you can write this using pointers int amp c 1 203 illegal operation on bit variable Parser Not all operations on bit variables are supported This operation is one of those e g bit b int ip ip amp b woops cannot take the address of a bit object 204 void function can t return a value Parser A void function cannot return a value Any return statement should not be followed by an expres sion e g void run void step return 1 either run should not be void or remove the 1 205 integral type required Parser This operator requires operands that are of integral type only 206 illegal use of void expression Parser A void expression has no value and therefore you can t use it anywhere an expression with a value is required e g as an operand to an arithmetic operator 207 simple type
102. these files in several stages rather than in one command 960 unexpected record type on line of Hexmate Intel hex file contained an invalid record type Consult the Intel hex format specification for valid record types 962 forced data conflict at address h between and Hexmate Sources to Hexmate force differing data to be stored to the same address More than one source using the specifier store data at the same address The actual data stored there may not be what you expect 963 checksum range includes voids or unspecified memory locations Hexmate Checksum range had gaps in data content The runtime calculated checksum is likely to differ from the compile time checksum due to gaps unused byes within the address range that the checksum is calculated over Filling unused locations with a known value will correct this 964 unpaired nibble in FILL value will be truncated Hexmate The hexadecimal code given to the FILL option contained an incomplete byte The incomplete byte nibble will be disregarded 965 STRPACK option not yet implemented option will be ignored Hexmate This option currently is not available and will be ignored 367 Error and Warning Messages 966 no END record for HEX file Hexmate Intel hex file did not contain a record of type END The hex file may be incomplete 967 unused function definition from line Parser The indicated static function wa
103. use for compatibility with debuggers DSPICCsupports the Microchip ICD2 debugger and using this option will configure the compiler to conform to the requirements of the ICD2 reserving memory addresses etc For example DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 DEBUGGER icd2 main c 2 4 25 ERRFORMAT format Define Format for Compiler Messages If the ERRFORMAT option is not used the default behaviour of the compiler is to display any errors in a human readable format line with a caret and error message pointing out the offending characters in the source line for example x c main 4 _PA xFF 192 undefined identifier xFF This standard format is perfectly acceptable to a person reading the error output but is not usable with environments which support compiler error handling The following sections indicate how this option may be used in such situations This section is also applicable to the WARNFORMAT and MSGFORMAT options which adjust the format of warning and advisory messages respectively 2 4 25 1 Using the Format Options Using the these option instructs the compiler to generate error warning and advisory messages in a format which is acceptable to some text editors and development environments If the same source code as used in the example above were compiled using the ERRFORMAT option the error output would be x c 4 192 undefined identifier xFF indicating that the error number 192 occurred in file x
104. value in the range 1 to 1 and returns an angle in radians whose sine is equal to that value Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void float i a for i 1 0 i lt 1 0 i 0 1 a asin i 180 0 3 141592 printf asin f f degrees n i a See Also sin cos tan acos atan atan2 Return Value An angle in radians in the range 7 152 Library Functions ASSERT Synopsis include lt assert h gt void assert int e Description This macro is used for debugging purposes the basic method of usage is to place assertions liberally throughout your code at points where correct operation of the code depends upon certain conditions being true initially An assert routine may be used to ensure at run time that an assumption holds true For example the following statement asserts that the pointer tp is not equal to NULL assert tp If at run time the expression evaluates to false the program will abort with a message identifying the source file and line number of the assertion and the expression used as an argument to it A fuller discussion of the uses of assert is impossible in limited space but it is closely linked to methods of proving program correctness Example void ptrfunc struct xyz tp assert tp 0 Note When required for ROM based systems the underlying routine _fassert will need to be imple mented by t
105. written to standard error file handle 2 Under DOS there is no convenient way to redirect this to a file the compiler drivers will redirect standard error if standard output is redirected This option will make the linker write all error messages to the specified file instead of the screen which is the default standard error destination 5 7 8 F Normally the linker will produce an object file that contains both program code and data bytes and symbol information Sometimes it is desired to produce a symbol only object file that can be used again in a subsequent linker run to supply symbol values The F option will suppress data and code bytes from the output file leaving only the symbol records This option can be used when producing more than one hex file for situations where the program is contained in different memory devices located at different addresses The files for one device are compiled using this linker option to produce a symbol only object file this is then linked with the files for the other device The process can then be repeated for the other files and device 5 7 9 Gspec When linking programs using segmented or bank switched psects there are two ways the linker can assign segment addresses or selectors to each segment A segment is defined as a contiguous group of psects where each psect in sequence has both its link and load address concatenated with the previous psect in the group The segment address or selector f
106. 0 Ns 120 Ooutfile 120 Pspec 120 Qprocessor 122 Sclass limit bound 122 Usymbol 123 Vavmap 123 401 INDEX INDEX Wnum 123 X 123 Z 123 from DSPICC 24 numbers in 116 linking programs 85 LIST assembler control 110 list files see assembler listings assembler 26 little endian format 54 55 139 load addresses 115 120 LOCAL directive 95 106 local PSECT flag 102 local psects 114 local symbols 26 suppressing 92 123 local variables 61 auto 61 static 62 localtime function 195 location counter 95 103 log function 197 LOG10 function 197 long data types 54 long integer suffix 52 longjmp function 198 MACRO directive 105 macro directive 92 macros disabling in listing 111 expanding in listings 91 109 nul operator 106 predefined 78 repeat with argument 108 undefining 26 unnamed 107 mantissa 55 map files 120 402 call graphs 125 generating 25 processor selection 122 segments 124 symbol tables in 120 width of 123 mconst psect 68 memchr function 200 memcmp function 202 memcpy function 204 memmove function 205 memory reserving 34 35 specifying 34 35 specifying ranges 117 unused 30 120 memory pages 102 memory summary 37 memset function 206 merging hex files 138 messages disabling 31 warning 31 Microchip COF file 32 modf function 207 modules in library 127 list format 129 order in library 130 used in e
107. 0 17FFF 800 27FF TFFO00 7FFFFE 30F6010A PIC30 0 17FFF 800 27FF TFFO00 7FFFFE continued Chip Information Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 DEVICE ARCH FLASH XDATA EEPROM 30F6011 PIC30 0 15FFF 800 1FFF 7FF800 7FFFFE 30F6011A PIC30 0 15FFF 800 1FFF 7FF800 7FFFFE 30F6012 PIC30 0 17FFF 800 27FF 7FF000 7FFFFE 30F6012A PIC30 0 17FFF 800 27FF 7FF000 7FFFFE 30F6013 PIC30 0 15FFF 800 1FFF 7FF800 7FFFFE 30F6013A PIC30 0 15FFF 800 1FFF 7FF800 7FFFFE 30F6014 PIC30 0 17FFF 800 27FF 7FF000 7FFFFE 30F6014A PIC30 0 17FFF 800 27FF TFF000 7FFFFE 30F6015 PIC30 0 17FFF 800 27FF TFF000 7FFFFE 33FJ128GP206 PIC30 0 157FF 800 27FF 33FJ128GP306 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ128GP310 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ128GP706 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ128GP706PS PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ128GP708 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ128GP708PS PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ128MC510 PIC30 0 157FF 800 27FF 33FJ128MC706 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ128MC706PS PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ128MC708 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ128MC708PS PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ256GP510 PIC30 0 2ABFF 800 47FF 33FJ256GP710 PIC30 0 2ABFF 800 7FFF 33FJ256GP710PS PIC30 0 2ABFF 800 7FFF 33FJ256MC510 PIC30 0 2ABFF 800 47FF 33FJ256MC710 PIC30 0 2ABFF 800 47FF 33FJ256MC710PS PIC30 0 2ABFF 800 7FFF 33FJ64GP506 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 47FF 33FJ128GP710 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ128MC506 PIC30 0 157FF 800 27FF 33FJ128MC710 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF
108. 00 int val_cmp const void pl const void p2 return strcmp const struct value p1 gt name const struct value p2 gt name void main void char inbuf 80 int i struct value vp Library Functions i 0 while gets inbuf sscanf inbuf s d values i name amp values i value i qsort values i sizeof values 0 val_cmp vp bsearch fred values i sizeof values 0 val_cmp if vp printf Item fred was not found n else printf Item fred has value d n vp gt value See Also qsort Return Value A pointer to the matched array element if there is more than one matching element any of these may be returned If no match is found a null pointer is returned Note The comparison function must have the correct prototype 159 Library Functions CEIL Synopsis include lt math h gt double ceil double f Description This routine returns the smallest whole number not less than f Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void double j scanf S1f 3 printf The ceiling of 1f is lf n 3 ceil 3 160 Library Functions CGETS Synopsis include lt conio h gt char cgets char s Description The cgets function will read one line of input from the console into the buffer passed as an ar gument It does so by repeated calls to getche As character
109. 1 Driver File Types File Type Meaning axe C source file as Assembler source file 0b Relocatable object code file lib Relocatable object library file 17 Long Command Lines DSPICC Command line Driver the command line will be linked together with the standard runtime code and libraries and any user specified libraries Functions in libraries will be linked into the resulting output file only if referenced in the source code Invoking he driver with only object files specified as the file arguments i e no source files will mean only the link stage is performed It is typical in Makefiles to use the driver with a C option to compile several source files to object files then to create the final program by invoking the driver again with only the generated object files and appropriate libraries and appropriate options 2 1 Long Command Lines The driver is capable of processing command lines exceeding any operating system limitation To do this the driver may be passed options via a command file The command file is read by using the symbol For example DSPICC xyz cmd 2 2 Default Libraries The driver will search the appropriate standard C library by default for symbol definitions This will always be done last after any user specified libraries The particular library used will be dependent on the processor selected 2 3 Standard Runtime Code The driver will also automatically generate
110. 2 Idexp 193 Idiv 194 localtime 195 log 197 log10 197 longjmp 198 memchr 200 memcmp 202 memcpy 204 memmove 205 memset 206 modf 207 persist_check 208 persist_validate 208 pow 210 printf 211 putch 214 putchar 215 puts 217 qsort 218 rand 220 realloc 222 scanf 224 setimp 226 sin 228 sinh 165 sprintf 229 sqrt 230 srand 231 INDEX INDEX sscanf 232 strcat 233 strchr 234 strcmp 236 strcpy 238 strespn 239 strdup 240 strichr 234 stricmp 236 stristr 251 strlen 241 strncat 242 strncmp 244 strncpy 246 strnicmp 244 strpbrk 248 strrchr 249 strrichr 249 strspn 250 strstr 251 strtok 252 tan 254 tanh 165 time 255 toascii 257 tolower 257 toupper 257 ungetch 258 va_arg 259 va_end 259 va_start 259 vprintf 211 vscanf 224 vsprintf 229 vsscanf 232 xtoi 261 library macro CLRWDT 163 DI 168 EL 168 limit PSECT flag 101 link addresses 115 120 linker 113 command files 123 command line arguments 115 123 invoking 123 long command lines 123 options from DSPICC 24 passes 127 symbols handled 114 linker defined symbols 87 linker errors aborting 119 undefined symbols 119 linker options 115 Aclass low high 117 121 Cpsect class 117 Dsymfile 118 Eerrfile 118 F 118 Gspec 118 H symfile 119 Hsymfile 119 I 119 Jerrcount 119 K 119 L 120 LM 120 Mmapfile 120 N 120 Nc 12
111. 2 00 44 an Vane TL a These macros defined in ctype h test the supplied character for membership in one of several over lapping groups of characters Note that all except isascii are defined for c if isascii c is true or if c EOF 190 isalnum c isalpha c isascii c iscntrl c isdigit c islower c isprint c isgraph c ispunct c isspace c isupper c isxdigit c c is in 0 9 or a z or A Z c is in A Z or a z c is a7 bit ascii character c is a control character c is a decimal digit c is in a z cis a printing char c is a non space printable character c is not alphanumeric c is a space tab or newline c is in A Z c is in 0 9 or a f or A F Library Functions Example inc inc void main See Also lude lt ctype h gt lude lt stdio h gt void char buf 80 int i gets buf i 0 while isalnum buf i itt buf i 0 print s is the word n buf toupper tolower toasciiQ 191 Library Functions KBHIT Synopsis include lt conio h gt int kbhit void Description This function returns 1 if a character has been pressed on the console keyboard 0 otherwise Nor mally the character would then be read via getch Example include lt conio h gt void main void int i while kbhit cputs I m waiting for i 0 i 1000 itt continue See Also getch getche Retur
112. 2010 PIC30 0 1FFF 800 9FF TFFCO0 7FFFFE 30F2010A PIC30 0 1FFF 800 9FF TFFCO0 7FFFFE 30F2010e PIC30 0 1FFF 1700 18FF 7EFCOO 7FFFFE 30F2011 PIC30 0 1FFF 800 BFF 30F2011e PIC30 0 1 FFF 1600 19FF 30F2012 PIC30 0 1 FFF 800 BFF 30F2012e PIC30 0 1FFF 1600 19FF 30F2020 PIC30 0 1FFF 800 9FF 30F2021 PIC30 0 1FFF 800 9FF 30F2022 PIC30 0 1FFF 800 9FF 30F2023 PIC30 0 1FFF 800 9FF 30F2020PS PIC30 0 1FFF 800 9FF 30F3010 PIC30 0 3FFF 800 BFF 7FFC00 7FFFFE 30F3010e PIC30 0 3FFF 1600 19FF 7EFCOO 7FFFFE 30F3011 PIC30 0 3FFF 800 BFF TFFCO0 7FFFFE 30F3011e PIC30 0 3FFF 1600 19FF 7EFCOO 7FFFFE 30F3012 PIC30 0 3FFF 800 FFF 7FFC00 7FFFFE 30F3012e PIC30 0 3FFF 1400 1BFF 7FFCO0 7FFFFE 30F3013 PIC30 0 3FFF 800 FFF TFFCO0 7FFFFE 30F3013e PIC30 0 3FFF 1400 1BFF 7FFCOO 7FFFFE 30F3014 PIC30 0 3FFF 800 FFF TFFCO0 7FFFFE 30F3014e PIC30 0 3 FFF 1400 1BFF 7FFCO0 7FFFFE 30F4011 PIC30 0 7FFF 800 FFF TFFCO0 7FFFFE 30F401 1e PIC30 0 7FFF 1400 1BFF 7FFC00 7FFFFE 30F4012 PIC30 0 7FFF 800 FFF TFFCO0 7FFFFE 30F4012e PIC30 0 7FFF 1400 1BFF 7FFCO0 7FFFFE 30F4013 PIC30 0 7FFF 800 FFF 7FFC00 7FFFFE 30F4013e PIC30 0 7FFF 1400 1BFF 7EFCOO 7FFFFE 30F5011 PIC30 0 AFFF 800 17FF TFFCO0 7FFFFE 30F5011e PIC30 0 AFFF 1000 1FFF 7EFCOO 7FFFFE 30F5013 PIC30 0 AFFF 800 17FF 7FFC00 7FFFFE 30F5013e PIC30 0 AFFF 1000 1FFF 7FFCO0 7FFFFE 30F5015 PIC30 0 AFFF 800 FFF TFFCO0 7FFFFE 30F5015e PIC30 0 AFFF 1400 1BFF 7EFCOO 7FFFFE 30F5016 PIC30 0 AFFF 800 FFF 7FFC00 7FFFFE 30F6010 PIC30
113. 27 bad op in bconfloat Code Generator This is an internal code generator error Contact HI TECH technical support with details 728 bad op in confloat Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 729 bad op in conval Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 730 bad op Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 731 expression error with reserved word Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 344 Error and Warning Messages 732 initialization of bit types is illegal Code Generator Variables of type bit cannot be initialised e g bit bl 1 woops bl must be assigned a value after its definition 733 bad string in pragma psect Code Generator The code generator has been passed a pragma psect directive that has a badly formed string e g pragma psect text redirect text psect into what Maybe you meant something like pragma psect text special_text 734 too many psect pragmas Code Generator Too many pragma psect directives have been used 737 unknown argument to pragma switch Code Generator The pragma switch directive has been used with an invalid switch code generatio
114. 3 121 Preprocessor Directives ecese 844 Sa ee ES US RA 78 CONTENTS CONTENTS 3 12 2 Predefined Macros lt lt cocina car als Se oa eo 78 3 12 3 Pragma Ditec yes icons See ba eee a 78 312 3 The pragma inline Directive 2 5 oe he ee ee bees 78 3 12 3 2 The pragma jis and nojis Directives 81 3123 3 Thestpragma pack Directive s s sa ec ee k 81 3 12 3 4 The pragma printf_check Directive 82 3 1235 Thedpragma psect Dmective cnc ck ha wee es 82 3 12 36 The pragma regsused Directive s oa soco es e netm 84 3 12 3 7 The pragma switch Directive ooa 84 3 13 Linking PEOBTA S lt es nescie HS EE E EE Re R E E A A E S A 85 313 1 Replacing Library Modules vs sosro soea ERO ee Ha PELs es 85 3 13 2 Sipnatute Cheekmg ou 25444445 Peace bd eee eae 86 3 13 3 Lmker Defined Symbols s s s e see dori ee p a b aia 87 3 14 Standard I O Functions and Serial I O 87 4 Macro Assembler 89 4 1 Assembler Usage oc rou Kae ee a ea Re A Be Bee 89 42 Assembler Opus o eo e ke a a RA BR 90 43 HI TECH C Assembly Language ooo cmd 24 so oN we ea a 92 ASA Statement Formats ss 5 see a Ree a 92 AO Characters a ack a Ge A Ra eee BS OR AS ae 93 432 1 Delimiter 64 44 bea eb bea webbie bee wee E 93 4322 Special Characters e carreg 64 4 oe eee e Re See woe 93 Poe NC OMNIS 6 4 24 woe amp Bete ee wee soy E Beet 93 4 3 3 1 Special Comment Strings
115. 308 too many case labels in switch Code Generator There are too many case labels in this switch statement The maximum allowable number of case labels in any one switch statement is 511 299 Error and Warning Messages 309 too many symbols Assembler There are too many symbols for the assembler s symbol table Reduce the number of symbols in your program 310 expected Parser A closing square bracket was expected in an array declaration or an expression using an array index e g process carray idx woops should be process carray idx 311 closing quote expected Parser A closing quote was expected for the indicated string 312 expected Parser The indicated token was expected by the parser 313 function body expected Parser Where a function declaration is encountered with K amp R style arguments i e argument names but no types inside the parentheses a function body is expected to follow e g int get_value a b the function block must follow not a semicolon 314 expected Parser A semicolon is missing from a statement A close brace or keyword was found following a statement with no terminating semicolon e g while a b a woops where is the semicolon error is flagged here Note Omitting a semicolon from statements not preceding a close brace or keyword typically results in some other error being issued for the following code
116. 30F6014 Gtest sym test c init c This option will also generate other symbol files for each module compiled These files are produced by the code generator and do not contain absolute address These files have the extension sdb The base name will be the same as the base name of the module being compiled Thus the above command line would also generate symbols files with the names test sdb and init sdb 3 3 3 Library Files 3 3 3 1 Standard Libraries HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 includes a number of standard libraries each with the range of functions described in Appendix A Library files have the extensions 1ib and reside in the in the LIB subdirectory of the compiler installation directory Each of the library files provided conform to following naming convention ARCH MEMORYMODELt ype lib where ARCH is the architecture of the target device For dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 devices this will equal dspicc and for PIC24 devices it will equal pic24 MEMORYMODEL is the memory model selected at compile time For a small or large memory model this will equal the character s or 1 respectively type refers to the type of implementation of the formatted output functions these are denoted as c 1 or See Section 3 3 3 2 for more details 3 3 3 2 Formatted Output Functions The default standard libraries i e those of type c contain a compact low featured implementations of the formatted output functions such as printf These implementations provide
117. 556 2 2 Ph ae E OP REA BAA Bee eh a ee 5 140 HAL BUND AREPLACE oi 3 pase Spe aw eee Bees 141 3 14 1 6 FORMAT gt oue ere tega n uea OR Ee eee eS 141 JAS SHEEP ooer ek a aD bE Di ee ee be 142 3 14 1 8 LOGFILE gt s co ernier ba a ea be ee OEE ee oS 142 SAAMI OME ck ee CR a Ee ER ew ha AA 142 3 14 1 10 lt SBRIAL 6 46 ra we ee a 142 SAL SSTRING 6 ou a ee ea e OE ea 143 A Library Functions 145 10 CONTENTS CONTENTS B Error and Warning Messages 263 C Chip Information 385 Index 391 11 CONTENTS CONTENTS 12 List of Tables 2 1 23 2 4 25 2 6 2 1 2 8 29 3d a 3 4 3a 3 6 3 7 32 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 311 3 12 3 13 3 14 IAD Driver File Types 2062 A ee A eS me el ew ee De 17 ErorformnatspeciierS ios ba aoe Pay See Ge Ra AAA 29 Supported IDES ositos 2a ee wil oe ee doe a ee 30 Supported IANSUASES gt ob eee EME Se HENS EOE ES ES AAA 31 Optimization Options s ea c bea ee ee ee eee E 32 Output ile TORMES sn oe A ee RO a es A oe ee 33 Runtime environment suboptions coo ee 36 Memory Summary Suboptions 38 Configuration Bit Settings for dsPIC30F Devices o o 43 Configuration Bit Settings for dsPIC33F amp PIC24H Devices 44 Configuration Bit Settings for PIC24F Devices 45 Formatted Output Functionality and Linking o 47 BASICO DARDOS sei A Pe ee BEG OE AAA Se es 51 Radix LOMAS sn is a
118. 58 illegal conversion of pointer to integer Parser A pointer has been assigned to or otherwise converted to a integral type This will usually mean you have used the wrong variable but if this is genuinely what you want to do use a typecast to inform the compiler that you want the conversion and the warning will be suppressed This may also mean you have forgotten the dereference operator e g int ip int i iescips woops did you mean i ip If you do intend to use an expression like this then indicate that this is so by a cast i int ip 309 Error and Warning Messages 359 illegal conversion between pointer types Parser A pointer of one type i e pointing to a particular kind of object has been converted into a pointer of a different type This will usually mean you have used the wrong variable but if this is genuinely what you want to do use a typecast to inform the compiler that you want the conversion and the warning will be suppressed e g long input char cp cp amp input is this correct This is common way of accessing bytes within a multi byte variable To indicate that this is the intended operation of the program use a cast cp char amp input that s better This warning may also occur when converting between pointers to objects which have the same type but which have different qualifiers e g char cp cp I am a string of characters
119. 6 Codec Transfer Done continued 71 Interrupt Handling in C C Language Features Table 3 10 Interrupt Vector Address Macros Macro name dsPIC30F Other Devices Description Vector Addresses Vector Addresses LVD_VCTR 0x68 Low Voltage Detect FLTA_VCTR Ox6A 0x92 PWM Fault A FLTB_VCTR 0x6C 0x94 PWM Fault B U1E_VCTR 0x96 UARTI Error U2E_VCTR 0x98 UART Error DMA6_VCTR 0x9C DMA Channel 6 DMA7_VCTR Ox9E DMA Channel 7 C1TX_VCTR OxA0 ECANI1 Transmit Data Request C2TX_VCTR OxA2 ECAN2 Transmit Data Request 3 10 1 1 Context Saving on Interrupts HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 automatically generates code to save context when an interrupt occurs This code will be executed before the code generated from the C interrupt function is entered Only those registers which are used by the interrupt function are saved If called functions have not been seen by the compiler a worst case scenario is assumed and all registers not preserved by function calls will be saved HI TECH C does not scan assembly code which is placed in line within the interrupt function for register usage Thus if you include in line assembly code into an interrupt function you may have to add extra assembly code to save and restore any registers or locations used if they are not already saved by the interrupt entry routine 3 10 1 2 Context Restoration Any objects saved by the compiler are automatic
120. 61 ydata keyword 59 ydata qualifier 59 407 INDEX INDEX 408 DSPICC Driver Options Option Meaning Bmodel Select memory model e Compile to object files only Dmacro Define preprocessor macro E f1ile Redirect and optionally append errors to a file Gfile Generate source level debugging information Ipath Specify a directory pathname for include files Llibrary Specify a library to be scanned by the linker L option Specify option to be passed directly to the linker Mfile Request generation of a MAP file Nsize Specify identifier length Ofile Output file name P Preprocess assembler files Q Specify quiet mode S Compile to assembler source files only Usymbol Undefine a predefined preprocessor symbol V Verbose display compiler pass command lines X Eliminate local symbols from symbol table ASMLIST Generate assembler LST file for each compilation CHAR t ype Make the default char signed or unsigned CHIP processor Selects which processor to compile for CHIPINFO Displays a list of supported processors CODEOFFSET Reposition executable code to begin at this address CR file Generate cross reference listing DEBUGGER t ype Select the debugger that will be used ERRFORMAT lt format gt Format error message strings to the given style ERRORS number Sets the maximun number of errors displayed FILL Fill unused progr
121. AND assembler control see Section 4 3 9 2 4 3 8 13 LOCAL The LOCAL directive allows unique labels to be defined for each expansion of a given macro Any symbols listed after the LOCAL directive will have a unique assembler generated symbol substituted for them when the macro is expanded For example down MACRO count LOCAL more more dec count cp0 count 106 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language bra nz more ENDM when expanded will include a unique assembler generated label in place of more For example down foobar expands to 220001 dec foobar cp0 foobar bra nz 0001 if invoked a second time the label more would expand to 0002 4 3 8 14 ALIGN The ALIGN directive aligns whatever is following data storage or code etc to the specified boundary in the psect in which the directive is found The boundary is specified by a number following the directive and it specifies a number of bytes For example to align output to a 2 byte even address within a psect the following could be used ALIGN 2 Note however that what follows will only begin on an even absolute address if the psect begins on an even address The ALIGN directive can also be used to ensure that a psect s length is a multiple of a certain number For example if the above ALIGN directive was placed at the end of a psect the psect would have a length that was always an even number of bytes long 4 3 8 15 REPT The REPT directive tempor
122. Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 809 unknown addressing mode Assembler Optimiser An unknown addressing mode was used in the assembly file 815 syntax error in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file contains non standard syntax at the specified line 355 Error and Warning Messages 816 duplicate ARCH specification in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple ARCH values Only one ARCH value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 817 unknown architecture in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver An chip architecture family that is unknown was encountered when reading the chip INI file 819 duplicate ZEROREG for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple ZEROREG values Only one ZEROREG value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 820 duplicate SPAREBIT for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple SPAREBIT values Only one SPAREBIT value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 822 duplicate ROMSIZE for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo f
123. C implementations may use a different collating sequence the return value is negative zero or positive i e do not test explicitly for negative one 1 or one 1 245 Library Functions STRNCPY Synopsis include lt string h gt char strncpy char sl const char s2 size_t n Description This function copies a null terminated string s2 to a character array pointed to by s1 At most n characters are copied If string s2 is longer than n then the destination string will not be null terminated The destination array must be large enough to hold the entire string including the null terminator Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void Q har buffer 256 har S15 E sde Q strncpy buffer Start of line 6 sl buffer s2 end of line strcat s1 s2 printf Length d n strlen buffer p Ss n buffer rintf string See Also strcpy strcat strlen stremp 246 Library Functions Return Value The destination buffer pointer s1 is returned 247 Library Functions STRPBRK Synopsis include lt string h gt char strpbrk const char sl const char s2 Description The strpbrk function returns a pointer to the first occurrence in string s1 of any character from string s2 or a null pointer if no character from s2 exists in s1 Example tinclude lt stdio h gt tinclude lt string h gt
124. Command line Options for Ap plication This option is used to supply alternative command line options for the named application when com piling The app component specifies the application that will recieve the new options The file component specifies the name of the file that contains the additional options that will be passed to the application This option is not required for most projects If specifying more than one option to a component each option must be entered on a new line in the option file This option can also be used to remove an application from the build sequence If the file param eter is specified as of f execution of the named application will be skipped In most cases this is not desirable as almost all applications are critical to the success of the build process Disabling a critical application will result in catastrophic failure However it is permissible to skip a non critical application such as clist or hexmate if the final results are not reliant on their function 2 4 48 SETUP dir Setup the product This option sets up the compiler after installation Parameter dir identifies the directory where the compiler has been installed 2 4 49 STRICT Strict ANSI Conformance The STRICT option is used to enable strict ANSI conformance of all special keywords HI TECH C supports various special keywords for example the persistent type qualifier If the STRICT option is used these keywords are changed to incl
125. DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 E project err 0 C partl c DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 E project err C asmcode as The file project err will contain any errors from main c followed by the errors from partl c and then asmcode as for example 22 DSPICC Command line Driver DSPICC Compiler Options main c 11 22 expected main c 63 0 expected partl c 5 0 type redeclared partl c 5 0 argument list conflicts with prototype asmcode as 14 0 Syntax error asmcode as 355 0 Undefined symbol _putint 2 4 5 Gfile Generate Source level Symbol File The G option generates a source level symbol file 1 e a file which allows tools to determine which line of source code is associated with machine code instructions and determine which source level variable names correspond with areas of memory etc for use with supported debuggers and sim ulators such as HI TIDE and MPLAB If no filename is given the symbol file will have the same base name as the first source or object file specified on the command line and an extension of sym For example the option GTEST SYM generates a symbol file called test sym Symbol files generated using the G option include source level information for use with source level debuggers Note that all source files for which source level debugging is required should be compiled with the G option The option is also required at the link stage if this is performed separately For example DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 G
126. DSPICC Command line Driver define macro 1 placed at the top of each module compiled using this option or Dmacro text which is equivalent to define macro text where text is the textual substitution required Thus the command DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 Ddebug Dbuffers 10 test c will compile test c with macros defined exactly as if the C source code had included the directives define debug 1 define buffers 10 2 4 4 Efile Redirect Compiler Errors to a File Some editors do not allow the standard command line redirection facilities to be used when invoking the compiler To work with these editors DSPICC allows an error listing filename to be specified as part of the E option Error files generated using this option will always be in E format For example to compile x c and redirect all errors to x err use the command DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 Ex err x c The E option also allows errors to be appended to an existing file by specifying an addition charac ter at the start of the error filename for example DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 E x err y c If you wish to compile several files and combine all of the errors generated into a single text file use the E option to create the file then use E when compiling all the other source files For example to compile a number of files with all errors combined into a file called project err you could use the E option as follows DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 Eproject err 0 C main c
127. E licence This licence does not permit the product to be used for the development of commercial applications 1191 licensed for educational use only Driver Indicates that this compiler has been activated with an education licence The educational licence is only available to educational facilities and does not permit the product to be used for the development of commercial applications 1192 licensed for evaluation purposes only Driver Indicates that this compiler has been activated with an evaluation licence 1193 this licence will expire on Driver The compiler has been installed as a time limited trial This trial will end on the date specified 1195 invalid syntax for option Driver A command line option that accepts additional parameters was given inappropriate data or insuffi cient data For example an option may expect two parameters with both being integers Passing a string as one of these parameters or supplying only one parameter could result in this error 380 Error and Warning Messages 1198 too many specifications maximum Hexmate This option has been specified too many times If possible try performing these operations over several command lines 1199 compiler has not been activated Driver The trial period for this compiler has expired The compiler is now inoperable until activated with a valid serial number Contact HI TECH Software to purchase this software and obtain
128. ECH Software 1147 unknown opbase Assembler The op code for this instruction has not been defined This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software 1148 unknown status bit in nxtuse Assembler This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software 376 Error and Warning Messages 1150 constant operand must be one of 6 4 2 2 4 6 Assembler An illegal value was used in this increment decrement of this instruction Only values of 6 4 2 2 4 and 6 are permitted 1151 write back register must be W13 Assembler The working register W13 must be selected as the write back destination 1152 increment must be a constant Assembler An invalid increment value was used in this instruction Negative values are not permitted 1153 increment must be 2 Assembler An invalid increment value was used in this instruction The value 2 was expected 1154 prefetch W register must be W8 or W9 Assembler An illegal working register was selected as a prefetch destination register For this prefetch valid destinations are W8 or W9 1155 prefetch W register must be W10 or W11 Assembler An illegal working register was selected as a prefetch destination register For this prefetch valid destinations are W10 or W11 1156 prefetch destination register must be one of W4 W5 W6 W7 Assembler An illegal working register was selected as a prefetch destination register For this prefetch val
129. F 24HJ128GP302 PIC24 0 157FF 800 27FF 24HJ128GP304 PIC24 0 157FF 800 27FF 24HJ128GP502 PIC24 0 157FF 800 27FF 24HJ128GP504 PIC24 0 157FF 800 27FF 24HJ128GP802 PIC24 0 157FF 800 47FF 24HJ12GP201 PIC24 0 157FF 800 BFF 24HJ12GP202 PIC24 0 157FF 800 BFF 24HJ12MC201 PIC24 0 157FF 800 BFF 24HJ12MC202 PIC24 0 157FF 800 BFF 24HJ16GP304 PIC24 0 2BFF 800 FFF 24HJ16MC302 PIC24 0 2BFF 800 FFF 24HJ16MC304 PIC24 0 2BFF 800 FFF 24HJ32GP202 PIC24 0 57FF 800 FFF 24HJ32GP204 PIC24 0 57FF 800 FFF 24HJ32GP302 PIC24 0 57FF 800 1800 24HJ32GP304 PIC24 0 57FF 800 1800 24HJ32MC202 PIC24 0 57FF 800 FFF 24HJ32MC204 PIC24 0 57FF 800 FFF 24HJ64GP202 PIC24 0 ABFF 800 27FF 24HJ64GP204 PIC24 0 ABFF 800 27FF 24HJ64GP502 PIC24 0 ABFF 800 27FF 24HJ64GP504 PIC24 0 ABFF 800 27FF 30F2005 PIC30 0 15FF 800 8FF continued Chip Information Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 DEVICE ARCH FLASH XDATA EEPROM 33FJ06GS101 PIC30 0 1FFF 800 8FF 33FJ06GS 102 PIC30 0 1FFF 800 8FF 33FJ06GS202 PIC30 0 1 FFF 800 BFF 33FJ128GP202 PIC30 0 157FF 800 27FF 33FJ128GP204 PIC30 0 157FF 800 27FF 33FJ128GP802 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ128GP804 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ128MC202 PIC30 0 157FF 800 27FF 33FJ128MC204 PIC30 0 157FF 800 27FF 33FJ128MC802 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ128MC804 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ12GP201 PIC30 0 1 FFF 800 BFF 33FJ12GP202 PIC30 0 1 FFF 800 BFF 33FJ12MC201 PIC30 0 1 FFF 800 BFF 33FJ12MC202 PIC30 0 1 FFF 800 BFF 33FJ16
130. FOO 5 129 unexpected in if Preprocessor The backslash is incorrect in the if statement e g if FOO 34 define BIG tendif 130 unknown type in el if sizeof Preprocessor An unknown type was used in a preprocessor sizeof The preprocessor can only evaluate sizeof with basic types or pointers to basic types e g if sizeof unt 2 woops should be if sizeof int 2 i OxFFFF endif 269 Error and Warning Messages 131 illegal type combination in el if sizeof Preprocessor The preprocessor found an illegal type combination in the argument to sizeof in a if expres sion e g if sizeof short long int 2 short or long make up your mind i OxFFFF fendif 132 no type specified in el if sizeof Preprocessor Sizeof was used in a preprocessor if expression but no type was specified The argument to sizeof in a preprocessor expression must be a valid simple type or pointer to a simple type e g if sizeof woops size of what i 0 fendif 133 unknown type code 0x in el if sizeof O Preprocessor The preprocessor has made an internal error in evaluating a sizeof expression Check for a malformed type specifier This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 134 syntax error in el if sizeof Preprocessor The preprocessor found a syntax error in the argument to sizeof i
131. GP304 PIC30 0 2BFF 800 FFF 33FJ16GS402 PIC30 0 2BFF 800 FFF 33FJ16GS404 PIC30 0 2BFF 800 FFF 33FJ16GS502 PIC30 0 2BFF 800 FFF 33FJ16GS504 PIC30 0 2BFF 800 FFF 33FJ16MC304 PIC30 0 2BFF 800 FFF 33FJ256MC510 PIC30 0 2ABFF 800 47FF 33FJ256MC710 PIC30 0 2ABFF 800 77FFF 33FJ32GP202 PIC30 0 57FF 800 FFF 33FJ32GP204 PIC30 0 57FF 800 FFF 33FJ32GP302 PIC30 0 57FF 800 1800 33FJ32GP304 PIC30 0 57FF 800 1800 33FJ32MC202 PIC30 0 57FF 800 FFF 33FJ32MC204 PIC30 0 57FF 800 FFF 33FJ32MC302 PIC30 0 57FF 800 1800 33FJ32MC304 PIC30 0 57FF 800 1800 33FJ64GP202 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 27FF 33FJ64GP204 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 27FF 33FJ64GP802 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ64GP804 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 47FF 33FJ64MC202 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 27FF 33FJ64MC204 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 27FF 33FJ64MC802 PIC30 0 157FF 800 47FF 33FJ64MC804 PIC30 0 ABFF 800 47FF 389 Chip Information 390 Index macro quote character 106 psect address symbol 120 Symbol 63 as files 42 c files 42 cmd files 129 crf files 27 91 lib files 42 46 127 129 Ink files 124 Ast files 26 obj files 42 120 129 opt files 91 pro files 33 sdb files 46 sym files 46 119 122 psect address symbol 120 comment suppression characters 106 lt gt macro quote characters 106 character in assembler labels 94 nnnn type symbols 95 107 9_xxxx type symbols 125 a_xxxx type symbols 125 asm directive 75 define 21 endasm directive 75 pragma direc
132. If a bitfield is declared to be type int the compiler still treats it as unsigned e g struct signed int sign 1 this must be unsigned signed int value 15 by 370 illegal basic type int assumed Parser The basic type of a cast to a qualified basic type couldn t not be recognised and the basic type was assumed to be int e g unsigned char bar unsigned ling a here ling is assumed to be int 371 missing basic type int assumed Parser This declaration does not include a basic type so int has been assumed This declaration is not illegal but it is preferable to include a basic type to make it clear what is intended e g char c i don t let the compiler make assumptions use int i func ditto use extern int func int 313 Error and Warning Messages 372 expected Parser A comma was expected here This could mean you have left out the comma between two identifiers in a declaration list It may also mean that the immediately preceding type name is misspelled and has thus been interpreted as an identifier e g unsigned char a unsigned chat b thinks chat amp b are unsigned but where is the comma 373 implicit signed to unsigned conversion Parser An unsigned type was expected where a signed type was given and was implicitly cast to unsigned e g unsigned int foo 1 the above initialization is implicitly treated as unsigned int foo un
133. In other words some part of your device s memory has completely filled If this is the case then the size of the specified psect must be reduced The second cause of this message is when the total amount of memory needed by the psect being positioned is sufficient but that this memory is fragmented in such a way that the largest contiguous block is too small to accommodate the psect The linker is unable to split psects in this situation That is the linker cannot place part of a psect at one location and part somewhere else Thus the linker must be able to find a contiguous block of memory large enough for every psect If this is the cause of the error then the psect must be split into smaller psects if possible To find out what memory is still available generate and look in the map file see Section 2 4 9 for information on how to generate a map file Search for the string UNUSED ADDRESS RANGES Under 330 Error and Warning Messages this heading look for the name of the segment specified in the error message If the name is not present then all the memory available for this psect has been allocated If it is present there will be one address range specified under this segment for each free block of memory Determine the size of each block and compare this with the number of words specified in the error message Psects containing code can be reduced by using all the compiler s optimizations or restructuring the program If a code p
134. OS LIBR will accept commands from standard input if no command line arguments are given If the standard input is attached to the console LIBR will prompt for input Multiple line input may be given by using a backslash as a continuation character on the end of a line If standard input is redirected from a file LIBR will take input from the file without prompting For example libr libr gt r file lib 1 obj 2 0bj 3 0b j A libr gt 4 0b3 5 0b3 6 0b3 will perform much the same as if the object files had been typed on the command line The libr gt prompts were printed by LIBR itself the remainder of the text was typed as input libr lt lib cmd LIBR will read input from lib cmd and execute the command found therein This allows a virtually unlimited length command to be given to LIBR 5 10 5 Listing Format A request to LIBR to list module names will simply produce a list of names one per line on standard output The s keyletter will produce the same with a list of symbols after each module name Each symbol will be preceded by the letter D or U representing a definition or reference to the symbol respectively The P option may be used to determine the width of the paper for this operation For example 129 Objtohex Linker and Utilities LIBR P80 s file lib will list all modules in file 1ib with their global symbols with the output formatted for an 80 column printer or display 5 10 6 Ordering of Libraries The lib
135. SETUP argument Setup the product STRICT Enable strict ANSI keyword conformance SUMMARY t ype Selects the type of memory summary output TIME Display estimates on time taken for each phase of the build process VER Display the compiler s version number WARN level Set the compiler s warning level WARNFORMAT format Format warning message strings to given style
136. Table 3 7 Floating point formats Format Sign biased exponent mantissa IEEE 754 32 bit x XXXX XXXX XXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Table 3 8 Floating point format example IEEE 754 Number biased expo 1 mantissa decimal nent TDA6B69Bh 11111011b 1 01001101011011010011011b 2 77000e 37 251 1 302447676659 Unsigned long isa 32 bit unsigned integer type representing integral values from 0 to 4 294 967 295 inclusive All 32 bit integer values are represented in little endian format with the least significant word and least significant byte at the lowest address Long and unsigned long occupy 32 bits as this is the smallest long integer size allowed by the ANSI standard for C Variables may be declared using the signed long int and unsigned long int keyword se quences respectively to hold values of these types Where only long int is used in the declaration the type will be signed long When specifying this type the keyword int may be omitted Thus a variable declared as long will contain a signed long int and a variable declared as unsigned long will contain an unsigned long int 3 4 6 Floating Point Types and Variables Floating point is implemented using the IEEE 754 32 bit format The 32 bit format is used for all float and double values This format is described in Table 3 7 where e sign is the sign bit e The exponent is 8 bits which is stored as excess 127 i e an exponent of
137. The assembler allows a maximum of 2000 temporary labels 787 can t handle v_rtype of in copyexpr Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 788 invalid character in number Assembler A number contained a character that was not part of the range 0 9 or 0 F 790 end of file inside conditional Assembler END of FILE was encountered while scanning for an endif to match a previous if 353 Error and Warning Messages 793 unterminated macro argument Assembler An argument to a macro is not terminated Note that angle brackets lt gt are used to quote macro arguments 794 invalid number syntax Assembler Optimiser The syntax of a number is invalid This can be e g use of 8 or 9 in an octal number or other malformed numbers 796 use of LOCAL outside macros is illegal Assembler The LOCAL directive is only legal inside macros It defines local labels that will be unique for each invocation of the macro 797 syntax error in LOCAL argument Assembler A symbol defined using the LOCAL assembler directive in an assembler macro is syntactically incor rect Ensure that all symbols and all other assembler identifiers conform with the assembly language of the target device 798 macro argument may not appear after LOCAL Assembler The list of labels after the directive LOCAL may not include any of the formal parameters to the macro
138. The memcmp function compares two blocks of memory of length n and returns a signed value similar to strncmp Unlike strncmp the comparison does not stop on a null character Example tinclude lt stdio h gt tinclude lt string h gt void main void int buf 10 cow 10 i buf 0 1 buf 2 4 cow 0 1 cow 2 5 buf 1 3 cow 1 3 i memcmp buf cow 3 sizeof int if i lt 0 printf less than n else if i gt 0 printf Greater than n else printf Equal n 202 Library Functions See Also strncpy stracmp strchr memset memchr Return Value Returns negative one zero or one depending on whether s1 points to string which is less than equal to or greater than the string pointed to by s2 in the collating sequence 203 Library Functions MEMCPY Synopsis include lt string h gt void memcpy void d const void s size_t n Description The memepy function copies n bytes of memory starting from the location pointed to by s to the block of memory pointed to by d The result of copying overlapping blocks is undefined The memcpy function differs from strcpy in that it copies a specified number of bytes rather than all bytes up to a null terminator Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 memset buf 0 sizeof buf memcpy buf a partial string
139. VER Display The Compiler s Version Information 38 CONTENTS CONTENTS 2 4 53 WARN level Set Warning Level o 38 2 4 54 WARNFORMAT format Set Warning Message Format 39 3 C Language Features 41 3I ANS Standard Issies lt isa a a a BR ai 41 3 1 1 Implementation defined behaviour 41 3 2 Processorrelated Feats scores ER RR 41 a o ce hn RAN 41 3 2 2 Configuration Fus s coo opa ds tie A ES 42 EA A AAA 42 So OURS PISZ e ps e A A A 42 Dose YOURS oie rra a A A A 42 Sod Library PIES es soci er p epa eg Be ee Bk ee Bo het 46 34331 Standard Libraries ooo ce ee e 46 3 3 3 2 Formatted Output Functions 0 0 46 3 3 3 3 EEPROM and Flash Functions 47 3 3 4 Runtime startup Modules gt o c ccsa erant eere d retenes 47 Ei co oes ee RA a eR a a S 48 3 3 4 2 Initialization of Interrupt Vector Tables 48 3 3 4 3 Initialization of Data psects o 49 1344 Clearing the Bss PSEC S oo eoc a 49 3 3 4 5 Linking in the C Libraries o 50 334 6 The POWEr p Routine pce sy nss os e a dE 51 3 4 Supported Data Types and Variables o o 51 3 4 1 Radix Specifiers and Constants 51 34 2 Bit Data Types and Variables occ opoe coe copa 2 sesos 53 3 4 3 8 Bit Integer Data Types and Variables
140. WARNING file Sf line 1 column c s set HTC_ERR_FORMAT ERROR a file f line 1 column c n s Using the previous source code the output from the compiler when using the above environment variables would be ERROR parser file x c line 4 column 6 192 undefined identifier xFF Remember that if these environment variables are set in a batch file you must prepend the specifiers with an additional percent character to stop the specifiers being interpreted immediately by DOS e g the filename specifier would become 29 DSPICC Compiler Options DSPICC Command line Driver Table 2 4 Supported IDEs Suboption IDE hitide HI TECH Software s HI TIDE mplab Microchip s MPLAB 2 4 26 ERRORS number Maximum Number of Errors This option sets the maximum number of errors each component of the compiler will display before stopping By default up to 20 error messages will be displayed 2 4 27 FILL opcode Fill Unused Program Memory This option allows specification of a hexadecimal opcode that can be used to fill all unused program memory locations with a known code sequence Multi byte codes should be entered in little endian byte order 2 4 28 GETOPTION app file Get Command line Options This option is used to retrieve the command line options which are used for named compiler appli cation The options are then saved into the given file This option is not required for most projects
141. a a a a a Se eh ti 52 Floating point Formats 6 4 45 4 2 0486 A ob ote ee ediad 55 Floating point format example IEEE 754 o o 55 Integral division 5 4 25 5 e a ed rd Oe SS 67 Interrupt Vector Address Macros ce ee 69 Interrupt Vector Address Macros 45 5 ce ae BAS Se we amp Hae Ede 70 Interrupt Vector Address Macros 2 2 2 ee ee 71 Interrupt Vector Address Macros ae ecese 64 SE E ARRE 72 Predefined SPR Names A Re A Re eS 77 Preprocessor directives lt 4 2 5 4 BAS eS ERE EEE eH YE eke EGE 79 Predefined MACOS e e 5 5 4 0 Rae Se A A eee Ea 80 Pragma directives o ec coea RA A hE hee ee 81 a 05s cca esa 4S aE SARS AN 85 LIST OF TABLES LIST OF TABLES 14 3 16 4 1 4 2 4 3 44 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 Sel 5l 32 53 5 4 Supported standard I O functions e 87 ASDSPIC command line options e 90 Assembly statement formats om en both beew ew ews 93 Assembly numbers and bases cee kee Le Oe ee ee ES 94 SEO DIVOPEMAlGIs 2 0 0 4p a eee ee o A e BSS 97 Assembler Directives 5 05 5 04404 048 bs oe EER Ra a BS 100 PSECTIAES io a BER di da OSE Ew 101 ASDSPIC assembler controls oc ceo ro masma ee 110 LIST COnWOLOPHIONS csi aa ES a ee ee EA 111 Linker command line Options gt lt o cce we ee 115 Linker command line options o e 116 Librarian command line options o stri 128 Librarian key letter c
142. a serial number 1200 Found 0 IXh at address h Hexmate The code sequence specified in a FIND option has been found at this address 1201 all FIND REPLACE code specifications must be of equal width Hexmate All find replace and mask attributes in this option must be of the same byte width Check the parameters supplied to this option For example finding 1234h 2 bytes masked with FFh 1 byte will result in an error but masking with OOFFh 2 bytes will be Ok 1202 unknown format requested in FORMAT Hexmate An unknown or unsupported INHX format has been requested Refer to documentation for supported INHX formats 1203 unpaired nibble in value will be truncated Hexmate Data to this option was not entered as whole bytes Perhaps the data was incomplete or a leading zero was omitted For example the value Fh contains only four bits of significant data and is not a whole byte The value OFh contains eight bits of significant data and is a whole byte 1204 value must be between 1 and bytes long Hexmate An illegal length of data was given to this option The value provided to this option exceeds the maximum or minimum bounds required by this option 381 Error and Warning Messages 1205 using the configuration file you may override this with the environment variable HTC_XML Driver This is the compiler configuration file selected during compiler setup This can be changed via the HTC_XML e
143. a which will instead use the ybss psect located in YDATA memory static variables are local in scope to the function in which they are declared but may be accessed by other functions via pointers since they have permanent duration static variables are guaranteed to retain their value between calls to a function unless explicitly modified via a pointer static variables which are initialised are only done so once during the program s execution Thus they may be preferable over initialised auto objects which are assigned a value every time the block in which the definition is placed is executed 3 5 2 X and Y DATA Variables The memory map of the dsPIC devices are divided into X and Y data areas Some dsp instructions can only operate on objects stored in ydata For this reason the ydata qualifier is provided to position an object into ydata memory Only static and global variables may use this qualifier If no qualifier 1s given a location in xdata memory will be assumed 3 5 3 Absolute Variables A global or static variable can be located at an absolute address by following its declaration with the construct address for example volatile unsigned char Portvar 0x06 will declare a variable called Portvar located at 06h Note that the compiler does not reserve any storage but merely equates the variable to that address the compiler generated assembler will include a line of the form _Portvar EQU 06h This construct is primaril
144. act HI TECH Software technical support with details 507 unexpected end of file in object file Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 508 relocation offset out of range 0 1 Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 509 illegal relocation size Linker There is an error in the object code format read by the linker This either means you are using a linker that is out of date or that there is an internal error in the assembler or linker Contact HI TECH Support with details if the object file was created by the compiler 333 Error and Warning Messages 510 complex relocation not supported for R or L options Linker The linker was given a R or L option with file that contain complex relocation 511 bad complex range check Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 512 unknown complex operator 0x Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 513 bad complex relocation Linker The linker has been asked to perform complex relocation that is not syntactically correct Probably means an object file is corrupted 514 illegal relocation type Linker An object file contained a relocation record with an illegal relocation type This probably means the file is c
145. ad_block function 173 eeprom_read_row function 172 eeprom_read_word function 173 eeprom_write_block function 174 eeprom_write_block_only function 175 eeprom_write_row function 172 eeprom_write_row_only function 175 eeprom_write_word function 174 eeprom_write_word_only function 175 El macro 168 ellipsis symbol 63 ELSE directive 105 ELSIF directive 105 embedding serial numbers 142 INDEX INDEX END directive 99 ENDIF directive 105 ENDM directive 105 enhanced symbol files 119 environment variable HTC_ERR_FORMAT 29 HTC_WARN_FORMAT 29 EQU directive 77 96 103 equ directive 92 equating assembly symbols 103 error files creating 118 error messages 22 formatting 29 LIBR 130 eval_poly function 180 exceptions 69 exp function 181 EXPAND assembler control 109 exponent 55 expressions assembly 96 relocatable 98 fabs function 182 far keyword 59 far qualifier 59 fast interrupt functions 73 fast keyword 73 file formats assembler listing 26 Avocet symbol 123 command 129 creating with cromwell 134 cross reference 91 132 cross reference listings 27 dependency 36 DOS executable 120 enhanced symbol 119 library 127 129 link 124 object 21 120 129 preprocessor 33 prototype 33 specifying 32 symbol 119 symbol files 42 TOS executable 120 files intermediate 31 32 output 32 source 42 temporary 31 fill memory 137 filling unused memory 30 140 flash_er
146. age Features HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 supports a number of special features and extensions to the C language which are designed to ease the task of producing ROM based applications This chapter documents the compiler options and special language features which are specific to these devices 3 1 ANSI Standard Issues 3 1 1 Implementation defined behaviour Certain sections of the ANSI standard have implementation defined behaviour This means that the exact behaviour of some C code can vary from compiler to compiler Throughout this manual are sections describing how the HI TECH C compiler behaves in such situations 3 2 Processor related Features HI TECH C has several features which relate directly to the dsPIC and PIC24 architectures and instruction sets These detailed in the following sections 3 2 1 Stack The stack on dsPIC and PIC24 processors is configured by the runtime startup code The compiler will attempt to find the largest contiguous gap available in the data memory space In the generated startup code the stack pointer i e w15 is initialised with the lowest word aligned address within this gap The Stack Pointer Limit Value register i e SPLIM 0x20 is initialised with the highest 41 Files C Language Features word aligned address within this gap In order to make the position and size of the stack clear to the user both of these registers are initialised using compiler generated global symbols viz ___sp_init an
147. ages 31 2 4 32 MEMMAP file Display Memory Map 31 2 4 33 MSGDISABLE list Warning messages to disable 31 2 4 34 MSGFORMAT format Set Advisory Message Format 31 2 4 35 NODEL Do not remove temporary files 31 24 36 NOEXEC Don t Execute Compiler sss e cee ee oras 32 2 4 37 OPT lt t ype gt Invoke Compiler Optimizations 32 2 4 38 OUTDIR Specify a directory for output files 32 2 4 39 OUTPUT t ype Specify Output File Type 32 2 4 40 PRE Produce Preprocessed Source Code o o oo 33 24 41 PROTO Generate Prototypes gt lt lt oo corso me 33 2 4 42 RAM 10 hi lt lo hi gt Specify Additional RAM Ranges 34 2 4 43 ROM 10 hi lt lo hi gt tag Specify Additional ROM Ranges 35 2 4 44 RUNTIME t ype Specify Runtime Environment 35 2 4 45 SCANDEP Scan for Dependencies o o 36 2 4 46 SERIAL hexcode address Store a Value at this Program Memory POMS NN 36 2 4 47 SETOPTION app file Set The Command line Options for Application 37 2 4 48 SETUP dir Setup the product oo 37 2 4 49 STRICT Strict ANSI Conformance 37 2 4 50 SUMMARY t ype Select Memory Summary Output Type 37 2 4 51 TIME Report time taken for each phase of build process 38 2 4 52
148. ally restored before the interrupt function returns A ret fie instruction placed at the end of the interrupt code which will reload the program counter and re enable the master interrupt bit The program will return to the location at which it was when the interrupt occurred Microchip have reported in Silicon Errata for PIC24 and dsPIC devices that under certain con ditions it is possible to generate an address trap error when using interrupt nesting In order to minimise the window of opportunity for this to occur during context restoration the compiler will disable interrupts immediately before the context restoration code by temporarily raising the CPU interrupt priority level to 7 Furthermore the code generator will also place DISI 4 before the ret fie instruction 72 C Language Features Mixing C and Assembler Code 3 10 1 3 Fast Interrupt Functions Interrupt functions qualified as fast will utilise a fast interrupt save restore technique Such func tions will save and restore working resgisters WO to W3 and the C Z OV N and DC status register flags to and from the devices internal shadow registers This technique reduces the context save and restore code size and cycles However the device shadow registers are usually not accessable and are also one level deep Hence the use of fast interrupts in conjunction with interrupt nesting could be problematic 3 10 2 Enabling Interrupts Hardware interrupt sources can be enabl
149. alphabetics numerics and the special characters dollar question mark and underscore _ The first character of an identifier may not be numeric The case of alphabetics is significant e g Fred is not the same symbol as fred Some examples of identifiers are shown here An_identifier an_identifier an_identifierl 94 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language 25_12345 4 3 5 1 Significance of Identifiers Users of other assemblers that attempt to implement forms of data typing for identifiers should note that this assembler attaches no significance to any symbol and places no restrictions or expectations on the usage of a symbol The names of psects program sections and ordinary symbols occupy separate overlapping name spaces but other than this the assembler does not care whether a symbol is used to represent bytes words or sports cars No special syntax is needed or provided to define the addresses of bits or any other data type nor will the assembler issue any warnings if a symbol is used in more than one context The instruction and addressing mode syntax provide all the information necessary for the assembler to generate correct code 4 3 5 2 Assembler Generated Identifiers Where a LOCAL directive is used in a macro block the assembler will generate a unique symbol to replace each specified identifier in each expansion of that macro These unique symbols will have the form nnnn where nnnn is a 4 digit numb
150. alue Check the usage of the option or the syntax or range of the expected parameter 1240 can t create error file Driver The error file specified after the Efile or E file options could not be opened Check to ensure that the file or directory is valid and that has read only access delete what Libr The librarian requires one or more modules to be listed for deletion when using the d key e g libr d c ht pic lib pic704 c lib 383 Error and Warning Messages does not indicate which modules to delete try something like libr d c ht pic lib pic704 c lib wdiv obj incomplete ident record Libr The IDENT record in the object file was incomplete Contact HI TECH Support with details incomplete symbol record Libr The SYM record in the object file was incomplete Contact HI TECH Support with details library file names should have lib extension Libr Use the 1ib extension when specifying a library filename module defines no symbols Libr No symbols were found in the module s object file This may be what was intended or it may mean that part of the code was inadvertently removed or commented replace what Libr The librarian requires one or more modules to be listed for replacement when using the r key e g libr r Led lib This command needs the name of a module obj file after the library name 384 Appendix C Chip Information The following table lists all devices
151. alue equal to its offset within the current psect A label definition consists of any valid assembly identifier followed by a colon The defini tion may appear on a line by itself or be positioned before a statement Here are two examples of legitimate labels interspersed with assembly code frank mov 1 w0 goto fin simon44 clrf _input Here the label frank will ultimately be assigned the address of the mov instruction and simon44 the address of the clrf instruction Regardless of how they are defined the assembler list file produced by the assembler will always show labels on a line by themselves Labels may be used and are prefered in assembly code rather than using an absolute address Thus they can be used as the target location for jump type instructions or to load an address into a register Like variables labels have scope By default they may be used anywhere in the module in which they are defined They may be used by code above their definition To make a label accessable in other modules use the GLOBAL directive See Section 4 3 8 1 for more information 4 3 6 Expressions The operands to instructions and directives are comprised of expressions Expressions can be made up of numbers identifiers strings and operators 96 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language Table 4 4 Assembly operators Operator Purpose
152. alues are passed to the calling function as follows 3 6 2 1 Integral Return Values All integral return values no larger than 2 bytes in size are returned from a function in WO Integral return values of 4 bytes in size are returned in WO W 1 with the low order word in WO 3 6 2 2 Structure Return Values Composite return values struct and union of size 4 bytes or smaller are returned in W0 W1 as with integral return values For larger types the structure or union is copied into a space allocated by the calling function a pointer to which is passed in W14 when the function is called 3 7 Register Usage The dsPIC and PIC24 devices use register W15 for the system stack pointer Registers WO through W7 may be used for function parameters and function return values may be returned in WO W1 The compiler assumes that registers W8 through W13 will not be altered over function calls Any assembler routines that are called from C code should preserve these registers 3 8 Operators HI TECH C supports all the ANSI operators The exact results of some of these are implementation defined The following sections illustrate code produced by the compiler 64 C Language Features Operators 3 8 1 Integral Promotion When there is more than one operand to an operator they typically must be of exactly the same type The compiler will automatically convert the operands if necessary so they have the same type The conversion is to a larger t
153. am memory with a specified code sequence GETOPTION app file Get the command line options for the named applica tion HELP lt option gt Display the compiler s command line options IDE 1de Configure the compiler for use by the named IDE LANG language Specify language for compiler messages MEMMAP f ile Display memory summary information for the map file continued DSPICC Driver Options Option Meaning MSGDISABLE Disable warning messages by their message ID num ber MSGFORMAT Redefine the format of compiler messages NODEL Do not remove temporary files generated by the com piler NOEXEC Go through the motions of compiling without actually compiling OUTDIR Specify output files directory OPT lt t ype gt Enable general compiler optimizations OUTPUT t ype Generate output file type PRE Produce preprocessed source files PROTO Generate function prototype information RAM lo hi lt lo hi gt Specify and or reserve RAM ranges ROM lo hix lo hi gt tag Specify and or reserve ROM ranges RUNTIME t ype Configure the C runtime libraries to the specified type SCANDEP Generate file dependency DEP files SERIAL Insert a serial number at a fixed address in program memory SETOPTION app file Set the command line options for the named applica tion
154. and kbhit 87 Standard I O Functions and Serial I O C Language Features 88 Chapter 4 Macro Assembler The Macro Assembler included with HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 assembles source files for dsPIC and PIC24 MCUs This chapter describes the usage of the assembler and the directives assembler pseudo ops and controls accepted by the assembler in the source files The HI TECH C Macro Assembler package includes a linker librarian cross reference generator and an object code converter Athough the term assembler is almost universally used to decribe the tool which con verts human readable mnemonics into machine code both assembler and assembly are used to describe the source code which such a tool reads The latter is more com mon and is used in this manual to describe the language Thus you will see the terms assembly language or just assembly assembly listing and etc but assembler options assembler directive and assembler optimizer 4 1 Assembler Usage The assembler is called ASDSPIC and is available to run on Windows Linux and Mac OS systems Note that the assembler will not produce any messages unless there are errors or warnings there are no assembly completed messages Typically the command line driver DSPICC is used to envoke the assembler as it can be passed assembler source files as input however the options for the assembler are supplied here for instances 89 Assembler Options Mac
155. ant must be decimal and positive try LIST C 80 861 argument to N option must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the LIST assembler control s N option which sets the page length for the listing output must be a positive constant number e g LIST N 3 page length must be positive 862 symbol is not external Assembler A symbol has been declared as EXTRN but is also defined in the current module 863 symbol can t be both extern and public Assembler If the symbol is declared as extern it is to be imported If it is declared as public it is to be exported from the current module It is not possible for a symbol to be both 864 argument to size psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s size option must be a positive constant number e g PSECT text class CODE size 200 a negative size 359 Error and Warning Messages 865 psect flag size redefined Assembler The size flag to the PSECT assembler directive is different from a previous PSECT directive e g psect spdata class RAM size 400 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM size 500 866 argument to reloc psect flag must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the PSECT assembler directive s reloc option must be a positive constant number e g psect test class CODE reloc 4 the reloc must be positive 867 psect flag reloc
156. argument symfile specifies a file to receive the symbol file The default file name is 1 sym 5 711 H symfile This option will instruct the linker to generate an enhanced symbol file which provides in addition to the standard symbol file class names associated with each symbol and a segments section which lists each class name and the range of memory it occupies This format is recommended if the code is to be run in conjunction with a debugger The optional argument symfile specifies a file to receive the symbol file The default file name is 1 sym 5 7 12 Jerrcount The linker will stop processing object files after a certain number of errors other than warnings The default number is 10 but the J option allows this to be altered 5 7 13 K For compilers that use a compiled stack the linker will try and overlay function auto and parameter areas in an attempt to reduce the total amount of RAM required For debugging purposes this feature can be disabled with this option 5 7 14 I Usually failure to resolve a reference to an undefined symbol is a fatal error Use of this option will cause undefined symbols to be treated as warnings instead 119 Operation Linker and Utilities 5 7 15 L When the linker produces an output file it does not usually preserve any relocation information since the file is now absolute In some circumstances a further relocation of the program will be done at load time e g when running a
157. arily defines an unnamed macro then expands it a number of times as determined by its argument For example REPT 3 sl w0 ENDM will expand to sl w0 sl w0 sl w0 107 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler 4 3 8 16 IRP and IRPC The IRP and IRPC directives operate similarly to REPT however instead of repeating the block a fixed number of times it is repeated once for each member of an argument list In the case of IRP the list is a conventional macro argument list in the case or IRPC it is each character in one argument For each repetition the argument is substituted for one formal parameter For example PSECT romdata class CODE reloc 4 delta 2 IRP number 4865h 6C6Ch 6F00h DW number ENDM PSECT text would expand to PSECT romdata class CODE reloc 4 delta 2 DW 4865h DW 6C6Ch DW 6F00h PSECT text Note that you can use local labels and angle brackets in the same manner as with conventional macros The IRPC directive is similar except it substitutes one character at a time from a string of non space characters For example PSECT romdata class CODE reloc 4 delta 2 IRPC char ABC DB char ENDM PSECT text will expand to PSECT romdata class CODE reloc 4 delta 2 DB A DB B DB C PSECT text 108 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language 4 3 8 17 PROCESSOR The output of the assembler may vary depending on the target device The device name is typically set
158. arithm to base 10 of f Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f for f f lt 10 0 f 1 0 LQ printf log 1 0f f n f log f See Also exp pow Return Value Zero if the argument is negative 197 Library Functions LONGJMP Synopsis include lt setjmp h gt void longjmp jmp_buf buf int val Description The longjmpQ function in conjunction with setjmp provides a mechanism for non local goto s To use this facility setimp should be called with a jmp_buf argument in some outer level function The call from setjmp will return 0 To return to this level of execution longjmp may be called with the same jmp_buf argument from an inner level of execution Note however that the function which called setjmp must still be active when longjmp is called Breach of this rule will cause disaster due to the use of a stack containing invalid data The val argument to longjmp will be the value apparently returned from the setjmp This should normally be non zero to distinguish it from the genuine setjmp call Example include lt stdio h gt include lt setjmp h gt include lt stdlib h gt jmp_buf jb void inner void longjmp jb 5 void main void int i 198 Library Functions if i setjmp jb printf setjmp returned d n i exit 0 printf setjmp returned 0 good n
159. arning Messages 261 struct union member redefined Parser This name of this member of the struct or union has already been used in this struct or union e g struct int a int b int a woops a different name is required here input 262 struct union redefined Parser A structure or union has been defined more than once e g struct int a ms struct int a ms was this meant to be the same name as above 263 members can t be functions Parser A member of a structure or a union may not be a function It may be a pointer to a function e g struct int a int get int this should be a pointer int get int object 264 bad bitfield type Parser A bitfield may only have a type of int signed or unsigned e g struct FREG char b0 1 woops these must be part of an int not char char 6 char b7 1 freg 292 Error and Warning Messages 265 integer constant expected Parser A colon appearing after a member name in a structure declaration indicates that the member is a bitfield An integral constant must appear after the colon to define the number of bits in the bitfield e g struct unsigned first woops should be unsigned first unsigned second my_struct If this was meant to be a structure with bitfields then the following illustrates an example struct unsigned first 4 4 bits wide
160. arning Messages psect spdata class RAM space 0 ds 6 elsewhere psect spdata class RAM space 1 489 psect memory delta redefined Linker A global psect has been defined with two different delta values e g psect final class CODE delta 2 finish elsewhere psect final class CODE delta 1 490 class memory space redefined Linker A class has been defined in two different memory spaces Either rename one of the classes or if they are the same class place them in the same memory space 491 can t find 0x words for psect in segment Linker One of the main tasks the linker performs is positioning the blocks or psects of code and data that is generated from the program into the memory available for the target device This error indicates that the linker was unable to find an area of free memory large enough to accommodate one of the psects The error message indicates the name of the psect that the linker was attempting to position and the segment name which is typically the name of a class which is defined with a linker A option Section 3 9 1 lists each compiler generated psect and what it contains Typically psect names which are or include text relate to program code Names such as bss or data refer to variable blocks This error can be due to two reasons First the size of the program or the program s data has exceeded the total amount of space on the selected device
161. ase_block_only function 176 flash_erase_row_only function 176 flash_read_block function 178 flash_read_row function 177 flash_read_word function 178 flash_write_row function 177 flash_write_row_only function 179 floating point data types 55 biased exponent 56 exponent 56 format 55 mantissa 55 floating suffix 52 floor function 183 fnconf directive 126 fnroot directive 126 frexp function 184 function return values 64 function prototypes 86 109 ellipsis 63 function return values 64 function signatures 109 397 INDEX INDEX functions argument passing 63 getch 87 interrupt 69 interrupt qualifier 69 kbhit 87 putch 87 return values 64 signatures 86 written in assembler 73 getch function 87 185 getchar function 186 getche function 185 gets function 187 GLOBAL directive 96 99 global optimization 32 global PSECT flag 101 global symbols 114 gmtime function 188 hardware initialization 51 header files problems in 37 HEX file format 141 HEX file map 142 hex files address map 137 calculating check sums 137 converting to other Intel formats 137 detecting instruction sequences 137 embedding serial numbers 138 filling unused memory 30 137 find and replacing instructions 137 merging multiple 137 multiple 118 record length 137 141 hexadecimal constants 398 assembly 94 hexmate application 137 hexmate option prefix 138 CK 139 FILL 140 141 FIND
162. asm block within any C constructs such as if while do etc In these cases use only the asm form which is a C statement and will correctly interact with all C flow of control structures The following example shows both methods used unsigned int var void main void var 1 tasm like this mov w _var w0 sl w w0 w0 mov w w0 _var endasm or like this asm mov w _var w0 asm sl w w0 w0 asm mov w w0 _var When using in line assembler code great care must be taken to avoid interacting with compiler generated code The code generator cannot scan the assembler code for register usage and so will remain unaware if registers are clobberred or used by the code If in doubt compile your program with the driver S option and examine the assembler code generated by the compiler 3 11 3 Accessing C objects from within Assembly Code The following applies regardless of whether the assembly is part of a separate assembly module or in line with C code For any non local assembly symbol the GLOBAL directive must be used to link in with the symbol if it was defined elsewhere If it is a local symbol then it may be used immediately 76 C Language Features Mixing C and Assembler Code Table 3 11 Predefined SFR names Register Address pel 0x2E pch 0x30 sr 0x42 3 11 3 1 Equivalent Assembly Symbols The assembler equivalent identifier to an identifier in C code follows a fo
163. at as types declared as double 3 4 7 Structures and Unions HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 supports struct and union types of any size from one byte upwards Structures and unions only differ in the memory offset applied for each member The members of structures and unions may not be objects of type bit but bit fields are fully supported Structures and unions may be passed freely as function arguments and return values Pointers to structures and unions are fully supported 3 4 7 1 Bit fields in Structures HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 fully supports bit fields in structures Bit fields are always allocated within 16 bit words The first bit defined will be the least signifi cant bit of the word in which it will be stored When a bit field is declared it is allocated within the current 16 bit unit if it will fit otherwise a new word is allocated within the structure bit fields can never cross the boundary between 16 bit allocation units For example the declaration struct unsigned lo 1 unsigned dummy 14 unsigned ha 5 1 foo will produce a structure occupying 2 bytes If foo was ultimately linked at address 10H the field lo will be bit O of address 10H hi will be bit 7 of address 11H The least significant bit of dummy will be bit 1 of address 10H and the most significant bit of dummy will be bit 6 of address 11h Unnamed bit fields may be declared to pad out unused space between active bits in control registers For example if
164. ation for the routine must be provided This ensures that the compiler knows how to encode the function call in terms of paramters and return values however no other code is necessary If a signature value is present in the assembly code routine its value will be checked by the linker when the calling and called routines signatures can be compared TUTORIAL To continue the previous example here is a code snippet that declares the operation of the assembler routine then calls the routine extern unsigned int add unsigned a unsigned b void main void int a result a read_port result add 5 a 3 11 2 asm endasm and asm dsPIC and PIC24 instructions may also be directly embedded in line into C code using the direc tives tasm endasm or the statement asm The asm and endasm directives are used to start and end a block of assembly instructions which are to be embedded into the assembly output of the code generator The asm and endasm construct 75 Mixing C and Assembler Code C Language Features is not syntactically part of the C program and thus it does not obey normal C flow of control rules however you can easily include multiple instructions with this form of in line assembly The asm statement is used to embed a single assembler instruction This form looks and be haves like a C statement however each instruction must be encapsulated within an asm statement You should not use a
165. ave the same name as the first file listed on the command line with the extension map 2 4 10 Nsize Identifier Length This option allows the C identifier length to be increased from the default value of 31 Valid sizes for this option are from 32 to 255 The option has no effect for all other values 2 4 11 Ofile Specify Output File This option allows the name of the output file s to be specified If no 0 option is given the output file s will be named after the first source or object file on the command line The files controlled are any produced by the linker or applications run subsequent to that e g CROMWELL So for instance the HEX file map file and SYM file are all controlled by the 0 option The 0 option can also change the directory in which the output file is located by including the required path before the filename e g Oc project output first hex This will then also specify the output directory for any files produced by the linker or subsequently run applications 2 4 12 P Preprocess Assembly Files The P option causes the assembler files to be preprocessed before they are assembled thus allowing the use of preprocessor directives such as include with assembler code By default assembler files are not preprocessed 2 4 13 Q Quiet Mode This option places the compiler in a quiet mode which suppresses the HI TECH Software copyright notice from being displayed 25 DSPICC Compiler Options DSPICC Co
166. bject of a function call e g Int a Dj C di a b ctd b is not a function did you mean a b ctd 184 calling an interrupt function is illegal Parser A function qualified interrupt can t be called from other functions It can only be called by a hardware or software interrupt This is because an interrupt function has special function entry and exit code that is appropriate only for calling from an interrupt An interrupt function can call other non interrupt functions 185 function does not take arguments Parser Code Generator This function has no parameters but it is called here with one or more arguments e g int get_value void void main void 277 Error and Warning Messages int input input get_value 6 woops the parameter should not be here 186 too many function arguments Parser This function does not accept as many arguments as there are here void add int a int b add 5 7 input this call has too many arguments 187 too few function arguments Parser This function requires more arguments than are provided in this call e g void add int a int b add 5 this call needs more arguments 188 constant expression required Parser In this context an expression is required that can be evaluated to a constant at compile time e g int a switch input case a woops you cannot use a variable as part of a case label input
167. ble a int b if b 0 return a b what about when b is 0 warning flagged here 344 non void function returns no value Parser A function that is declared as returning a value has a return statement that does not specify a return value e g int get_value void if flag return val return what is the return value in this instance 345 unreachable code Parser This section of code will never be executed because there is no execution path by which it could be reached e g while 1 how does this loop finish process flag FINISHED how do we get here 346 declaration of hides outer declaration Parser An object has been declared that has the same name as an outer declaration i e one outside and preceding the current function or block This is legal but can lead to accidental use of one variable when the outer one was intended e g int input input has filescope void process int a int input local blockscope input a input this will use the local variable Is this right 306 Error and Warning Messages 347 external declaration inside function Parser A function contains an extern declaration This is legal but is invariably not desirable as it restricts the scope of the function declaration to the function body This means that if the compiler encounters another declaration use or definition of the extern object later i
168. bler is described below All opcode mnemonics and operand syntax are strictly dsPIC and PIC24 assembly language Additional mnemonics and assembler directives are documented in this section 4 3 1 Statement Formats Legal statement formats are shown in Table 4 2 The label field is optional and if present should contain one identifier A label may appear on a line of its own or precede a mnemonic as shown in the second format The third format is only legal with certain assembler directives such as MACRO SET and EQU The name field is mandatory and should also contain one identifier If the assembly file is first processed by the C preprocessor see Section 2 4 12 then it may also contain lines that form valid preprocessor directives See Section 3 12 1 for more information on the format for these directives There is no limitation on what column or part of the line in which any part of the statement should appear 92 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language Table 4 2 Assembly statement formats Format 1 label Format 2 label mnemonic operands comment Format 3 name pseudo op operands comment Format 4 comment only Format 5 lt empty line gt 4 3 2 Characters The character set used is standard 7 bit ASCII Alphabetic case is significant for identifiers but not mnemonics and reserved words Tabs are treated as equivalent to spaces 4 3 2 1 Delimiters All nu
169. btracted An absolute value must be used in various places where the assembler must know a value at assembly time 847 operand error Assembler Optimiser The operand to this opcode is invalid Check your assembler reference manual for the proper form of operands for this instruction 852 radix must be from 2 16 Assembler The radix specified using the RADIX assembler directive must be in the range from 2 binary to 16 hexadecimal 855 ORG argument must be a positive constant Assembler An argument to the ORG assembler directive must be a positive constant or a symbol which has been equated to a positive constant e g ORG 10 this must a positive offset to the current psect 856 ALIGN argument must be a positive constant Assembler The align assembler directive requires a non zero positive integer argument 857 psect may not be local and global Linker A local psect may not have the same name as a global psect e g 358 Error and Warning Messages psect text class CODE text is implicitly global move r0 rl elsewhere psect text local class CODE move r2 r4 The global flag is the default for a psect if its scope is not explicitly stated 859 argument to C option must specify a positive constant Assembler The parameter to the LIST assembler control s C option which sets the column width of the listing output must be a positive decimal constant number e g LIST C a0h const
170. c at line 4 offset 9 characters into the state ment The second numeric value the column number is relative to the left most non space charac ter on the source line If an extra space or tab character were inserted at the start of the source line the compiler would still report an error at line 4 column 9 28 DSPICC Command line Driver DSPICC Compiler Options Table 2 3 Error format specifiers Specifier Expands To SE Filename 1 Line number Column number oe s Error string Sa Application name sn Message number 2 4 25 2 Modifying the Standard Format If the message format does not meet your editor s requirement you can redefine its format by either using the ERRFORMAT format WARNFORMAT format or MSGFORMAT format option or by setting the environment variables HTC_ERR_FORMAT HTC_WARN_FORMAT or HTC_MSG_FORMAT These options are in the form of a printf style string in which you can use the specifiers shown in Table 2 3 For example ERRFORMAT file f line 1 column c s The column number is relative to the left most non space character on the source line To instruct the compiler to use an environment variable to determine the message format use the option without specifying format The environment variables can be set in a similar way for example setting the environment variables from within DOS can be done with the following DOS commands set HTC_WARN_FORMAT
171. catenation of arguments 106 quoting characters 106 suppressing comments 106 assembly statements format of 92 assert function 153 atan function 154 atof function 155 atoi function 156 atol function 157 auto variables 61 Avocet symbol file 123 base specifier see radix specifier bases C source 51 batch files 29 biased exponent 56 big endian format 139 binary constants assembly 94 C 51 bit PSECT flag 101 bit types in assembly 101 bit fields 56 initializing 57 393 INDEX INDEX unamed 56 bitbss psect 68 bitwise complement operator 65 blocks see psects bootloader 35 138 141 bsearch function 158 bss psect 36 49 62 68 114 clearing 114 call graph 125 ceil function 160 cgets function 161 char types 27 54 char variables 27 character constants 52 assembly 94 checksum endianism 139 checksum specifications 130 checksums 137 139 chipinfo files 91 class PSECT flag 101 classes 117 address ranges 117 boundary argument 122 upper address limit 122 CLRWDT macro 163 COD file 32 command line driver 17 command lines HLINK long command lines 124 long 18 129 verbose option 26 compiled stack 125 compiler options 18 compiler errors format 29 compiler generated psects 67 compiling 394 to assembler file 26 to object file 21 COND assembler control 109 conditional assembly 105 configuration fuses 42 configuration words 42 console I O functio
172. ce lines if constant if SIZE lt 10 expression true c process 10 else skip endif ifdef include source lines if preprocessor ifdef FLAG symbol defined do_loop elif SIZE skip_loop endif ifndef include source lines if preprocessor ifndef FLAG symbol not defined Jump endif include include text file into source include lt stdio h gt include project h line specify line number and filename line 3 final for listing nn where nn is a number short for 20 line nn pragma compiler specific options Sila undef undefines preprocessor symbol undef FLAG warning generate a warning message warning Length not set 79 Preprocessing C Language Features 80 Table 3 13 Predefined macros Symbol When set Usage HI_TECH_C Always To indicate that the compiler in use is HI TECH C HTC_VER_MAJOR_ Always To indicate the integer component of the compiler s version number HTC_VER_MINOR_ Always To indicate the decimal component of the compiler s version number HTC_VER_PATCH Always To indicate the patch level of the com piler s version number _HTC_EDITION_ Always To indicate which of PRO STD or Lite compiler is in use Values of 2 1 or 0 are assigned respectively _ DSPICC__ Always To indicate the use of the dsPIC and PIC24 C compiler _MPC_ Always To indicate the target device is a Microchip device _ dsPIC__ If dsPIC dev
173. conversion of int to char may result in truncation 753 undefined shift bits Code Generator An attempt has been made to shift a value by a number of bits equal to or greater than the number of bits in the data type This will produce an undefined result on many processors This is non portable code and is flagged as having undefined results by the C Standard e g int input input lt lt 33 woops that shifts the entire value out of input 754 bitfield comparison out of range Code Generator This is the result of comparing a bitfield with a value when the value is out of range of the bitfield For example comparing a 2 bit bitfield to the value 5 will never be true as a 2 bit bitfield has a range from 0 to 3 e g struct unsigned mask 2 mask can hold values 0 to 3 value int compare void return value mask 6 test can 348 Error and Warning Messages 755 divide by zero Code Generator A constant expression that was being evaluated involved a division by zero e g a 0 divide by 0 was this what you were intending 757 constant conditional branch Code Generator A conditional branch generated by an if for while statement etc always follows the same path This will be some sort of comparison involving a variable and a constant expression For the code generator to issue this message the variable must have local scope either auto or static local and t
174. currently supported by HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 DEVICE ARCH FLASH XDATA EEPROM 24HJ256GP610 PIC24 0 2ABFF 800 47FF 24HJ64GP506 PIC24 0 ABFF 800 27FF 24HJ64GP510 PIC24 0 ABFF 800 27FF 24HJ128GP206 PIC24 0 157FF 800 27FF 24HJ128GP210 PIC24 0 157FF 800 27FF 24HJ128GP306 PIC24 0 157FF 800 47FF 24HJ128GP506 PIC24 0 157FF 800 27FF 24HJ128GP510 PIC24 0 157FF 800 27FF 24HJ128GP310 PIC24 0 157FF 800 27FF 24FJ128GA006 PIC24 0 157FB 800 27FF 24FJ128GA008 PIC24 0 157FB 800 27FF 24FJ128GA010 PIC24 0 157FB 800 27FF 24FJ128GAOIOPS PIC24 0 157FB 800 27FF 24FJ64GA002 PIC24 0 ABFB 800 27FF 24FJ64GA004 PIC24 0 ABFB 800 27FF 24FJ64GA006 PIC24 0 ABFB 800 27FF 24FJ64GA008 PIC24 0 ABFB 800 27FF 24FJ64GA010 PIC24 0 ABFB 800 27FF 24FJ96GA006 PIC24 0 FFFB 800 27FF 24FJ96GA008 PIC24 0 FFFB 800 27FF 24FJ96GA010 PIC24 0 FFFB 800 27FF 24FJ32GA002 PIC24 0 57FB 800 27FF 24FJ32GA004 PIC24 0 57FB 800 27FF 24FJ48GA002 PIC24 0 83FB 800 27FF continued 385 Chip Information 386 Table C 1 Devices supported by HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 DEVICE ARCH FLASH XDATA EEPROM 24FJ48GA004 PIC24 0 83FB 800 27FF 24FJ16GA002 PIC24 0 2BFB 800 17FF 24FJ16GA004 PIC24 0 2BFB 800 17FF 24HJ256GP206 PIC24 0 2ABFE 800 47FF 24HJ256GP210 PIC24 0 2ABFE 800 47FF 24HJ64GP206 PIC24 0 ABFE 800 27FF 24HJ64GP210 PIC24 0 ABFE 800 27FF 30F1010 PIC30 0 FFF 800 8FF 30F
175. d If required the assembler file which contains the runtime startup code can be kept after compilation and linking by using the 47 Files C Language Features driver option RUNTIME default keep The residual file will be called startup as and will be located in the current working directory If you are using an IDE to perform the compilation the destination directory is dictated by the IDE itself however you may use the OUTDIR option to specify an explicit output directory to the compiler This is an automatic process which does not require any user interaction however some aspects of the runtime code can be controlled if required using the RUNTIME option These are described in the sections below 3 3 4 1 Software Stack As discussed earlier in section 3 2 1 the software stack is configured by the runtime startup code This code which configures the stack is by default always emitted by the compiler in the run time startup code The compiler can however be forced to omit this code using the driver option RUNTIME stack 3 3 4 2 Initialization of Interrupt Vector Tables The dsPIC and PIC24 devices have two interrupt vector tables a default IVT and alternate vector table AIVT It is the job of the runtime startup code to initialize these tables with the appropriate vectors By default the alternate interrupt vector table AIVT is programmed with the same vectors as the interrupt vector table IVT However any interrup
176. d and the machine type This is optionally followed by call graph information depended on the processor and memory model selected Then are listed all object files that were linked along with their psect information Libraries are listed with each module within the library The TOTALS section summarises the psects from the object files The SEGMENTS section sum marises major memory groupings This will typically show RAM and ROM usage The segment names are derived from the name of the first psect in the segment Lastly not shown in the example is a symbol table where each global symbol is listed with its associated psect and link address Linker command line z Mmap pvectors 00h text strings const im2vecs pbaseram 00h pramstart 08000h data im2vecs bss stack 09000h pnvram bss heap oC TEMP 1l obj C HT 280 LIB rtz80 s obj hello obj C HT 280 LIB z80 sc lib Object code version is 2 4 Machine type is 280 Name Link Load Length Selector C HT Z280 LIB rtz80 s obj vectors 0 0 71 bss 8000 8000 24 const FB FB 1 0 124 Linker and Utilities Map Files text 72 72 82 hello obj text F4 F4 7 C HT Z80 LIB Zz80 sc lib powerup obj vectors 71 71 1 TOTAL Name Link Load Length CLASS CODE vectors 0 0 72 const FB FB 1 text 72 72 89 CLASS DATA bss 8000 8000 24 SEGMENTS Name Load Length Top Selector vectors 000000 O000FC O000FC 0 bss 008000 000024 008024 8000 5 9 1 Call Graph Information A call graph is p
177. d __splim_init respectively Although the processor has some support for frame pointers the HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 compiler does not use it The compiler is able to calculate all accesses to the stack by referencing directly from the stack pointer W15 By doing this a special frame pointer register is not required and instead can be allocated to user code In addition code stack space and executation time which would ordinarily be used in manipulation of the frame pointer is not needed 3 2 2 Configuration Fuses The dsPIC and PIC24 processors have several locations which contain the configuration bits or fuses These bits may be set using the configuration macro The macro has the form __CONFIG n x there are two leading underscore characters where n is the configuration register identifier and x is the value that is to be in the configuration word The macro is defined when lt htc h gt is included so be sure to include this into the module that uses this macro The configuration macro programs one 24 bit register at a time although only the lower 16 bits of each register are used for configuration data Specially named quantities are defined in the header file appropriate for the processor you are using to help you set the required features This can be seen in Tables 3 1 3 2 and 3 3 3 3 Files 3 3 1 Source Files The extension used with source files is important as it is used by the compiler drivers to determine their cont
178. d e f 9 h Description This macro is used to store initial values into the device s EEPROM registers at the time of program ming The macro must be given blocks of 8 bytes to write each time it is called and can be called repeatedly to store multiple blocks __EEPROM_DATAQO will begin writing to EEPROM address zero and will auto increment the address written to by 8 each time it is used Example include lt htc h gt __EEPROM_DATA 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 __EEPROM_DATA 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F void main void 147 Library Functions ABS Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int abs int j Description The abs function returns the absolute value of j Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt void main void int a 5 printf The absolute value of d is d n a abs a Return Value The absolute value of j 148 Library Functions ACOS Synopsis include lt math h gt double acos double f Description The acos function implements the inverse of cos i e it is passed a value in the range 1 to 1 and returns an angle in radians whose cosine is equal to that value Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt Print acos values for 1 to 1 in degrees void main void float E sa for i 1 0 i lt 1 0 1 0 1 a acos i 180 0 3 141592 print
179. d for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is default e g ACODE 1fff 3fffh Did you forget the radix ACODE 1fffh 3fffh 321 Error and Warning Messages 444 expected in A spec Linker There should be a minus sign between the high and low addresses in a A linker option e g AROM 1000h maybe you meant AROM 1000h 1fffh 445 bad high address in A spec Linker The high address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal or H for hex A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is the default e g ACODE 0h ffff Did you forget the radix ACODE 0h ffffh See Section 5 7 20 for more information 446 bad overrun address in A spec Linker The overrun address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal or H for hex A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is default e g AENTRY 0 0FFh 1FF Did you forget the radix AENTRY 0 0FFh 1FFh 322 Error and Warning Messages 447 bad load address in A spec Linker The load address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number
180. d of compilation by the driver 2 4 33 MSGDISABLE list Warning messages to disable This option accepts a comma separated list of message numbers If a message number corresponds to a warning message that warning will be disabled 2 4 34 MSGFORMAT format Set Advisory Message Format This option sets the format of advisory messages produced by the compiler See Section 2 4 25 for full information 2 4 35 NODEL Do not remove temporary files Specifying NODEL when building will instruct DSPICCnot to remove the intermediate and tempo rary files that were created during the build process 31 DSPICC Compiler Options DSPICC Command line Driver Table 2 6 Optimization Options Option name File format Lad Select global optimization level 1 through 9 asm Select assembler optimizations debug Favor accurate debugging over optimization all Enable all compiler optimizations none Do not use any compiler optimziations 2 4 36 NOEXEC Don t Execute Compiler The NOEXEC option causes the compiler to go through all the compilation steps but without ac tually performing any compilation or producing any output This may be useful when used in con junction with the V verbose option in order to see all of the command lines the compiler uses to drive the compiler applications 2 4 37 OPT lt type gt Invoke Compiler Optimizations The OPT option allows control of all the compil
181. d over Destination is the address where to store the checksum result This value cannot be within the range of calculation Offset is an optional initial value to add to the checksum result Width is optional and specifies the byte width of the checksum result Results can be calculated for byte widths of 1 to 4 bytes If a positive width is requested the result will be stored in big endian byte order A negative width will cause the result to be stored in little endian byte order If the width is left unspecified the result will be 2 bytes wide and stored in little endian byte order Code is a hexadecimal code that will trail each byte in the checksum result This can allow each byte of the checksum result to be embedded within an instruction For example CK 0 1FFF 2FFE 2100w2 will calculate a checksum over the range 0 1FFFh and program the checksum result at address 2FFEh checksum value will apply an initial offset of 2100h The result will be two bytes wide 139 Hexmate Linker and Utilities 5 14 1 3 FILL FILL is used for filling unused memory locations with a known value The usage of this option is FILL Code Start End where Code is the opcode that will be programmed to unused locations in memory Multi byte codes should be entered in little endian order Start and End specify the address range that this fill will apply to For example FILL 3412 0 1FFF will program opcode 1234h in all unused addresses from pro gram m
182. de lt conio h gt char x This is a string void main void char cp Cp X while x putch xt putch n See Also cgets cputs getch getche 214 Library Functions PUTCHAR Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int putchar int c Description The putchar function is a putc operation on stdout defined in stdio h Example include lt stdio h gt char x This is a string void main void char cp Cp X while x putchar x putchar An See Also putc getc freopen felose Return Value The character passed as argument or EOF if an error occurred 215 Library Functions Note This routine is not usable in a ROM based system 216 Library Functions PUTS Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int puts const char s Description The puts function writes the string s to the stdout stream appending a newline The null character terminating the string is not copied Example include lt stdio h gt void main void puts Hello world See Also fputs gets freopenQ fcloseQ Return Value EOF is returned on error zero otherwise 217 Library Functions QSORT Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt void qsort void base size_t nel size_t width int func const void const void Description The qsort function is an implementation of the quicksort algor
183. de Generator Assembler The command file specified could not be opened for reading Confirm the spelling and path of the file specified on the command line e g picc communds should that be picc commands 141 can t open file Any An output file could not be created Confirm the spelling and path of the file specified on the com mand line 271 Error and Warning Messages 144 too many nested if blocks Preprocessor if ifdef etc blocks may only be nested to a maximum of 32 146 include filename too long Preprocessor A filename constructed while looking for an include file has exceeded the length of an internal buffer Since this buffer is 4096 bytes long this is unlikely to happen 147 too many include directories specified Preprocessor A maximum of 7 directories may be specified for the preprocessor to search for include files The number of directories specified with the driver is too great 148 too many arguments for preprocessor macro Preprocessor A macro may only have up to 31 parameters as per the C Standard 149 preprocessor macro work area overflow Preprocessor The total length of a macro expansion has exceeded the size of an internal table This table is normally 8192 bytes long Thus any macro expansion must not expand into a total of more than 8K bytes 150 illegal __ preprocessor macro Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Sof
184. defined Vavmap Use file avmap to generate an Avocet format symbol file Wwarnlev Set warning level 9 to 9 Wwidth Set map file width gt 10 X Remove any local symbols from the symbol file Z Remove trivial local symbols from the symbol file 5 7 1 Numbers in linker options Several linker options require memory addresses or sizes to be specified The syntax for all these is similar By default the number will be interpreted as a decimal value To force interpretation as a hex number a trailing H should be added e g 765FH will be treated as a hex number 116 Linker and Utilities Operation 5 7 2 Aclass low high Normally psects are linked according to the information given to a P option see below but some times it is desired to have a class of psects linked into more than one non contiguous address range This option allows a number of address ranges to be specified for a class For example ACODE 1020h 7FFEh 8000h BFFEh specifies that the class CODE is to be linked into the given address ranges Note that a contribution to a psect from one module cannot be split but the linker will attempt to pack each block from each module into the address ranges starting with the first specified Where there are a number of identical contiguous address ranges they may be specified with a repeat count e g ACODE 0 FFFFhx16 specifies that there are 16 contiguous ranges each 64k bytes in size starting from zero
185. dent character from the end Some editors will create such files which can cause problems for include files The ANSI C standard requires all source files to consist of complete lines only 338 can t create file Any The application tried to create or open the named file but it could not be created Check that all file pathnames are correct 339 initializer in extern declaration Parser A declaration containing the keyword extern has an initialiser This overrides the extern storage class since to initialise an object it is necessary to define i e allocate storage for it e g extern int other 99 if it s extern and not allocated storage how can it be initialized 340 string not terminated by null character Parser A char array is being initialized with a string literal larger than the array Hence there is insufficient space in the array to safely append a null terminating character e g char foo 5 12345 the string stored in foo won t have a null terminating i e foo 1 12 3 ATY 1 51 343 implicit return at end of non void function Parser A function which has been declared to return a value has an execution path that will allow it to reach the end of the function body thus returning without a value Either insert a return statement with a value or if the function is not to return a value declare it void e g 305 Error and Warning Messages int mydiv dou
186. ds extern or static as appropriate For example void set long a int b I may prevent an error arising from calls below void main void set 10L 6 by here a prototype for set should have seen 362 redundant amp applied to array Parser The address operator amp has been applied to an array Since using the name of an array gives its address anyway this is unnecessary and has been ignored e g int array 5 int ip ip array array is a constant not a variable the amp is redundant 363 redundant amp applied to function Parser The address operator amp has been applied to a function Since using the name of a function gives its address anyway this is unnecessary and has been ignored e g extern void foo void void main void void bar void both assignments are equivalent bar amp f00 bar foo the amp is redundant 311 Error and Warning Messages 364 attempt to modify object qualified Parser Objects declared const or code may not be assigned to or modified in any other way by your program The effect of attempting to modify such an object is compiler specific const int out 1234 out is read only out 0 woops writing to a read only object 365 pointer to non static object returned Parser This function returns a pointer to a non static e g auto variable This is likely to be an error since the storag
187. dummy is never used the structure above could have been declared as struct 56 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables unsigned For Ly unsigned 214 unsigned hi ly foo If a bit field is declared in a structure that is assigned an absolute address no storage will be allocated for the structure Absolute structures would be used when mapping a structure over a register to allow a portable method of accessing individual bits within the register A structure with bit fields may be initialised by supplying a comma separated list of initial values for each field For example struct unsigned lo 1 unsigned mid 14 unsigned ha a Les foo 1 8 0 3 4 7 2 Structure and Union Qualifiers HI TECH C supports the use of type qualifiers on structures When a qualifier is applied to a struc ture all of its members will inherit this qualification In the following example the structure is qualified const const struct int number int ptr record 0x55 amp i In this case the structure will be placed into the program space and each member will obviously be read only Remember that all members must be initialized if a structure is const as they cannot be initialized at runtime If the members of the structure were individually qualified const but the structure was not then the structure would be positioned into RAM but each member would be read only Compare the following structure
188. e do NOT erase the space first when using this functions See Also eeprom_read_block eeprom_write_block 172 Library Functions EEPROM_READ_ WORD EEPROM_READ_ BLOCK Synopsis include lt htc h gt unsigned eeprom_read_word unsigned address void eeprom_read_block unsigned address unsigned block unsigned size Description These functions allow read access to the on chip EEPROM when present on a word per word basis or by blocks memory of an arbitrary number of words Each of these functions take a byte address ignoring the least significant bit within the EEPROM space Example include lt htc h gt define BLOCK_SIZE 10 void main void unsigned int data unsigned int block BLOCK_SIZE unsigned int address 0x10 data eeprom_read_word address eeprom_read_block address block BLOCK_SIZE 173 Library Functions EEPROM_WRITE_WORD EEPROM_WRITE_BLOCK Synopsis include lt htc h gt void eeprom_write_word unsigned address unsigned value void eeprom write_block unsigned address unsigned block unsigned size Description These functions allow write access to the on chip EEPROM when present on a word per word basis or by blocks memory of an arbitrary number of words Each of these functions take a byte address ignoring the least significant bit within the EEPROM space Example include lt htc h gt BLOCK_SIZE 4 define void mai unsi unsi unsi
189. e 5 2 The key letters are listed in Table 5 3 When replacing or extracting modules the file obj arguments are the names of the modules to be replaced or extracted If no such arguments are supplied all the modules in the library will be replaced or extracted respectively Adding a file to a library is performed by requesting the librarian to replace it in the library Since it is not present the module will be appended to the library If the r key is used and the library does not exist it will be created Under the d key letter the named object files will be deleted from the library In this instance it 1s an error not to give any object file names 128 Linker and Utilities Librarian The mand s key letters will list the named modules and in the case of the s keyletter the symbols defined or referenced within global symbols only are handled by the librarian As with the r and x key letters an empty list of modules means all the modules in the library 5 10 3 Examples Here are some examples of usage of the librarian The following lists the global symbols in the modules a obj b obj and c obj LIBR s file lib a obj b obj c obj This command deletes the object modules a obj b obj and c obj from the library file lib LIBR d file lib a obj b obj c obj 5 10 4 Supplying Arguments Since it is often necessary to supply many object file arguments to LIBR and command lines are restricted to 127 characters by CP M and MS D
190. e accesses to memory and so do not require any alignment of memory objects This pragma will have no effect when used 81 Preprocessing C Language Features 3 12 3 4 The pragma printf_check Directive Certain library functions accept a format string followed by a variable number of arguments in the manner of printf Although the format string is interpreted at runtime it can be compile time checked for consistency with the remaining arguments This directive enables this checking for the named function e g the system header file lt stdio h gt includes the directive pragma printf_check printf const to enable this checking for printf You may also use this for any user defined function that accepts print f style format strings The qualifier following the function name is to allow automatic conversion of pointers in variable argu ment lists The above example would cast any pointers to strings in RAM to be pointers of the type const char Note that the warning level must be set to 1 or below for this option to have any visible effect See Section 2 4 53 3 12 3 5 The pragma psect Directive Normally the object code generated by the compiler is broken into the standard psects as described in Section 3 9 1 This is fine for most applications but sometimes it is necessary to redirect variables or code into different psects when a special memory configuration is desired Code and data for any of the standard C psects may be r
191. e associated with automatic variables becomes invalid when the function returns e g char get_addr void char c return amp c returning this is dangerous the pointer could be dereferenced 366 operands of not same pointer type Parser The operands of this operator are of different pointer types This probably means you have used the wrong pointer but if the code is actually what you intended use a typecast to suppress the error message 367 identifier is already extern can t be static Parser This function was already declared extern possibly through an implicit declaration It has now been redeclared static but this redeclaration is invalid void main void set 10L 6 at this point the compiler assumes set is extern static void set long a int b now it finds out otherwise PORTA a b 312 Error and Warning Messages 368 array dimension on ignored Preprocessor An array dimension on a function parameter has been ignored because the argument is actually converted to a pointer when passed Thus arrays of any size may be passed Either remove the dimension from the parameter or define the parameter using pointer syntax e g int get_first int array 10 param should be int array or int warning flagged here return array 0 369 signed bitfields not supported Parser Only unsigned bitfields are supported
192. e case of each does not exactly match For example specifying include code c will include Code c if it is found In Linux versions this warning could occur if the file wasn t found 166 too few values specified with option Preprocessor The list of values to the preprocessor CPP S option is incomplete This should not happen if the preprocessor is being invoked by the compiler driver The values passes to this option represent the sizes of char short int long float and double types 167 too many values specified with S option unused Preprocessor There were too many values supplied to the S preprocessor option See the Error Message s too few values specified in on page 168 unknown option Any This option given to the component which caused the error is not recognized 169 strange character after Preprocessor There is an unexpected character after 274 Error and Warning Messages 170 symbol in undef was never defined Preprocessor The symbol supplied as argument to undef was not already defined This warning may be disabled with some compilers This warning can be avoided with code like Hifdef SYM tundef SYM only undefine if defined tendif 171 wrong number of preprocessor macro arguments for instead of Preprocessor A macro has been invoked with the wrong number of arguments e g define ADD a b a b ADD 1 2 3 woops o
193. e check failed location 0x 0x value 0x gt limit 0x Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 479 circular indirect definition of symbol Linker The specified symbol has been equated to an external symbol which in turn has been equated to the first symbol 480 function signatures do not match 0x 0x Linker The specified function has different signatures in different modules This means it has been declared differently e g it may have been prototyped in one module and not another Check what declarations for the function are visible in the two modules specified and make sure they are compatible e g extern int get_value int in and in another module int get_value int in char type this is different to the declaration 481 common symbol psect conflict Linker A common symbol has been defined to be in more than one psect 482 symbol multiply defined in Assembler This symbol has been defined in more than one place The assembler will issue this error if a symbol is defined more than once in the same module e g _next move r0 55 move rl r0 _next woops choose a different name 328 Error and Warning Messages The linker will issue this warning if the symbol C or assembler was defined multiple times in different modules The names of the modules are given in the error message Not
194. e generated by macro expansions will appear in the listing output See also the NOEXPAND control in Section 4 3 9 6 109 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler Table 4 7 ASDSPIC assembler controls Control Meaning Format COND Include conditional code in the listing COND EXPAND Expand macros in the listing output EXPAND INCLUDE Textually include another source file INCLUDE lt pathname gt LIST Define options for listing output LIST lt listopt gt lt listopt gt NOCOND Leave conditional code out of the listing NOCOND NOEXPAND Disable macro expansion NOEXPAND NOLIST Disable listing output NOLIST PAGE Start a new page in the listing output PAGE SUBTITLE Specify the subtitle of the program SUBTITLE lt subtitle gt TITLE Specify the title of the program TITLE lt title gt 4 3 9 3 INCLUDE This control causes the file specified by pathname to be textually included at that point in the assembly file The INCLUDE control must be the last control keyword on the line for example OPT INCLUDE options h The driver does not pass any search paths to the assembler so if the include file is not located in the working directory the pathname must specify the exact location See also the driver option P in Section 2 4 12 which forces the C preprocessor to preprocess assembly file thus allowing use of preprocessor directives such as include see Section 3 12 1
195. e number of successful conversions EOF is returned if end of file was seen before any conversions were performed 225 Library Functions SETJMP Synopsis include lt setjmp h gt int setjmp jmp_buf buf Description The setjmp function is used with longjmpQ for non local goto s See longjmp for further infor mation Example include lt stdio h gt include lt setjmp h gt include lt stdlib h gt jmp_buf jb void inner void longjmp jb 5 void main void int i if i setjmp jb printf setjmp returned d n i exit 0 printf setjmp returned 0 good n printf calling inner n 226 Library Functions inner printf inner returned bad n See Also longjmpQ Return Value The setjmp function returns zero after the real call and non zero if it apparently returns after a call to longjmp O 227 Library Functions SIN Synopsis include lt math h gt double sin double f Description This function returns the sine function of its argument Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt define C 3 141592 180 0 void main void double i for i 0 i lt 180 0 i 10 printf sin 3 0f f cos f n i sin i C cos i C See Also cos tan asin acos atan atan2 Return Value Sine vale of f 228 Library Functions SPRINTF VSPRINTF Synopsis i
196. e source may contain an error 945 checksum range h to h contained an indeterminate value Hexmate The range for this checksum calculation contained a value that could not be resolved This can happen if the checksum result was to be stored within the address range of the checksum calculation 948 checksum result width must be between 1 and 4 bytes Hexmate The requested checksum byte size is illegal Checksum results must be within to 4 bytes wide Check the parameters to the CKSUM option 949 start of checksum range must be less than end of range Hexmate The CKSUM option has been given a range where the start is greater than the end The parameters may be incomplete or entered in the wrong order 951 start of fill range must be less than end of range Hexmate The FILL option has been given a range where the start is greater than the end The parameters may be incomplete or entered in the wrong order 366 Error and Warning Messages 953 unknown HELP sub option Hexmate Invalid sub option passed to HELP Check the spelling of the sub option or use HELP with no sub option to list all options 956 SERIAL value must be between 1 and bytes long Hexmate The serial number being stored was out of range Ensure that the serial number can be stored in the number of bytes permissible by this option 958 too many input files specified file maximum Hexmate Too many file arguments have been used Try merging
197. e that C identifiers often have an underscore prepended to their name after compilation 483 symbol can t be global Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 484 psect can t be in classes and Linker A psect cannot be in more than one class This is either due to assembler modules with conflicting class options to the PSECT directive or use of the C option to the linker e g psect final class CODE finish elsewhere psect final class ENTRY 485 unknown with psect referenced by psect Linker The specified psect has been placed with a psect using the psect with flag The psect it has been placed with does not exist e g psect starttext class CODE with rext was that meant to be with text 486 psect selector value redefined Linker The selector value for this psect has been defined more than once 487 psect type redefined Linker This psect has had its type defined differently by different modules This probably means you are trying to link incompatible object modules e g linking 386 flat model code with 8086 real mode code 488 psect memory space redefined Linker A global psect has been defined in two different memory spaces Either rename one of the psects or if they are the same psect place them in the same memory space using the space psect flag e g 329 Error and W
198. ed and disabled using macros defined in lt dspic h gt The macros are called DI and El which enable and disable interrupts respectively Also provided 1s DISI n which will disable interrupts for the given number of cycles plus one Its parameter must be a literal constant 3 11 Mixing C and Assembler Code Assembly language code can be mixed with C code using two different techniques writing assembly coe and placing it into a separate assembler module or including it as in line assembler in a C module For the latter there are two formats in which this can be done 3 11 1 External Assembly Language Functions Entire functions may be coded in assembly language as separate as source files assembled and combined into the output image using the linker This technique allows arguments and return values to be passed between C and assembler code The following are guidelines that must be adhered to when writing a routine in assembly code that is callable from C code e select or define a suitable psect for the executable assembly code e select a name label for the routine so that its corresponding C identifier is valid e ensure that the routine s label is globally accessable from other modules select an appropriate equivalent C prototype for the routine on which argument passing can be modelled ensure any symbol used to hold arguments to the routine is globally accessable 73 Mixing C and Assembler Code C Language Featu
199. ed function Note Each of these functions do not erase the relevant region in EEPROM before writing They only write to EEPROM 175 Library Functions FLASH_ERASE_ROW_ONLY Synopsis include lt htc h gt void flash_erase_row_only unsigned long address Description This function allows _FLASH_ROW instruction word blocks of memory to be erased The macro _FLASH_ROW is defined in dspic h This function takes a word address within the program space but rounds it down to the preceding whole row boundary See Also eeprom_erase_block_only eeprom_erase_row_only 176 Library Functions FLASH_READ_ROW FLASH_WRITE_ROW Synopsis include lt htc h gt void flash_read_row unsigned long address unsigned row void flash_write_row unsigned long address unsigned row Description These functions allow access to the flash memory of the target device as _FLASH_ROW instruction word blocks of memory The macro _FLASH_ROWis defined in dspic h Each of these functions take a word address within the program space which is rounded down to the nearest preceding whole row boundary The flash memory space is organized into contiguous _FLASH_ROW instruction word blocks called rows Hence it is more efficient to use these row based functions than the equivalent block based functions Note The function flash_write_row erases the relevant region in flash memory before writing So for maximum device lifetime do NOT erase
200. ed in the function in which they are defined to perform their initialization It is also possible that their initial value changes on each instance of the function As a result initialized auto objects do not use the data psects Such initialized objects have two components and are placed within the data psects The actual initial values are placed in a psect called idata The other component is where the variables will reside and be accessed at runtime Space is reserved for the runtime location of initialized variables in a psect called data This psect does not contribute to the output file The runtime startup code performs a block copy of the values from the idata to the data psect so that the RAM variables will contain their initial values before main is executed Each location in the idata psect is copied to appropriate placed in the data psect The block copy of the data psects may be omitted by disabling the init suboption of RUNTIME For example RUNTIME default init With this part of the runtime startup code absent the contents of initialized variables will be unpre dictable when the program begins execution Code relying on variables containing their initial value will fail Variables whose contents should be preserved over a reset or even power off should be qualified with persistent see Section 3 4 9 1 Such variables are linked at a different area of memory and are not altered by the runtime startup code in any way
201. ed preprocessor symbol V Verbose display compiler pass command lines X Eliminate local symbols from symbol table ASMLIST Generate assembler LST file for each compilation CHAR t ype Make the default char signed or unsigned CHIP processor Selects which processor to compile for CHIPINFO Displays a list of supported processors CODEOFFSET Reposition executable code to begin at this address CR file Generate cross reference listing DEBUGGER t ype Select the debugger that will be used ERRFORMAT lt format gt Format error message strings to the given style ERRORS number Sets the maximun number of errors displayed FILL Fill unused program memory with a specified code sequence GETOPTION app file Get the command line options for the named applica tion HELP lt option gt Display the compiler s command line options IDE 1de Configure the compiler for use by the named IDE LANG language Specify language for compiler messages MEMMAP f ile Display memory summary information for the map file continued 19 DSPICC Compiler Options DSPICC Command line Driver DSPICC Driver Options Option Meaning MSGDISABLE Disable warning messages by their message ID num ber MSGFORMAT Redefine the format of compiler messages NODEL Do not remove temporary files generated by the com piler NOEXEC Go through the motion
202. ed when the object is read only and will not be modified If any attempt is made to indirectly modify an object declared as const the compiler will issue a warning 3 4 10 2 Function Pointers Pointers to functions can be defined to indirectly call functions or routines in the program space The size of function pointers is always 16 bits Although only being 16 bits this will still work correctly if the selected processor has more memory than can be addressed by a 16 bit pointer This is achieved though the use of a jump table which will automatically be generated by the compiler when large model is selected 3 4 10 3 Qualifiers and Pointers Pointers can be qualified like any other C objects but care must be taken when doing so as there are two quantities associated with pointers The first is the actual pointer itself which is treated like any ordinary C variable and has memory reserved for it The second is the object that the pointer references or to which the pointer points The general form of an initialized pointer definition looks like the following object s_type_ amp qualifiers pointer s_qualifiers pointer s_name value The rule is as follows if the modifier is to the left of the in the pointer declaration it applies to the object which the pointer references If the modifier is to the right of the next to the pointer s name it applies to the pointer variable itself Any data variable qualifier may be applied to
203. edirected using a pragma psect directive The general form of this pragma looks like pragma psect default_psect new_psect and instructs the code generator that anything that would normally appear in the compiler generated psect default_psect will now appear in a new psect called new_psect This psect will be identical to default_psect in terms of its options however will have a different name Thus this new psect can be explicitly positioned by the linker without affect the original psect s location If the name of the default psect that is being redirected contains a counter e g text0 textl text 2 then the placeholder u should be used in the name of the psect at the position of the counter e g text u Any default psect regadless of the counter value will match such a psect name This pragma remains in force until the end of the module and any given psect should only be redirected once in a particular module All psect redirections for a particular module should be placed at the top of the source file below any include statements and above any other declarations 82 C Language Features Preprocessing TUTORIAL A particular function called read_port needs to be located at the absolute address 0x400 in a program Using the pragma psect directive in the source code and adding a new linker option can do this First write the function in the usual way Place the function definition in a separate module There is obvi
204. efine INTERESTING endif 991 integer expression required Parser In an enum declaration values may be assigned to the members but the expression must evaluate to a constant of type int e g enum one 1 two about_three 3 12 no non int values allowed 992 can t find op Assembler Optimiser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 1005 amacro name can t also be a label Assembler The name of an assembler macro has also been used as an assembler label 1015 missing specification in chipinfo file at line Driver This attribute was expected to appear at least once but was not defined for this chip 1016 missing argument to specification in chipinfo file at line Driver This value of this attribute is blank in the chip configuration file 1018 illegal number of specification found expected in chipinfo file at line Driver This attribute was expected to appear a certain number of times but it did not for this chip 1019 duplicate specification in chipinfo file at line Driver This attribute can only be defined once but has been defined more than once for this chip 371 Error and Warning Messages 1020 unknown attribute in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file contains an attribute that is not understood by this version of the com pile
205. eger Data Types and Variables HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 supports both signed char and unsigned char 8 bit integral types If the signed or unsigned keyword is absent from the variable s definition the default type is unsigned char unless the driver CHAR signed option is used in which case the default type is signed char The signed char type is an 8 bit two s complement signed integer type represent ing integral values from 128 to 127 inclusive The unsigned char is an 8 bit unsigned integer type representing integral values from 0 to 255 inclusive It is a common misconception that the C char types are intended purely for ASCII character manipulation This is not true indeed the C language makes no guarantee that the default character representation is even ASCII The char types are simply the smallest of up to four possible integer sizes and behave in all respects like integers The reason for the name char is historical and does not mean that char can only be used to represent characters It is possible to freely mix char values with short int and long values in C expressions With HI TECH C the char types will commonly be used for a number of purposes as 8 bit integers as storage for ASCII characters and for access to I O locations Variables may be declared using the signed char and unsigned char keywords respectively to hold values of these types Where only char is used in the declaration the type will be signed char unless
206. elected address boundary The reloc flag allows specification of a requirement for alignment of the psect on a particular boundary e g reloc 100h would specify that this psect must start on an address that is a multiple of 100h The size flag allows a maximum size to be specified for the psect e g size 100h This will be checked by the linker after psects have been combined from all modules The space flag is used to differentiate areas of memory which have overlapping addresses but which are distinct Psects which are positioned in program memory and data memory may have a different space value to indicate that the program space address zero for example is a different location to the data memory address zero Devices which use banked RAM data memory typically have the same space value as their full addresses including bank information are unique The with flag allows a psect to be placed in the same page with a specified psect For example with text will specify that this psect should be placed in the same page as the text psect The width flag is used to control the maximum number of bytes placed at each address For example even if each address can take a four byte 32 bit instruction this flag could be used to restrict this to a smaller value On the dsPIC this is used on data constants to limit only two bytes of constants per address This is needed because constants are mapped into data memory where each addressable location is
207. emory address 0 to 1FFFh Note the endianism FILL accepts whole bytes of hexadecimal data from to 8 bytes in length 5 14 1 4 FIND This option is used to detect and log occurrences of an opcode or partial code sequence The usage of this option is FIND Findcode mMask Start End Align w t Title where Findcode is the hexadecimal code sequence to search for and is entered in little endian byte order Mask is optional It allows a bitmask over the Findcode value and is entered in little endian byte order Start and End limit the address range to search through Align is optional It specifies that a code sequence can only match if it begins on an address which is a multiple of this value w if present will cause hexmate to issue a warning whenever the code sequence is detected Title is optional It allows a title to be given to this code sequence Defining a title will make log reports and messages more descriptive and more readable A title will not affect the actual search results TUTORIAL Let s look at some examples The option F IND 3412 0 7FFF 2w will detect the code sequence 1234h when aligned on a 2 two byte address boundary between 0h and 7FFFh w indicates that a warning will be issued each time this sequence is found Another example FIND 3412M0F00 0 7FFF 2wt ADDXY is same as last example but the code sequence being matched is masked with 000Fh so hexmate will search for 123xh If a byte mask is used is
208. ent Source files containing C code should have the extension c assembler files should have extensions of as relocatable object files require the ob3 extension and library files should be named with a 1ib extension 3 3 2 Symbol Files The driver G option tells the compiler to produce several symbol files which can be used by debug gers and simulators to perform symbolic and source level debugging Using the IDE option may also enable symbol file generation as well 42 C Language Features Files Table 3 1 Configuration Bit Settings for dsPIC30F Devices Description Config Register Symbols Primary oscillator types FOSC ECPLL16 ECPLL8 ECPLL4 ECIO EC ERC ERCIO XTPLL16 XTPLL8 XTPLL4 XT HS XTL Oscillator select FOSC POSC LP FRC LPRC Oscillator system clock switch FOSC CLKSWDIS CLKSWEN FSCMDIS FCSMEN Watchdog timer enable FWDT WDTEN WDTDIS Watchdog timer pre scale select FWDT WDTPSAS12 WDTPSA64 WDTPSA8 WDTPSA1 WDTPSB1 WDTPSB16 Powerup timer enable FBORPOR PWRT64 PWRTI16 PWRT4 PWRTDIS Brown out reset enable FBORPOR BOREN BORDIS Brown out reset voltage FBORPOR BORV20 BORV27 BORV42 BORV45 MCLR pin function FBORPOR MCLREN MCLRDIS Motor control PWM FBORPOR PWMBIN HPOL LPOL Code protection FGS GCPU GCPP GWRU GWRP 43 Files C Language Features Table 3 2 Configuration Bit Settings for dsPIC33F amp PIC24H Devic
209. er The user should avoid defining symbols with the same form 4 3 5 3 Location Counter The current location within the active program section is accessible via the symbol This symbol expands to the address of the currently executing instruction Thus goto will represent code that will jump to itself and form an endless loop By using this symbol and an offset a relative jump destination to be specified The address represented by is a word address and thus any offset to this symbol represents a number of instructions For example goto 1 mov 8 w8 mov w8 _foo will skip one instruction 95 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler 4 3 5 4 Register Symbols Code in assembly modules may gain access to the special function registers by including pre defined assembly header files The appropriate file can be included by add the line include lt asdspic h gt to the assembler source file Note that the file must be included using a C pre processor directive and hence the option to pre process assembly files must be enabled when compiling see Section 2 4 12 This header file contains appropriate commands to ensure that the header file specific for the target device is included into the souce file These header files contain EQU declarations for all byte or multi byte sized registers and define macros for named bits within byte registers 4 3 5 5 Symbolic Labels A label is symbolic alias which is assigned a v
210. er refer to the appropriate machine specific chapter 5 4 Local Psects Most psects are global 1 e they are referred to by the same name in all modules and any reference in any module to a global psect will refer to the same psect as any other reference Some psects are local which means that they are local to only one module and will be considered as separate from any other psect even of the same name in another module Local psects can only be referred to at link time by a class name which is a name associated with one or more psects via the PSECT directive class in assembler code See Section 4 3 8 3 for more information on PSECT options 5 5 Global Symbols The linker handles only symbols which have been declared as GLOBAL to the assembler The code generator generates these assembler directives whenever it encounters global C objects At the C source level this means all names which have storage class external and which are not declared 114 Linker and Utilities Link and load addresses as static These symbols may be referred to by modules other than the one in which they are defined It is the linker s job to match up the definition of a global symbol with the references to it Other symbols local symbols are passed through the linker to the symbol file but are not otherwise processed by the linker 5 6 Link and load addresses The linker deals with two kinds of addresses link and load addresses Generally speaking the
211. er must provide alternative library or source files to allow calls to library routines This suboption may be useful if alternative library or source files are available and you wish to ensure that no HI TECH C library routines are present in the final output Some C statements produce assembler code that call library routines even though no library function was called by the C code These calls perform such operations as di vision or floating point arithmetic If the C libraries have been excluded from the code output these implicit library calls will also require substitutes 50 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables Table 3 5 Basic data types Type Size bits Arithmetic Type bit 1 unsigned integer char 8 signed or unsigned integer unsigned char 8 unsigned integer short 16 signed integer unsigned short 16 unsigned integer int 16 signed integer unsigned int 16 unsigned integer long 32 signed integer unsigned long 32 unsigned integer float 32 real double 32 real 3 3 4 6 The powerup Routine Some hardware configurations require special initialisation often within the first few cycles of exe cution after reset To achieve this there is a hook to the reset vector provided via the powerup routine This is a user supplied assembler module that will be executed immediately on reset Often this can be embedded in a C module as embedded assembler code A dumm
212. er optimizers By default without this option all optimizations are enabled The options OPT or OPT a11 also enable all optimizations Opti mizations may be disabled by using OPT none or individual optimizers may be controlled e g OPT asm will only enable the assembler optimizer Table 2 6 lists the available optimization types The optimizations that are controlled through specifying a level 1 through 9 affect optimization dur ing the code generation stage The level selected is commonly referred to as the global optimization level 2 4 38 OUTDIR Specify a directory for output files This option allows a directory to be nominated in for DSPICCto locate its output files If this option is omitted output files will be created in the current working directory This option will not set the location of intermediate files 2 4 39 OUTPUT type Specify Output File Type This option allows the type of the output file to be specified If no OUTPUT option is specified the output file s name will be derived from the first source or object file specified on the command line The available output file formats are shown in Table 2 7 32 DSPICC Command line Driver DSPICC Compiler Options Table 2 7 Output file formats Option name File format lib Library File intel Intel HEX tek Tektronic aahex American Automation symbolic HEX file mot Motorola S19 HEX file ubrof UBROF format bin
213. er the operator used to associate an absolute address with a variable e g int address char LOCK address 237 function redefined Parser More than one definition for a function has been encountered in this module Function overloading is illegal e g int twice int a return a 2 long twice long a only one prototype amp definition of rv can exist return a 2 238 illegal initialisation Parser You can t initialise a typedef declaration because it does not reserve any storage that can be ini tialised e g typedef unsigned int uint 99 woops uint is a type not a variable 239 identifier redefined from line Parser This identifier has already been defined in the same scope It cannot be defined again e g int a a filescope variable called a int a this attempts to define another with the same name Note that variables with the same name but defined with different scopes are legal but not recom mended 286 Error and Warning Messages 240 too many initializers Parser There are too many initializers for this object Check the number of initializers against the object definition array or structure e g int ivals 3 2 4 6 8 three elements but four initializers 241 initialization syntax Parser The initialisation of this object is syntactically incorrect Check for the correct placement and num ber of brac
214. erand 1 with operand 2 when compiled with HI TECH C In the case where the second operand is zero division by zero the result will always be zero 66 C Language Features Psects Table 3 9 Integral division Operand 1 Operand 2 Quotient Remainder ai m 3 9 Psects The compiler splits code and data objects into a number of standard program sections referred to as psects The HI TECH assembler allows an arbitrary number of named psects to be included in assembler code The linker will group all data for a particular psect into a single segment If you are using the driver to invoke the linker you don t need to worry about the information documented here except as background knowledge If you want to run the linker manually this is not recommended or write your own assembly language subroutines you should read this section carefully A psect can be created in assembler code by using the PSECT assembler directive see Section 4 3 8 3 In C user defined psects can be created by using the pragma psect preprocessor di rective see Section 3 12 3 5 3 9 1 Compiler generated Psects The code generator places code and data into psects with standard names which are subsequent positioned by the default linker options These psects are described below The compiler generated psects which are placed in the program space are powerup This contains executable code
215. ers 59 16bit 59 32 bit 59 to functions 59 pow function 210 powerup psect 67 powerup routine 18 51 pragma directives 78 inline 78 jis 81 nojis 81 pack 81 printf_check 82 psect 82 403 INDEX INDEX regsused 84 switch 84 predefined symbols preprocessor 78 preprocessing 25 assembler files 25 preprocessor macros 21 path 23 preprocessor directives 78 asm 75 endasm 75 in assembly files 92 preprocessor symbols predefined 78 printf format checking 82 printf function 211 printf_check pragma directive 82 processor selection 27 109 122 program sections 98 psect bitbss 68 bss 36 49 68 114 const 68 ctext 68 data 36 68 114 init 67 mconst 68 nvbit 68 nvram 58 68 powerup 67 ramdata 49 romdata 49 temp 68 text 67 vectors 68 PSECT directive 98 99 PSECT directive flag 404 limit 122 PSECT flags abs 101 bit 101 class 101 delta 101 global 101 limit 101 local 102 ovrld 102 pad 102 pure 102 reloc 102 size 102 space 102 width 102 with 102 psect flags 99 psect pragma directive 82 psects 67 98 114 absolute 101 102 aligning within 107 alignment of 102 basic kinds 114 class 117 122 compiler generated 67 default 99 delta value of 117 differentiating ROM and RAM 102 linking 113 listing 37 local 114 maximum size of 102 page boundaries and 102 renaming 82 speci
216. es Description Config Register Symbols Code protection FGS GCPU GCPP GWRU GWRP Oscillator two speed startup FOSCSEL IESOEN IESODIS Temperature protection FOSCSEL TEMPDIS TEMPEN Initial oscillator source selection FOSCSEL FRCPS LPRC LP OSCPLL OSC FRCPLL FRC Oscillator clock switching modes FOSC FCKSMDIS CLKSWEN FCKSMEN OSC2 pin function FOSC OSC20UT OSC2DIO Primary oscillator modes FOSC POSCDIS POSCHS POSCXT POSCEC Watchdog timer enable FWDT WDTEN WDTDIS WINDIS WINEN Watchdog timer prescaler FWDT WDTPRE128 WDTPRE32 Watchdog timer postscaler FWDT WDTPS32768 WDTPS 16384 WDTPS8192 WDTPS4096 WDTPS2048 WDTPS 1024 WDTPS512 WDTPS256 WDTPS 128 WDTPS64 WDTPS32 WDTPS 16 WDTPS8 WDTPS4 WDTPS2 WDTPS1 Motor Control2 FPOR PWMPORT PWMPWM PWMHPAH PWMHPAL PWMLPAH PWMLPAL Power on Reset Timer FPOR PWRT128 PWRT64 PWRT32 PWRT 16 PWRTS8 PWRTA4 PWRT2 PWRTDIS C Language Features Files Table 3 3 Configuration Bit Settings for PIC24F Devices Description Flash Config Word Symbols JTAG port enable bit FLSHCFGWRD1 JTAGEN JTAGDIS Program memory code protection bit FLSHCFGWRD1 GCPU GCPP Code flash write protection
217. es Avocet format 123 symbol files 23 42 enhanced 119 generating 119 local symbols in 123 old style 118 removing local symbols from 26 removing symbols from 122 source level 23 symbol tables 120 123 sorting 120 symbols INDEX INDEX assembler generated 95 global 114 129 linker defined 87 undefined 123 tan function 254 tanh function 165 temp psect 68 text psect 67 time function 255 TITLE assembler control 112 toascii function 257 tolower function 257 toupper function 257 type qualifiers 58 typographic conventions 15 unamed structure members 56 ungetch function 258 unnamed psect 99 unsigned integer suffix 52 unused memory filling 137 utilities 113 va_arg function 259 va_end function 259 va_start function 259 variable argument list 63 variable initialization 49 variables absolute 62 accessing from assembler 76 77 auto 61 char types 54 floating point types 55 int types 54 local 61 persistent 68 static 62 unique length of 25 vector table initialization 48 vectors psect 68 verbose 26 version number 38 volatile qualifier 58 93 vprintf function 211 vscanf function 224 vsprintf function 229 vsscanf function 232 warning level 38 setting 123 warning message format 39 warnings level displayed 38 suppressing 123 width PSECT flag 102 with PSECT flag 102 word boundaries 102 XREF assembler control 112 xtoi function 2
218. es and commas e g int iarray 10 a b c woops one two many s 242 illegal type for switch expression Parser A switch operation must have an expression that is either an integral type or an enumerated value e g double d switch d woops this must be integral case 1 0 d 0 243 inappropriate break continue Parser A break or cont inue statement has been found that is not enclosed in an appropriate control struc ture A continue can only be used inside a while for or do while loop while break can only be used inside those loops or a switch statement e g switch input case 0 if output 0 input Oxff woops this shouldn t be here and closed the switch break this should be inside the switch 287 Error and Warning Messages 244 default case redefined Parser There is only allowed to be one default label in a switch statement You have more than one e g switch a default if this is the default case b 9 break default then what is this b 10 break 245 default case not in switch Parser A label has been encountered called default but it is not enclosed by a switch statement A default label is only legal inside the body of a switch statement If there is a switch statement before this default label there may be one too many closing braces in the switch code which would prematurely terminate the s
219. es will be assigned to both the parameters and auto objects If you are writing a routine that calls C code from assembler you will need to include the appro priate assembler directives to ensure that the linker sees the C function being called 5 10 Librarian The librarian program LIBR has the function of combining several object files into a single file known as a library The purposes of combining several such object modules are several e fewer files to link e faster access e uses less disk space In order to make the library concept useful it is necessary for the linker to treat modules in a library differently from object files If an object file is specified to the linker it will be linked into the final linked module A module in a library however will only be linked in if it defines one or more symbols previously known but not defined to the linker Thus modules in a library will be linked only if required Since the choice of modules to link is made on the first pass of the linker and the library is searched in a linear fashion it is possible to order the modules in a library to produce special effects when linking More will be said about this later 5 10 1 The Library Format The modules in a library are basically just concatenated but at the beginning of a library is main tained a directory of the modules and symbols in the library Since this directory is smaller than the sum of the modules the linker is speeded up w
220. etting this length to zero is allowed and turns off paging altogether The default value is zero pageless 836 no file arguments Assembler The assembler has been invoked without any file arguments It cannot assemble anything 839 relocation too complex Assembler The complex relocation in this expression is too big to be inserted into the object file 840 phase error Assembler The assembler has calculated a different value for a symbol on two different passes This is probably due to bizarre use of macros or conditional assembly 844 lexical error Assembler Optimiser An unrecognized character or token has been seen in the input 845 multiply defined symbol Assembler This symbol has been defined in more than one place The assembler will issue this error if a symbol is defined more than once in the same module e g 357 Error and Warning Messages _next move r0 55 move rl r0 _next woops choose a different name The linker will issue this warning if the symbol C or assembler was defined multiple times in different modules The names of the modules are given in the error message Note that C identifiers often have an underscore prepended to their name after compilation 846 relocation error Assembler Optimiser It is not possible to add together two relocatable quantities A constant may be added to a relocatable value and two relocatable addresses in the same psect may be su
221. eturns a structure of type Idiv_t 194 Library Functions LOCALTIME Synopsis include lt time h gt struct tm localtime time_t t Description The localtime function converts the time pointed to by t which is in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 into a broken down time stored in a structure as defined in time h The routine localtime takes into account the contents of the global integer time_zone This should contain the number of minutes that the local time zone is westward of Greenwich On systems where it is not possible to predetermine this value localtime will return the same result as gmtime Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt char wday Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday hi void main void time_t clock struct tm tp time amp clock tp localtime amp clock printf Today is s n wday tp gt tm_wday 195 Library Functions See Also ctime asctime time Return Value Returns a structure of type tm Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail 196 Library Functions LOG LOG10 Synopsis include lt math h gt double log double f double log10 double f Description The log function returns the natural logarithm of f The function log10 returns the log
222. f acos bf Sf degrees n i a See Also sin cos tan asin atan atan2 Return Value An angle in radians in the range 0 to 7 149 Library Functions ASCTIME Synopsis include lt time h gt char asctime struct tm t Description The asctime function takes the time broken down into the struct tm structure pointed to by its argument and returns a 26 character string describing the current date and time in the format Sun Sep 16 01 03 52 1973 n 0 Note the newline at the end of the string The width of each field in the string is fixed The example gets the current time converts it to a struct tm pointer with localtime it then converts this to ASCII and prints it The time function will need to be provided by the user see time for details Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t clock struct tm tp time clock tp localtime amp clock printf Ss asctime tp See Also ctime gmtime localtime time 150 Library Functions Return Value A pointer to the string Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as it cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more details 151 Library Functions ASIN Synopsis include lt math h gt double asin double f Description The asin function implements the converse of sin i e it is passed a
223. for P option Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 340 Error and Warning Messages 686 bad switch size Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 689 unknown predicate Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 695 duplicate case label Code Generator There are two case labels with the same value in this switch statement e g switch in case 0 if this is case 0 D case 0 then what is this case 696 out of range case label Code Generator This case label is not a value that the controlling expression can yield and thus this label will never be selected 697 non constant case label Code Generator A case label in this switch statement has a value which is not a constant 699 no case labels in switch Code Generator There are no case labels in this switch statement e g switch input there is nothing to match the value of input 701 unreasonable matching depth Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 341 Error and Warning Messages 702 regused bad arg to G Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical supp
224. for strings that have identical character sequences except where the strings are used to initialise an array residing in the data space as shown in the last statement in the previous example Two adjacent string constants 1 e two strings separated only by white space are concatenated by the compiler Thus const char cp hello world assigned the pointer with the string hello world 52 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables 3 4 2 Bit Data Types and Variables HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24supports bit integral types which can hold the values 0 or 1 Single bit variables may be declared using the keyword bit bit objects declared within a function for example static bit init_flag will be allocated in the bit addressable psect bitbss and will be visible only in that function When the following declaration is used outside any function bit init_flag init_flag will be globally visible but located within the same psect Bit variables cannot be auto or parameters to a function A function may return a bit object by using the bit keyword in the functions prototype in the usual way The bit return value will be returning in the carry flag in the status register Bit variables behave in most respects like normal unsigned char variables but they may only contain the values 0 and 1 and therefore provide a convenient and efficient method of storing boolean flags without consuming large amounts of internal RAM
225. for the standard or user supplied power up routine init This contains executable code associated with the RAM clear and copy portion of the runtime startup module end_init This contains executable code associated with the runtime startup module which transfer control to the funciton main text This contains all executable code compiled from C source modules It also contains all code from library modules 67 Psects C Language Features ctext This contains function entry code used when large model is selected const This psects holds objects that are declared const and string literals which are not modifiable vectors Is the psect which contains the interrupt code linked directly at the default interrupt vectors altvectors Is the psect which contains the alternative interrupt code linked directly at the alternative interrupt vectors reset_vec Is the psect which contains the reset interrupt vector code config This psects holds user programmed processors configuration bits idata This psects initialization data for xdata objects that require initialization yidata This psects initialization data for ydata objects that require initialization The compiler generated psects which are placed in the data space are bss These psects contain global or static local variables which are uninitialized ybss These psects contain global or static local ydata variables which are uninitialized mconst This is the RAM version of the const psec
226. fying address ranges 121 specifying addresses 117 120 user defined 82 pseudo ops INDEX INDEX assembler 99 pure PSECT flag 102 putch function 87 214 putchar function 215 puts function 217 qsort function 218 qualifiers 58 and auto variables 61 auto 61 const 58 far 59 interrupt 69 near 59 persistent 58 pointer 59 special 58 volatile 58 93 ydata 59 quiet mode 25 radix specifiers assembly 94 C source 51 ramdata psect 49 rand function 220 read only variables 58 realloc function 222 redirecting errors 22 Reference 116 124 registers special function see special function regis ters regsused pragma directive 84 relative jump 95 RELOC 118 120 reloc PSECT flag 102 relocatable object files 113 relocation 113 relocation information preserving 120 renaming psects 82 REPT directive 107 reserving memory 34 35 reset 51 code executed after 51 return values 64 romdata psect 49 runtime environment 35 runtime module 18 runtime startup variable initialization 49 vector table initialization 48 runtime startup code 47 runtime startup module 36 scale value 101 scanf function 224 search path header files 23 segment selector 118 segments see psects 118 124 serial I O 87 serial numbers 36 142 SET directive 104 set directive 92 setjmp function 226 SFRs using in assembler code 77 shift operations result of 66 shifting code 27 sign e
227. has been applied to a function which makes no sense in this context Some qualifier only make sense when used with an lvalue e g const or volatile This may indicate that you have forgotten out a star indicating that the function should return a pointer to a qualified object e g const char ccrv void woops did you mean const char ccrv void error flagged here return ccip 297 E Error and Warning Messages 291 K amp R identifier not an argument Parser This identifier that has appeared in a K amp R style argument declarator is not listed inside the paren theses after the function name e g int process input int unput woops that should be int input 292 function parameter may not be a function Parser A function parameter may not be a function It may be a pointer to a function so perhaps a has been omitted from the declaration 293 bad size in index_type Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 294 can t allocate bytes of memory Code Generator Hexmate This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 295 expression too complex Parser This expression has caused overflow of the compiler s internal stack and should be re arranged or split into two expressions 296 out of memory Objtohex This could be an internal compiler error Co
228. he assembler are relocatable not absolute The object file output of the linker is absolute 420 too many relocation items Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 421 too many segments Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 318 Error and Warning Messages 422 noend record Linker This object file has no end record This probably means it is not an object file Contact HI TECH Support if the object file was generated by the compiler 423 illegal record type Linker There is an error in an object file This is either an invalid object file or an internal error in the linker Contact HI TECH Support with details if the object file was created by the compiler 424 record too long Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 425 incomplete record Objtohex Libr The object file passed to OBJTOHEX or the librarian is corrupted Contact HI TECH Support with details 427 syntax error in checksum list Objtohex There is a syntax error in a checksum list read by OBJTOHEX The checksum list is read from standard input in response to an option 428 too many segment fixups Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 429 bad segment fixups Objtohex This is an inte
229. he global optimizer must be enabled possibly at higher level than 1 and the warning level threshold may need to be lower than the default level of 0 The global optimizer keeps track of the contents of local variables for as long as is possible during a function For C code that compares these variables to constants the result of the comparison can be deduced at compile time and the output code hard coded to avoid the comparison e g int a b a 5 if a 4 this can never be false always perform the true statement will produce code that sets a to 5 then immediately sets b to 6 No code will be produced for the comparison if a 4 Ifa was a global variable it may be that other functions particularly interrupt functions may modify it and so tracking the variable cannot be performed This warning may indicate more than an optimization made by the compiler It may indicate an expression with missing or badly placed parentheses causing the evaluation to yield a value different to what you expected This warning may also be issued because you have written something like while 1 To produce an infinite loop use for A similar situation arises with for loops e g int a b for a 0 a 10 a this loop must iterate at least once b func a In this case the code generator can again pick up that a is assigned the value 0 then immediately checked to see if it is equal to 10 Because a is modified during
230. he user 153 Library Functions ATAN Synopsis include lt math h gt double atan double x Description This function returns the arc tangent of its argument i e it returns an angle e in the range 7 Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf Sf n atan 1 5 See Also sin cos tan asin acos atan2 Return Value The arc tangent of its argument 154 Library Functions ATOF Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt double atof const char s Description The atof function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks It then converts an ASCII representation of a number to a double The number may be in decimal normal floating point or scientific notation Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 double i gets buf 1 atof buf printf Read s converted to f n buf i See Also atoi atol Return Value A double precision floating point number If no number is found in the string 0 0 will be returned 155 Library Functions ATOI Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int atoi const char s Description The atoi function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks and reading an optional sign It then converts an ASCII representation of a decimal number to an integer Example incl
231. hen searching a library since it need read only the directory and not all the modules on the first pass On the second pass it need read only those modules which are required seeking over the others This all minimises disk I O when linking 127 Librarian Linker and Utilities Table 5 2 Librarian command line options Option Effect Pwidth specify page width W Suppress non fatal errors Table 5 3 Librarian key letter commands Key Meaning Replace modules Delete modules Extract modules List modules List modules with symbols n 3 x ojrs It should be noted that the library format is geared exclusively toward object modules and is not a general purpose archiving mechanism as is used by some other compiler systems This has the advantage that the format may be optimized toward speeding up the linkage process 5 10 2 Using the Librarian The librarian program is called LIBR and the format of commands to it is as follows LIBR options k file lib file obj Interpreting this LIBR is the name of the program opt ions is zero or more librarian options which affect the output of the program k is a key letter denoting the function requested of the librarian replacing extracting or deleting modules listing modules or symbols file 1ibis the name of the library file to be operated on and file obj is zero or more object file names The librarian options are listed in Tabl
232. his format specifier Check the number and order of format speci fiers and corresponding arguments e g printf Slx 2 woops maybe you meant printf S1lx 2L 327 long long int argument required in printf style format string Parser A long long argument is required for this format specifier Check the number and order of format specifiers and corresponding arguments e g printf 11x 2 woops maybe you meant printf llx 2LL Note that not all HI TECH C compilers provide support for a long long integer type 328 int argument required in printf style format string Parser An integral argument is required for this printf style format specifier Check the number and order of format specifiers and corresponding arguments e g printf da 1 23 woops either wrong number or wrong placeholder 329 double argument required in printf style format string Parser The printf format specifier corresponding to this argument is f or similar and requires a floating point expression Check for missing or extra format specifiers or arguments to printf printf sf 44 should be printf f 44 0 303 Error and Warning Messages 330 pointer to argument required in printf style format string Parser A pointer argument is required for this format specifier Check the number and order of format specifiers and corresponding arguments 331 too few argument
233. ia dota Swe a Be OR a eR A Bh S 129 5 10 6 Ordering of Libaries s o s coreo ee ee eS 130 5 10 7 Error Messages o coe E E ee Re E A ARO 130 CONTENTS CONTENTS 311 ODHE 2 2 5 we a Pee ee Ee a Ce SADE Ee Ea Chee we 130 SAL Checksum Specificatio s e c ce ca ek Pa ee ee a EO 130 SAA OP ae e ee e a E e e e E a e a a E oa 132 SAAT POIR AAN 132 S122 Hheading ne dora ke we ka a aw eee aw A E e Bal ee o E 133 SAZS Llen ioe ce ba ee ee A he bak a e e hE 133 SUE DOUE o o E 4 ORS eR RANA a 133 NAS e AA OR Se Oe Ee Re wae 133 AMO SO SOPRA a SB es Rae PR RE Ae oe es 133 A AD xcs AR ee one BER SO e RP A Fe 134 SAS Cromwell Las soa eo amp Rae ee a Sok ek Gee gis la a RS 134 313 1 Pnamel architesture cons ee a Fe a ae Som ae hoe Se G 135 Moe AN NANA 135 MIG Die se oa Sack ee AP een eae MS eo he ae Re Eee ee ES 135 a beh oe eS ew tole ow dee wh ee Ee ee ied amp e eho 136 DS EP i a RR ne rage A Se heh pee a ek he es at ae 136 SDG OKY ved a he ee a ke ee eh ee EES eRe Ee WE 136 IARI A A he ek we AA Re RA RA a eee Bee 136 IBS Lau pee koe e a a a a a E a eiad e y a 136 IAB E A A le A ar Blas RE PS a aA A ae A 137 SIIB A e Bh aa be a ea e ee BE Be ete ahd ete E a 137 DAREM aiie K k a poa E ae E ERR RS AEA RO a eee T 137 Boe A a ee ee S 137 oe TOO Aaaa a a NO 137 5 14 1 Hexmate Command Line Options 04 138 Sel FREIE Jp be aod E Bate ec tg AA 138 Sei CM 8 6 ee ES ANA 139 Si MA a Hk Re eS E bee Bee be bw 140 E FIND 2
234. ice To indicate the target device is a dsPIC de vice _ PIC24__ If PIC24 device To indicate the target device is a PIC24 de vice __dsPIC30F__ If dsPIC30F device To indicate the target device is a dsPIC30F device _ dsPIC33F__ If dsPIC33F device To indicate the target device is a dsPIC33F device _ PIC24FJ__ If PIC24FJ device To indicate the target device is a PIC24FJ device _ PIC24HJ__ If PIC24HJ device To indicate the target device is a PIC24HJ device __chipname__ When chip selected To indicate the specific chip target selected EEPROM_SIZE Always To indicate if EEPROM memory is avail able and how many bytes are available _ FILE Always To indicate this source file being prepro cessed __LINE__ Always To indicate this source line number __ DATE __ Always To indicate the current date e g May 21 2004 TIME Always To indicate the current time e g 08 06 31 C Language Features Preprocessing Table 3 14 Pragma directives Directive Meaning Example inline Specify function as inline pragma inline fabs jis Enable JIS character handling in pragma jis strings nojis Disable JIS character handling de pragma nojis fault pack Specify structure packing pragma pack 1 printf_check Enable printf style format string pragma checking printf_check printf const psect Rename compiler defined psect pragma psect text mytext regsused Specify
235. id destinations are W4 W5 W6 or W7 1158 W register must be W12 Assembler The working register required here has to be W12 but an other working register was selected 1160 invalid W register Assembler An incorrect working register was selected for this instruction Some instructions have restrictions on which working registers they can use in certain modes Refer to the device s programming guide to learn more about what working registers can be used here 377 Error and Warning Messages 1161 invalid addressing mode Assembler The addressing mode used is not suitable for this instruction Refer to the device s programming guide to find what addressing modes are permitted for this instruction 1162 byte operation not permitted Assembler This instruction does not have a byte mode but a byte mode was requested 1163 invalid writeback mode Assembler This instruction used an access mode which is not supported in the write back feature 1164 psect flag width must specify a positive constant 1 2 3 Assembler The width flag used when declaring or resuming this psect has an invalid value 1165 psect width redefined Assembler The value of a psect s width flag differs between declarations of a given psect All values of width should be the same for all declarations of a given psect 1166 psect flag pad redefined Assembler The value of a psect s pad flag differs between declarations of a
236. ile has a processor section with multiple ROMSIZE values Only one ROMSIZE value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 824 duplicate LIB for in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple LIB values Only one LIB value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 829 unrecognized line in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file contains a processor section with an unrecognised line Contact HI TECH Support if the INI has not been edited 830 missing ARCH specification for in chipinfo file Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section without an ARCH values The architecture of the processor must be specified Contact HI TECH Support if the chipinfo file has not been modified 356 Error and Warning Messages 832 empty chip info file Assembler The chipinfo file contains no data If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 834 page width must be gt 60 Assembler The listing page width must be at least 60 characters Any less will not allow a properly formatted listing to be produced e g LIST C 10 the page width will need to be wider than this 835 form length must be gt 15 Assembler The form length specified using the F length option must be at least 15 lines S
237. iler Options DSPICC Command line Driver return argl arg2 void printlist int list int count while count printf Sd list putchar An If compiled with the command DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 PROTO test c DSPICC will produce test pro containing the following declarations which may then be edited as necessary Prototypes from test c extern functions include these in a header file if PROTOTYPES extern int add int int extern void printlist int int else PROTOTYPES extern int add extern void printlist endif PROTOTYPES 2 4 42 RAM lo hi lt lo hi gt Specify Additional RAM Ranges This option is used to specify memory in addition to any RAM specified in the chipinfo file which should be treated as available RAM space Strictly speaking this option specifies the areas of mem ory that may be used by writable RAM based objects and not necessarily those areas of memory which contain physical RAM The output that will be placed in the ranges specified by this option are typically variables that a program defines Some chips have an area of RAM that can be remapped in terms of its location in the memory space This along with any fixed RAM memory defined in the chipinfo file are grouped an made available for RAM based objects For example to specify an additional range of memory to that present on chip use RAM default 100
238. in tan asin acos atan atan2 Return Value A double in the range 1 to 1 164 Library Functions COSH SINH TANH Synopsis include lt math h gt double cosh double f double sinh double f double tanh double f Description These functions are the implement hyperbolic equivalents of the trigonometric functions cos sinQ and tan Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf sf n cosh 1 5 printf s5fin sinh 1 5 printf f n tanh 1 5 Return Value The function cosh returns the hyperbolic cosine value The function sinh returns the hyperbolic sine value The function tanh returns the hyperbolic tangent value 165 Library Functions CPUTS Synopsis include lt conio h gt void cputs const char s Description The cputs function writes its argument string to the console outputting carriage returns before each newline in the string It calls putch repeatedly On a hosted system cputs differs from puts in that it writes to the console directly rather than using file I O In an embedded system cputs and puts are equivalent Example include lt conio h gt include lt string h gt char buffer 80 void main void for cgets buffer if strcmp buffer exit 0 break cputs Type exit to finish n See Also cputs puts putch 166 Library F
239. in S option Linker The address given in a S specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal or H for hex A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is the default e g SCODE f000 Did you forget the radix SCODE f000h 320 Error and Warning Messages 439 bad D spec Linker The format of a D specification giving a delta value to a class is invalid e g DCODE What is the delta value for this class Maybe you meant something like DCODE 2 440 bad delta value in D spec Linker The delta value supplied to a D specification is invalid This value should an integer of base 8 10 or 16 441 bad A spec Linker The format of a A specification giving address ranges to the linker is invalid e g ACODE What is the range for this class Maybe you meant ACODE 0h 1fffh 442 missing address in A spec Linker The format of a A specification giving address ranges to the linker is invalid e g ACODE What is the range for this class Maybe you meant ACODE 0h 1fffh 443 bad low address in A spec Linker The low address given in a A specification is invalid it should be a valid number in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing O for octal or H for hex A leading 0x may also be use
240. in decimal octal or hexadecimal radix The radix is specified by a trailing 0 for octal or H for hex A leading 0x may also be used for hexadecimal Case in not important for any number or radix Decimal is default e g ACODE 0h 3fffh a000 Did you forget the radix ACODE 0h 3fffh a000h 448 bad repeat count in A spec Linker The repeat count given in a A specification is invalid e g AENTRY 0 0FFhxf Did you forget the radix AENTRY 0 0FFhxfh 449 syntax error in A spec Linker The A spec is invalid A valid A spec should be something like AROM 1000h 1FFFh 450 psect was never defined Linker Optimiser This psect has been listed in a P option but is not defined in any module within the program 451 bad psect origin format in P option Linker The origin format in a p option is not a validly formed decimal octal or hex number nor is it the name of an existing psect A hex number must have a trailing H e g pbss f000 Did you forget the radix pbss f000h 323 Error and Warning Messages 452 bad minimum address format in P option Linker The minimum address specification in the linker s p option is badly formatted e g pbss data f000 Did you forget the radix pbss data f000h 453 missing number after in P option Linker The operator in a p option for rounding boundaries must have a number after it 454 link and load address can t b
241. ine if another source is desired e g a serial port The module getch c in the SOURCES directory contains model versions of all the console I O routines Other modules may also be supplied e g ser 80 c has routines for the serial port in a Z180 Example include lt conio h gt void main void char Cc while c getche n continue See Also cgets cputs ungetch 185 Library Functions GETCHAR Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int getchar void Description The getchar routine is a getc stdin operation It is a macro defined in stdio h Note that under normal circumstances getchar will NOT return unless a carriage return has been typed on the console To get a single character immediately from the console use the function getch Example include lt stdio h gt void main void Int ia while c getchar EOF putchar c See Also getc fgetc freopen fcloseQ Note This routine is not usable in a ROM based system 186 Library Functions GETS Synopsis include lt stdio h gt char gets char s Description The gets function reads a line from standard input into the buffer at s deleting the newline cf fgets The buffer is null terminated In an embedded system gets is equivalent to cgets and results in getche being called repeatedly to get characters Editing with backspace is available Example inc
242. ing The first parameter if it is no larger than 2 bytes in size is loaded into WO If it is three or four bytes in size the high order word is loaded into W1 If present the second third and fourth parameters are loaded into W2 W3 W4 WS5 and W6 W7 respectively Additional arguments or those larger than 4 bytes in size are placed on the stack Once one parameter has been loaded onto the stack all following parameters will also be placed on the stack In the case of a variable argument list which is defined by the ellipsis symbol the calling function places all but the last prototype parameter in registers if possible The last prototyped parameter and all parameters matching the ellipsis are placed on the stack Take for example the following ANSI style function void test char a int b long c 63 Register Usage C Language Features The function test will receive the parameter a in low order byte of register WO parameter b in register W2 and the low and high order words of parameter c in registers W4 and W5 respectively If you need to determine for assembler code for example the exact entry or exit code within a function or the code used to call a function it is often helpful to write a dummy C function with the same argument types as your assembler function and compile to assembler code with the driver S option allowing you to examine the assembler code 3 6 2 Function Return Values Function return v
243. ion 0x 0x size value 0x Linker Fixup is the process conducted by the linker of replacing symbolic references to variables etc in an assembler instruction with an absolute value This takes place after positioning the psects program sections or blocks into the available memory on the target device Fixup overflow is when the value determined for a symbol is too large to fit within the allocated space within the assembler instruction For example if an assembler instruction has an 8 bit field to hold an address and the linker determines that the symbol that has been used to represent this address has the value 0x110 then clearly this value cannot be inserted into the instruction The causes for this can be many but hand written assembler code is always the first suspect Badly written C code can also generate assembler that ultimately generates fixup overflow errors Consider the following error message main obj 8 Fixup overflow in expression loc 0x1FD 0x1FC 1 size 1 value 0x7FC This indicates that the file causing the problem was main obj This would be typically be the output of compiling main c or main as This tells you the file in which you should be looking The next number 8 in this example is the record number in the object file that was causing the problem If you use the DUMP utility to examine the object file you can identify the record however you do not normally need to do this The location loc of the ins
244. ion may also be used to reserve memory ranges already defined as on chip memory in the chip configuration file To do this supply a range prefixed with a minus character for example ROM default 100 1ff will use all the defined on chip memory but not use the addresses in the range from 100h to 1ffh for allocation of ROM objects 2 4 44 RUNTIME type Specify Runtime Environment The RUNTIME option is used to control what is included as part of the runtime environment The runtime environment encapsulates any code that is present at runtime which has not been defined by the user instead supplied by the compiler typically as library code All runtime features are enabled by default and this option is not required for normal compilation The usable suboptions include those shown in Table 2 8 35 DSPICC Compiler Options DSPICC Command line Driver Table 2 8 Runtime environment suboptions Sub option Controls On implies init The code present in the startup module The data psect s ROM image is that copies the data psect s ROM image to copied into RAM RAM clib The inclusion of library files into the output Library files are linked into the code by the linker output clear The code present in the startup module that The bss psect is cleared clears the bss psects stack The code present in the startup module that The stack pointer is initialized initializes the stack pointer
245. ion requires the machine type for an argument 392 missing argument to U Linker The U undefine option needs an argument 393 missing argument to W Linker The W option listing width needs a numeric argument 394 duplicate D or H option Linker The symbol file name has been specified to the linker for a second time This should not occur if you are using a compiler driver If invoking the linker manually ensure that only one instance of either of these options is present on the command line 395 missing argument to J Linker The maximum number of errors before aborting must be specified following the j linker option 397 usage hlink options files obj files lib Linker Improper usage of the command line linker If you are invoking the linker directly then please refer to Section 5 7 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 398 output file can t be also an input file Linker The linker has detected an attempt to write its output file over one of its input files This cannot be done because it needs to simultaneously read and write input and output files 400 bad object code format Linker This is an internal compiler error The object code format of an object file is invalid Ensure it is a valid HI TECH object file Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 316 Error and Warning Me
246. ion should return the current time in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 If the argument t is not equal to NULL the same value is stored into the object pointed to by t Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t clock time amp clock printf Ss ctime amp clock See Also ctime gmtime localtime asctime Return Value This routine when implemented will return the current time in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 255 Library Functions Note The time routine is not supplied if required the user will have to implement this routine to the specifications outlined above 256 Library Functions TOLOWER TOUPPER TOASCII Synopsis include lt ctype h gt char toupper int c char tolower int c char toascii int c Description The toupper function converts its lower case alphabetic argument to upper case the tolower routine performs the reverse conversion and the toascii macro returns a result that is guaranteed in the range 0 0177 The functions toupper and tolower return their arguments if it is not an alphabetic character Example include lt stdio h gt include lt ctype h gt include lt string h gt void main void char arrayl aBcDE Int LT for i 0 i lt strlen arrayl i printf Sc tolower arrayl i printf n See Also islower isupper isascii e
247. is a comparison of an unsigned value with zero which will always be true or false e g unsigned char c if c gt 0 will always be true because an unsigned value can never be less than zero 766 degenerate signed comparison Code Generator There is a comparison of a signed value with the most negative value possible for this type such that the comparison will always be true or false e g char c 1f c gt 128 will always be true because an 8 bit signed char has a maximum negative value of 128 351 Error and Warning Messages 768 constant relational expression Code Generator There is a relational expression that will always be true or false This may be because e g you are comparing an unsigned number with a negative value or comparing a variable with a value greater than the largest number it can represent e g unsigned int a if a 10 if a is unsigned how can it be 10 b 9 769 no space for macro definition Assembler The assembler has run out of memory 772 include files nested too deep Assembler Macro expansions and include file handling have filled up the assembler s internal stack The maxi mum number of open macros and include files is 30 773 macro expansions nested too deep Assembler Macro expansions in the assembler are nested too deep The limit is 30 macros and include files nested at one time 774 too many macro parameters Assembler There are
248. ither Motorola or Intel HEX file where n is the maxi mum number of bytes per record and m specifies the record size rounding Non rounded records are zero padded to a multiple of m m itself must be a multiple of 2 131 Cref Linker and Utilities addri addr2 wherel where2 offset Allof addri addr2 wherel where2 and offset are hex numbers without the usual H suffix Such a specification says that the bytes at addr1 through to addr2 inclusive should be summed and the sum placed in the locations where1 through where2 inclusive For an 8 bit checksum these two addresses should be the same For a checksum stored low byte first where1 should be less than where2 and vice versa The offset is optional but if supplied the value offset will be used to initialise the checksum Otherwise it is initialised to zero For example 0005 1FFF 3 4 1FFF This will sum the bytes in 5 through 1FFFH inclusive then add 1FFFH to the sum The 16 bit checksum will be placed in locations 3 and 4 low byte in 3 The checksum is initialised with 1FFFH to provide protection against an all zero ROM or a ROM misplaced in memory A run time check of this checksum would add the last address of the ROM being checksummed into the checksum For the ROM in question this should be 1FFFH The initialization value may however be used in any desired fashion 5 12 Cref The cross reference list utility CREF is used to format raw cross reference informatio
249. ithm It sorts an array of nel items each of length width bytes located contiguously in memory at base The argument func is a pointer to a function used by qsort to compare items It calls fune with pointers to two items to be com pared If the first item is considered to be greater than equal to or less than the second then func should return a value greater than zero equal to zero or less than zero respectively Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt int aray 567 23 456 1024 17 567 66 hi int sortem const void pl const void p2 return int pl int p2 void main void register int i 218 Library Functions qsort aray sizeof aray sizeof aray 0 sizeof aray 0 sortem for i 0 i sizeof aray sizeof aray 0 i printf Sd t aray 1 putchar An Note The function parameter must be a pointer to a function of type similar to int func const void const void 1 e 1t must accept two const void parameters and must be prototyped 219 Library Functions RAND Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt int rand void Description The rand function is a pseudo random number generator It returns an integer in the range 0 to 32767 which changes in a pseudo random fashion on each call The algorithm will produce a deterministic sequence if started from the same point The starting point is set using the srand call The example
250. l be given the value 123h EQU is legal only when the symbol has not previously been defined See also Section 4 3 8 6 103 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler 4 3 8 6 SET This pseudo op is equivalent to EQU except that allows a symbol to be re defined For example thomas SET 0h 4 3 8 7 DB DB is used to initialize storage as bytes The argument is a list of expressions each of which will be assembled into one byte Each character of the string will be assembled into one memory location Examples alabel DB X 1 2 3 4 Note that because the size of an address unit in ROM is 2 bytes the DB pseudo op will initialise a word with the upper byte set to zero 4 3 8 8 DW DW operates in a similar fashion to DB except that it assembles expressions into words Example DW 1 3664h A 37770 4 3 8 9 DDW DDW operates in a similar fashion to DW except that it assembles expressions into double 32 bit words Example DDW 12345678h 4 3 8 10 DS This directive reserves but does not initialize memory locations The single argument is the number of bytes to be reserved Examples alabel DS 23 Reserve 23 bytes of memory xlabel DS 2 3 Reserve 5 bytes of memory 104 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language 4 3 8 11 IF ELSIF ELSE and ENDIF These directives implement conditional assembly The argument to IF and ELSIF should be an absolute expression If it is non zero then the code fol
251. l link time 4 3 7 Program Sections Program sections or psects are simply a section of code or data They are a way of grouping together parts of a program via the psect s name even though the source code may not be physically adjacent in the source file or even where spread over several source files The concept of a program section is not a HI TECH only feature Often referred to as blocks or segments in other compilers these grouping of code and data have long used the names text bss and data A psect is identified by a name and has several attributes The PSECT assembler directive is used to define a psect It takes as arguments a name and an optional comma separated list of flags See Section 4 3 8 3 for full information on psect definitions Chapter 5 has more information on the operation of the linker and on optins that can be used to control psect placement in memory The assembler associates no significance to the name of a psect and the linker is also not aware of which are compiler generated or user defined psects Unless defined as abs absolute psects are relocatable The following is an example showing some executable instructions being placed in the text psect and some data being placed in the bss psect PSECT text class CODE delta 2 adjust goto clear_fred increment inc _fred PSECT bss class RAM space 1 fred DS 2 PSECT text class CODE delta 2 clear_fred 98 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly La
252. lared but has a size of zero 745 nodecount Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 747 unrecognized option to Z Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 748 variable may be used before set Code Generator This variable may be used before it has been assigned a value Since it is an auto variable this will result in it having a random value e g 346 Error and Warning Messages void main void int a if a woops a has never been assigned a value process 749 unknown register name used with pragma Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 750 constant operand to ll or amp amp Code Generator One operand to the logical operators or is a constant Check the expression for missing or badly placed parentheses This message may also occur if the global optimizer is enabled and one of the operands is an auto or static local variable whose value has been tracked by the code generator e g int a a 6 if a b a is 6 therefore this is always true b 751 arithmetic overflow in constant expression Code Generator A constant expression has been evaluated by the code generator that has resulted in a value that is too big for the type of the expression
253. les in order e the file specified by the environment variable HTC_XML e the file etc htsoft xml if the directory etc is writable and there is no htsoft xml file in your home directory e the file htsoft xml file in your home directory If none of the files can be located then the above error will occur 890 contact HI TECH Software to purchase and re activate this compiler Driver The evaluation period of this demo installation of the compiler has expired You will need to pur chase the compiler to re activate it If however you sincerely believe the evaluation period has ended prematurely please contact HI TECH technical support 891 can t open psect usage map file Driver The driver was unable to open the indicated file The psect usage map file is generated by the driver when the driver option summary file is used Ensure that the file is not open in another application 892 can t open memory usage map file Driver The driver was unable to open the indicated file The memory usage map file is generated by the driver when the driver option summary file is used Ensure that the file is not open in another application 362 Error and Warning Messages 893 can t open HEX usage map file Driver The driver was unable to open the indicated file The HEX usage map file is generated by the driver when the driver option summary file is used Ensure that the file is not open in
254. ling error or failure to link an appropriate module 501 program entry point multiply defined Linker There is more than one entry point defined in the object files given the linker End entry point is specified after the END directive The runtime startup code defines the entry point e g powerup goto start END powerup end of file and define entry point other files that use END should not define another entry point 332 Error and Warning Messages 502 incomplete record body length Linker An object file contained a record with an illegal size This probably means the file is truncated or not an object file Contact HI TECH Support with details 503 ident records do not match Linker The object files passed to the linker do not have matching ident records This means they are for different processor types 504 object code version is greater than Linker The object code version of an object module is higher than the highest version the linker is known to work with Check that you are using the correct linker Contact HI TECH Support if the object file if you have not patched the linker 505 no end record found in object file Linker An object file did not contain an end record This probably means the file is corrupted or not an object file Contact HI TECH Support if the object file was generated by the compiler 506 object file record too long Linker This is an internal compiler error Cont
255. lowing it up to the next matching ELSE ELSIF or ENDIF will be assembled If the expression is zero then the code up to the next matching ELSE or ENDIF will be skipped At an ELSE the sense of the conditional compilation will be inverted while an ENDIF will termi nate the conditional assembly block Example IF ABC goto aardvark ELSIF DEF goto denver ELSE goto grapes ENDIF In this example if ABC is non zero the first jmp instruction will be assembled but not the second or third If ABC is zero and DEF is non zero the second jmp will be assembled but the first and third will not If both ABC and DEF are zero the third jmp will be assembled Conditional assembly blocks may be nested 4 3 8 12 MACRO and ENDM These directives provide for the definition of macros The MACRO directive should be preceded by the macro name and optionally followed by a comma separated list of formal parameters When the macro is used the macro name should be used in the same manner as a machine opcode followed by a list of arguments to be substituted for the formal parameters For example macro storem jargs argl the NAME of the source variable arg2 the literal value to load descr Loads two registers with the value in the variable ldtwo MACRO argl arg2 mov amp arg2 w0 mov w0 argl ENDM When used this macro will expand to the 2 instructions in the body of the macro with the formal parameters substituted by the arguments Thus
256. lude lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 printf Type a line if gets buf puts buf See Also feets freopen puts Return Value It returns its argument or NULL on end of file 187 Library Functions GMTIME Synopsis include lt time h gt struct tm gmtime time_t t Description This function converts the time pointed to by t which is in seconds since 00 00 00 on Jan 1 1970 into a broken down time stored in a structure as defined in time h The structure is defined in the Data Types section Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t clock struct tm tp time clock tp gmtime amp clock printf It s d in London n tp gt tm_year 1900 See Also ctime asctime time localtime 188 Library Functions Return Value Returns a structure of type tm Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail 189 Library Functions ISALNUM ISALPHA ISDIGIT ISLOWER et al Synopsis include lt ctype h gt H H He H He H H H H H H H isal isalpha isascii iscntrl isdigit islower isprint isgraph ispunct isspace isupper isxdigit A A a O A e er Gk eh och vet Description nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar nar 4 2 4
257. ma switch requires an argument of auto direct or simple e g pragma switch woops this requires a switch mode maybe you meant something like pragma switch simple 216 missing argument to pragma psect Parser The pragma psect requires an argument of the form ol dname newname where oldname is an existing psect name known to the compiler and newname is the desired new name e g pragma psect woops this requires an psect to redirect maybe you meant something like pragma psect text specialtext 218 missing name after pragma inline Parser The inline pragma expects the name of a function to follow The function name must be recognized by the code generator for it to be expanded other functions are not altered e g pragma inline what is the function name maybe you meant something like pragma inline memcpy 219 missing name after pragma printf_check Parser The printf_check pragma expects the name of a function to follow This specifies printf style format string checking for the function e g pragma printf_check what function is to be checked Maybe you meant something like pragma printf_check sprintf Pragmas for all the standard printf like function are already contained in lt stdio h gt 283 Error and Warning Messages 220 exponent expected Parser A floating point constant must have at least one digit after the e or E e g float f f 1 234e
258. mbers and identifiers must be delimited by white space non alphanumeric characters or the end of a line 4 3 2 2 Special Characters There are a few characters that are special in certain contexts Within a macro body the character amp is used for token concatenation To use the bitwise amp operator within a macro body escape it by using amp amp instead In a macro argument list the angle brackets lt and gt are used to quote macro arguments 4 3 3 Comments An assembly comment is initiated with a semicolon that is not part of a string or character constant If the assembly file is first processed by the C preprocessor see Section 2 4 12 then it may also contain C or C style comments using the standard and syntax 4 3 3 1 Special Comment Strings Several comment strings are appended to assembler instructions by the code generator These are typically used by the assembler optimizer The comment string volatile is used to indicate that the memory location being accessed in the commented instruction is associated with a variable that was declared as volatile in the C source code Accesses to this location which appear to be redundant will not be removed by the assembler optimizer if this string is present This comment string may also be used in assembler source to achive the same effect for locations defined and accessed in assembly code 93 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler Table 4 3 Assembly
259. mmand line Driver 2 4 14 S Compile to Assembler Code The S option stops compilation after generating an assembler source file An assembler file will be generated for each C source file passed on the command line The command DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 S test c will produce an assembler file called test as which contains the code generated from test c This option is particularly useful for checking function calling conventions and signature values when attempting to write external assembly language routines The file produced by this option differs to that produced by the ASMLIST option in that it does not contain op codes or addresses and it may be used as a source file and subsequently passed to the assembler to be assembled 2 4 15 Umacro Undefine a Macro The U option the inverse of the D option is used to undefine predefined macros This option takes the form Umacro The option Udraft for example is equivalent to undef draft placed at the top of each module compiled using this option 2 4 16 V Verbose Compile The V is the verbose option The compiler will display the full command lines used to invoke each of the compiler applications or compiler passes This option may be useful for determining the exact linker options if you need to directly invoke the HLINK command 2 4 17 X Strip Local Symbols The option X strips local symbols from any files compiled assembled or linked Only global sym bols will
260. mple if you wished to make changes to the library function max which resides in the file max c in the SOURCES directory you could make a copy of this source file make the appropriate 85 Linking Programs C Language Features changes and then compile and use it as follows DSPICC chip 30F6014 main c init c max c The code for max in max c will be linked into the program rather than the max function con tained in the standard libraries Note that if you replace an assembler module you may need the P option to preprocess assembler files as the library assembler files often contain C preprocessor directives 3 13 2 Signature Checking The compiler automatically produces signatures for all functions A signature is a 16 bit value computed from a combination of the function s return data type the number of its parameters and other information affecting the calling sequence for the function This signature is output in the object code of any function referencing or defining the function At link time the linker will report any mismatch of signatures HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 is only likely to issue a mismatch error from the linker when the routine is either a precompiled object file or an assembly routine Other function mismatches are reported by the code generator TUTORIAL It is sometimes necessary to write assembly language routines which are called from C using an extern declaration Such assembly language functions should
261. n Value Returns one if a character has been pressed on the console keyboard zero otherwise 192 Library Functions LDEXP Synopsis include lt math h gt double ldexp double f int i Description The Idexp function performs the inverse of frexp operation the integer i is added to the exponent of the floating point f and the resultant returned Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f f ldexp 1 0 10 printf 1 0 2 10 f n f See Also frexpQ Return Value The return value is the integer i added to the exponent of the floating point value f 193 Library Functions LDIV Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt ldiv_t ldiv long number long denom Description The IdivQ routine divides the numerator by the denominator computing the quotient and the remain der The sign of the quotient is the same as that of the mathematical quotient Its absolute value is the largest integer which is less than the absolute value of the mathematical quotient The Idiv Q function is similar to the div function the difference being that the arguments and the members of the returned structure are all of type long int Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void Laine te Alby lt ldiv 1234567 12345 printf Quotient ld remainder ld n lt quot 1t rem See Also divO Return Value R
262. n a if expression Probable causes are mismatched parentheses and similar things e g if sizeof int 2 woops should be if sizeof int 2 i OxFFFF endif 135 unknown operator in if Preprocessor The preprocessor has tried to evaluate an expression with an operator it does not understand This is an internal error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 270 Error and Warning Messages 137 strange character after Preprocessor A character has been seen after the token catenation operator that is neither a letter nor a digit Since the result of this operator must be a legal token the operands must be tokens containing only letters and digits e g define cc a b a b the character will not lead to a valid token 138 strange character after Preprocessor An unprintable character has been seen after the token catenation operator that is neither a letter nor a digit Since the result of this operator must be a legal token the operands must be tokens containing only letters and digits e g define cc a b a b the character will not lead to a valid token 139 end of file in comment Preprocessor End of file was encountered inside a comment Check for a missing closing comment flag e g Here is the start of a comment I m not sure where I end though 140 can t open file Driver Preprocessor Co
263. n method Pos sible arguments are auto simple and direct 739 error closing output file Code Generator Optimiser The compiler detected an error when closing a file Contact HI TECH Support with details 740 zero dimension array is illegal Code Generator The code generator has been passed a declaration that results in an array having a zero dimension 741 bitfield too large bits Code Generator The maximum number of bits in a bit field is the same as the number of bits in an int e g assuming an int is 16 bits wide struct unsigned flag 1 unsigned value 12 unsigned cont 6 woops that makes a total of 19 bits object 345 sr Error and Warning Messages 742 function argument evaluation overlapped Linker A function call involves arguments which overlap between two functions This could occur with a call like void fnl void fn3 7 fn2 3 n2 9 Offending call he fn2 char fred return fred fn3 5 1 0 a fn3 char one char two char three return onettwotthree where fn1 is calling n3 and two arguments are evaluated by calling n2 which in turn calls n3 The program structure should be modified to prevent this type of call sequence 743 divide by zero Code Generator An expression involving a division by zero has been detected in your code 744 static object has zero size Code Generator A static object has been dec
264. n produced by the compiler or the assembler into a sorted listing A raw cross reference file is produced with the CR option to the compiler The assembler will generate a raw cross reference file with a C option most assemblers or by using an OPT CRE directive 6800 series assemblers or a XREF control line PIC assembler The general form of the CREF command is cref options files where opt ions is zero or more options as described below and files is one or more raw cross reference files CREF takes the options listed in Table 5 5 Each option is described in more detail in the following paragraphs 5 12 1 Fprefix It is often desired to exclude from the cross reference listing any symbols defined in a system header file e g lt stdio h gt The F option allows specification of a path name prefix that will be used to exclude any symbols defined in a file whose path name begins with that prefix For example FA will exclude any symbols from all files with a path name starting with 132 Linker and Utilities Cref Table 5 5 CREF command line options Option Meaning Fprefix Exclude symbols from files with a pathname or filename starting with prefix Hheading Specify a heading for the listing file Llen Specify the page length for the listing file Oout file Specify the name of the listing file Pwidth Set the listing width Sstoplist Read file stoplist and ignore any symbols listed
265. n the listing output A Control L form feed character will also cause a new page when encountered in the source 4 3 9 10 SPACE The SPACE control will place a number of blank lines in the listing output as specified by its param eter 4 3 9 11 SUBTITLE SUBTITLE defines a subtitle to appear at the top of every listing page but under the title The string should be enclosed in single or double quotes See also the TITLE control in Section 4 3 9 12 111 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler 4 3 9 12 TITLE This control keyword defines a title to appear at the top of every listing page The string should be enclosed in single or double quotes See also the SUBTITLE control in Section 4 3 9 1 1 4 3 9 13 XREF XREF is equivalent to the driver command line option CR see Section 2 4 23 It causes the assem bler to produce a raw cross reference file The utility CREF should be used to actually generate the formatted cross reference listing 112 Chapter 5 Linker and Utilities 5 1 Introduction HI TECH C incorporates a relocating assembler and linker to permit separate compilation of C source files This means that a program may be divided into several source files each of which may be kept to a manageable size for ease of editing and compilation then each source file may be compiled separately and finally all the object files linked together into a single executable program This chapter describes the theory behind
266. n the same file it will no longer have the earlier declaration and thus will be unable to check that the declarations are consistent This can lead to strange behaviour of your program or signature errors at link time It will also hide any previous declarations of the same thing again subverting the compiler s type checking As a general tule always declare extern variables and functions outside any other functions For example int process int a extern int away this would be better outside the function return away a 348 auto variable should not be qualified Parser An auto variable should not have qualifiers such as near or far associated with it Its storage class is implicitly defined by the stack organization An auto variable may be qualified with static but it is then no longer auto 349 non prototyped function declaration for Parser A function has been declared using old style K amp R arguments It is preferable to use prototype declarations for all functions e g int process input int input warning flagged here This would be better written int process int input 350 unused from line Parser The indicated object was never used in the function or module being compiled Either this object is redundant or the code that was meant to use it was excluded from compilation or misspelt the name of the object Note that the symbols rcsid and sccsid are never
267. nce the same object during the program in this case ci 3 5 Storage Class and Object Placement Objects are positioned in different memory areas dependant on their storage class and declaration This is discussed in the following sections 3 5 1 Local Variables A local variable is one which only has scope within the block in which it was defined That is it may only be referenced within that block C supports two classes of local variables in functions auto variables which are normally allocated in the function s stack frame and static variables which are always given a fixed memory location and have permanent duration 3 5 1 1 Auto Variables Auto short for automatic variables are the default type of local variable Unless explicitly declared to be static a local variable will be made auto however the auto keyword may be used if de sired auto variables are allocated either to spare registers or onto the stack The variables will not necessarily be allocated in the order declared in contrast to parameters which are always in lexical order Note that most type qualifiers cannot be used with auto variables since there is no control over the storage location The exceptions are const and volatile 61 Storage Class and Object Placement C Language Features 3 5 1 2 Static Variables Uninitialized static variables are by default allocated in the bss psect located in XDATA memory unless they have also been qualified as ydat
268. nclude lt stdio h gt int sprintf char buf const char fmt include lt stdio h gt include lt stdarg h gt int vsprintf char buf const char fmt va_list ap Description The sprintf function operates in a similar fashion to printf except that instead of placing the converted output on the stdout stream the characters are placed in the buffer at buf The resultant string will be null terminated and the number of characters in the buffer will be returned The vsprintf function is similar to sprintf but takes a variable argument list pointer rather than a list of arguments See the description of va_start for more information on variable argument lists See Also printf fprintfQ sscanfQ Return Value Both these routines return the number of characters placed into the buffer 229 Library Functions SQRT Synopsis include lt math h gt double sqrt double f Description The function sqrt implements a square root routine using Newton s approximation Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double i for i 0 i lt 20 0 i 1 0 printf square root of 1f f n i sqrt i See Also exp Return Value Returns the value of the square root Note A domain error occurs if the argument is negative 230 Library Functions SRAND Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt void srand unsigned int seed
269. ned symbol in the FNINDIR record for a non reentrant function Con tact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 467 undefined symbol in FNADDR record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNADDR record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 468 undefined symbol in FNCALL record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNCALL record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 469 undefined symbol in FNROOT record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNROOT record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 470 undefined symbol in FNSIZE record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNSIZE record for a non reentrant function Contact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 471 recursive function calls Linker These functions or function call each other recursively One or more of these functions has stat ically allocated local variables compiled stack Either use the reentrant keyword if supported with this compiler or recode to avoid recursion e g 325 Error and Warning Messages int test int a if a 5 return test a recursion may not be supported by some compilers return 0 472 non reentrant function
270. ng the appropriate instruction If the driver option STRICT is used the interrupt keyword becomes __interrupt An interrupt function must be declared as type void interrupt and may not have parame ters This is the only function prototype that makes sense for an interrupt function interrupt functions may not be called directly from C code due to the different return instruction that is used but they may call other functions itself As there is more than one vector location usable with dsPIC and PIC24s an indicator is required with the function definition to specify the interrupt vector to which the function should associated This takes the form of a symbol followed by the vector address at the end of the function prototype The address can either be a literal or a symbolic name defined after including lt htc h gt An example of an interrupt function linked to the Timer 1 vector 0x0C is shown here int tick_count void interrupt tc_int void T1_VCTR tick_count A table of all available vector address macros for all supported devices is shown in Table 3 10 however not all these macros and vectors are available on all devices Table 3 10 Interrupt Vector Address Macros Macro name dsPIC30F Other Devices Description Vector Addresses Vector Addresses INTO_VCTR 0x14 0x14 External Interrupt 0 IC1_VCTR 0x16 0x16 Input Capture 1 OC1_VCTR 0x18 0x18 Output Compare 1 continued
271. nge in bit pattern Thus an unexpected sign extension can occur To ensure this does not happen first convert the signed value to an unsigned equivalent e g signed char sc unsigned int ui ui sc if sc contains Oxff ui will contain Oxffff for example will perform a sign extension of the char variable to the longer type If you do not want this to take place use a cast e g ui unsigned char sc 308 Error and Warning Messages 356 implicit conversion of float to integer Parser A floating point value has been assigned or otherwise converted to an integral type This could result in truncation of the floating point value A typecast will make this warning go away double dd AECI i dd is this really what you meant If you do intend to use an expression like this then indicate that this is so by a cast i int dd 357 illegal conversion of integer to pointer Parser An integer has been assigned to or otherwise converted to a pointer type This will usually mean you have used the wrong variable but if this is genuinely what you want to do use a typecast to inform the compiler that you want the conversion and the warning will be suppressed This may also mean you have forgotten the amp address operator e g int Ip int i ip 1 woops did you mean ip amp i If you do intend to use an expression like this then indicate that this is so by a cast ip int i 3
272. nguage clrf _fred return Note that even though the two blocks of code in the text psect are separated by a block in the bss psect the two text psect blocks will be contiguous when loaded by the linker In other words the inc _fred instruction will be followed by the clrf instruction in the final ouptut The actual location in memory of the text and bss psects will be determined by the linker Code or data that is not explicitly placed into a psect will become part of the default unnamed psect 4 3 8 Assembler Directives Assembler directives or pseudo ops are used in a similar way to instruction mnemonicss but either do not generate code or generate non executable code i e data bytes The directives are listed in Table 4 5 and are detailed below 4 3 8 1 GLOBAL GLOBAL declares a list of symbols which if defined within the current module are made public If the symbols are not defined in the current module it is a reference to symbols in external modules Example GLOBAL labl1 lab2 lab3 4 3 8 2 END END is optional but if present should be at the very end of the program It will terminate the assembly and not even blank lines should follow this directive If an expression is supplied as an argument that expression will be used to define the start address of the program Whether this is of any use will depend on the linker Example END start_label 4 3 8 3 PSECT The PSECT directive declares or resumes a program
273. nly two arguments required 172 formal parameter expected after Preprocessor The stringization operator not to be confused with the leading used for preprocessor control lines must be followed by a formal macro parameter e g define str x ty woops did you mean x instead of y If you need to stringize a token you will need to define a special macro to do it e g define _mkstr_ x x then use __mkstr__ token wherever you need to convert a token into a string 173 undefined symbol in if 0 used Preprocessor A symbol on a if expression was not a defined preprocessor macro For the purposes of this expression its value has been taken as zero This warning may be disabled with some compilers Example if FOO BAR e g FOO was never idefined define GOOD endif 275 Error and Warning Messages 174 multi byte constant isn t portable Preprocessor Multi byte constants are not portable and in fact will be rejected by later passes of the compiler e g if CHAR ab define MULTI endif 175 division by zero in if zero result assumed Preprocessor Inside a if expression there is a division by zero which has been treated as yielding zero e g if foo 0 divide by 0 was this what you were intending int a tendif 176 missing newline Preprocessor A new line is missing at the end of the line Each line including the last line must have a new line
274. ns 87 const psect 68 const qualifier 58 constants assembly 94 C specifiers 51 character 52 string see string literals context retrieval 72 context saving 72 in line assembly 84 copyright notice 25 cos function 164 cosh function 165 cputs function 166 creating libraries 128 creating new 67 CREF 91 CREF application 132 CREF option Fprefix 132 Hheading 133 Llen 133 Ooutfile 133 Pwidth 133 Sstoplist 133 Xprefix 134 CREF options 132 cromwell application 134 cromwell option B 137 C 136 INDEX INDEX D 135 short 54 E 137 DB directive 104 F 136 DDW directive 104 Ikey 136 debug information 23 42 L 136 assembler 92 M 137 optimizers and 91 N 135 default libraries 18 Okey 136 default psect 99 P 135 default radix V 137 assembly 94 cromwell options 134 cross reference disabling 111 generating 132 list utility 132 cross reference file 91 generation 91 cross reference listings 27 excluding header symbols 132 excluding symbols 133 134 headers 133 output name 133 page length 133 page width 133 cross referencing enabling 112 ctext psect 68 ctime function 167 data psect 36 68 114 copying 115 data psects 49 data types 51 16 bit integer 54 8 bit integer 54 assembly 95 char 54 floating point 55 int 54 delta PSECT flag 101 delta psect flag 117 dependencies 36 device selection 27 DI macro 168 directives
275. ntact HI TECH Software technical support with details 297 bad argument to tysize Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 298 end of file in asm Preprocessor An end of file has been encountered inside a asm block This probably means the endasm is missing or misspelt e g 298 Error and Warning Messages tasm mov r0 55 mov rl r0 woops where is the endasm 300 unexpected end of file Parser An end of file in a C module was encountered unexpectedly e g void main void init run is that it What about the close brace 301 end of file on string file Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 302 can t reopen Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 303 can t allocate bytes of memory line Parser The parser was unable to allocate memory for the longest string encountered as it attempts to sort and merge strings Try reducing the number or length of strings in this module 306 can t allocate bytes of memory for Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 307 too many qualifier names Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details
276. ntinued ln earlier versions of HI TECH C the linker was called LINK EXE 115 Operation Linker and Utilities Table 5 1 Linker command line options Option Effect Cpsect class Specify a class name for a global psect Cbhaseaddr Produce binary output file based at baseaddr Dclass delta Specify a class delta value Dsymfile Produce old style symbol file Eerrfile Write error messages to errfile F Produce obj file with only symbol records Gspec Specify calculation for segment selectors Hsymfile Generate symbol file H symfile Generate enhanced symbol file Ignore undefined symbols Jnum Set maximum number of errors before aborting K Prevent overlaying function parameter and auto areas L Preserve relocation items in obj file IM Preserve segment relocation items in obj file Sort symbol table in map file by address order Nc Sort symbol table in map file by class address order Ns Sort symbol table in map file by space address order Mmapfile Generate a link map in the named file Oout file Specify name of output file P spec Specify psect addresses and ordering Qprocessor Specify the processor type for cosmetic reasons only S Inhibit listing of symbols in symbol file Sclass limit bound Specify address limit and start boundary for a class of psects Usymbol Pre enter symbol in table as un
277. nvironment variable This file is used to determine where the compiler has been installed 1207 some of the command line options you are using are now obsolete Driver Some of the command line options passed to the driver have now been discontinued in this version of the compiler however during a grace period these old options will still be processed by the driver 1208 use help option or refer to the user manual for option details Driver An obsolete option was detected Use help or refer to the manual to find a replacement option that will not result in this advisory message 1210 Visit the HI TECH Software website www htsoft com for a possible update Driver Visit our website to see if an update is available to address the issue s listed in the previous compiler message Please refer to the on line self help facilities such as the Frequently asked Questions or search the On line forums In the event of no details being found here contact HI TECH Software for further information 1212 Found 0 IXh at address h Hexmate The code sequence specified in a FIND option has been found at this address 1213 duplicate ARCH for in chipinfo file at line Assembler Driver The chipinfo file has a processor section with multiple ARCH values Only one ARCH value is allowed If you have not manually edited the chip info file contact HI TECH Support with details 1218 can t create cross reference file Assemble
278. o accommodate the psect text which is 0x34 bytes long Notice however that the total amount of memory available is larger than 0x34 bytes 492 attempt to position absolute psect is illegal Linker This psect is absolute and should not have an address specified in a P option Either remove the abs psect flag or remove the P linker option 331 Error and Warning Messages 493 origin of psect multiply defined Linker The origin of this psect is defined more than once There is most likely more than one p linker option specifying this psect 494 bad P format Linker The P option given to the linker is malformed This option specifies placement of a psect e g Ptext 10g0h Maybe you meant Ptext 10f0h 497 psect exceeds max size h gt h Linker The psect has more bytes in it than the maximum allowed as specified using the size psect flag 498 psect exceeds address limit h gt h Linker The maximum address of the psect exceeds the limit placed on it using the limit psect flag Either the psect needs to be linked at a different location or there is too much code data in the psect 499 undefined symbol Assembler Linker The symbol following is undefined at link time This could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module 500 undefined symbols Linker A list of symbols follows that were undefined at link time These errors could be due to spel
279. obably caused by omission of an operator e g if FOO BAR woops did you mean if FOO BAR 118 stack overflow processing if expression Preprocessor The preprocessor filled up its expression evaluation stack in a if expression Simplify the expres sion it probably contains too many parenthesized subexpressions 119 invalid expression in if line Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 120 operator in incorrect context Preprocessor An operator has been encountered in a if expression that is incorrectly placed e g two binary operators are not separated by a value e g if FOO BAR what is 7 2 define BIG endif 267 Error and Warning Messages 121 expression stack overflow at operator Preprocessor Expressions in if lines are evaluated using a stack with a size of 128 It is possible for very complex expressions to overflow this Simplify the expression 122 unbalanced parenthesis at operator Preprocessor The evaluation of a if expression found mismatched parentheses Check the expression for correct parenthesisation e g if A B woops a missing I think define ADDED tendif 123 misplaced or previous operator is Preprocessor A colon operator has been encountered in a if expression that does not match up with a corre sponding operato
280. ocess Adding TIME when building generate a summary which shows how much time each stage of the build process took to complete 2 4 52 VER Display The Compiler s Version Information The VER option will display what version of the compiler is running 2 4 53 WARN level Set Warning Level The WARN option is used to set the compiler warning level Allowable warning levels range from 9 to 9 The warning level determines how pedantic the compiler is about dubious type conversions and constructs The default warning level WARN 0 will allow all normal warning messages Warning level WARN 1 will suppress the message Func declared implicit int WARN 3 is rec ommended for compiling code originally written with other less strict compilers WARN 9 will suppress all warning messages Negative warning levels WARN 1 WARN 2 and WARN 3 en able special warning messages including compile time checking of arguments to printf against the format string specified Use this option with care as some warning messages indicate code that is likely to fail during execution or compromise portability 38 DSPICC Command line Driver DSPICC Compiler Options 2 4 54 WARNFORMAT format Set Warning Message Format This option sets the format of warning messages produced by the compiler See Section 2 4 25 for full information 39 DSPICC Compiler Options DSPICC Command line Driver 40 Chapter 3 C Langu
281. of two incompatible declarations or because an implicit declaration is followed by an incompatible declaration e g int a char a woops what is the correct type 985 qualifiers redeclared Parser This function or variable has different qualifiers in different declarations 986 enum member redeclared Parser A member of an enumeration is defined twice or more with differing values Does the member appear twice in the same list or does the name of the member appear in more than one enum list 987 arguments redeclared Parser The data types of the parameters passed to this function do not match its prototype 988 number of arguments redeclared Parser The number of arguments in this function declaration does not agree with a previous declaration of the same function 989 module has code below file base of h Linker This module has code below the address given but the C option has been used to specify that a binary output file is to be created that is mapped to this address This would mean code from this module would have to be placed before the beginning of the file Check for missing psect directives in assembler files 370 Error and Warning Messages 990 modulus by zero in if zero result assumed Preprocessor A modulus operation in a if expression has a zero divisor The result has been assumed to be zero e g define ZERO 0 if FOOSZERO this will have an assumed result of 0 d
282. ognised A blank list indicates that the specified function or routine uses no registers 3 12 3 7 The pragma switch Directive Normally the compiler decides the code generation method for switch statements which results in the smallest possible code size The pragma switch directive can be used to force the compiler to use one particular method The general form of the switch pragma is pragma switch switch_type where switch_type is one of the available switch methods listed in Table Specifying the direct option to the pragma switch directive forces the compiler to generate the table look up style switch method This is mostly useful where timing is an issue for switch statements 1 e state machines This pragma affects all code generated onward The auto option may be used to revert to the default behaviour 84 C Language Features Linking Programs Table 3 15 switch types switch type description auto use smallest code size method default direct table lookup fixed delay 3 13 Linking Programs The compiler will automatically invoke the linker unless requested to stop after producing assembler code driver S option or object code driver C option HI TECH C by default generates intel HEX Use the OUTPUT option to specify a different output format After linking the compiler will automatically generate a memory usage map which shows the address used by and the total sizes of all the p
283. ommands sos cis ea a ERAS 128 OBITOHEX command line Options lt lt sp ee sp pes n EES EPEE A 131 CREF command line OPHONS 6 2 earo i ben ir a BAS SE SS EES 133 CROMWELL format types ss 5 arose eiro a RR Re e 134 CROMWELL command line options e 135 P option architecture arguments for COFF file output 136 Hexmate command line options a 139 INHX types used in FORMAT option a 142 Devices supported by HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 0 385 Devices supported by HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 0 386 Devices supported by HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 o 387 Devices supported by HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 0 388 Devices supported by HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 389 Chapter 1 Introduction 1 1 Typographic conventions Different fonts and styles are used throughout this manual to indicate special words or text Com puter prompts responses and filenames will be printed in constant spaced type When the filename is the name of a standard header file the name will be enclosed in angle brackets e g lt stdio h gt These header files can be found in the INCLUDE directory of your distribution Samples of code C keywords or types assembler instructions and labels will also be printed in a constant space type Assembler code is printed in a font similar to that used by C code Particularly useful points and new terms
284. on Pname architecture Processor name and architecture Identify code classes D Dump input file Identify input files only F Fake local symbols as global Okey Set the output format Ikey Set the input format L List the available formats E Strip file extensions B Specify big endian byte ordering Strip underscore character V Verbose mode 5 13 1 Pnamel architecture The P options takes a string which is the name of the processor used CROMWELL may use this in the generation of the output format selected Note that to produce output in COFF format an additional argument to this option which also specifies the processor architecture is required Hence for this format the usage of this option must take the form Pname architecture Table 5 8 enumerates the architectures supported for producing COFF files 5 13 2 N To produce some output file formats e g COFF Cromwell requires that the names of the program memory space psect classes be provided The names of the classes are given as a comma separated list For example in the DSPIC C compiler these classes are typically CODE and NEARCODE i e NCODE NEARCODE 5133 D The D option is used to display to the screen details about the named input file in a readable format The input file can be one of the file types as shown in Table 5 6 135 Cromwell Linker and Utilities Table 5 8 P option architecture arguments for COFF file outpu
285. on pointers which may point to functions located above this address then selecting large model will cause the compiler to generate code so that function pointers can reach these distant addresses This is accomplished automatically through the use of a jump table so that the need for larger pointer sizes is not required 2 4 2 C Compile to Object File The C option is used to halt compilation after generating a relocatable object file This option is frequently used when compiling multiple source files using a make utility If multiple source files are specified to the compiler each will be compiled to a separate obj file The object files will be placed in the directory in which DSPICC was invoked to handle situations where source files are located in read only directories To compile three source files main c modulel c and asmcode as to object files you could use a command similar to DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 C main c modulel c asmcode as The compiler will produce three object files main obj modulel obj and asmcode obj which could then be linked to produce an Intel HEX file using the command DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 main obj modulel obj asmcode obj 2 4 3 Dmacro Define Macro The D option is used to define a preprocessor macro on the command line exactly as if it had been defined using a define directive in the source code This option may take one of two forms Dmacro which is equivalent to 21 DSPICC Compiler Options
286. only ig nore the least significant bit of this address The function eeprom_erase_row_only rounds this address down to the nearest preceding whole row boundary The EEPROM space is organized into contiguous _EEPROM_ROW word blocks called rows Hence it is more efficient to use the row based function to erase multiple words of data than the equivalent block based function 171 Library Functions EEPROM_READ_ ROW EEPROM_WRITE_ROW Synopsis include lt htc h gt void eeprom_read_row unsigned address unsigned row void eeprom_write_row unsigned address unsigned row Description These functions allow access to the on chip EEPROM when present as _EEPROM_ROW word blocks of memory The macro _EEPROM_ROW is defined in dspic h Each of these functions take a byte address which is rounded down to the nearest preceding whole row boundary The EEPROM space 1s organized into contiguous _EEPROM_ROW word blocks called rows Hence it is more efficient to use these functions to access multiple words of data than the equivalent block based functions Example include lt htc h gt void main void unsigned int address 0x0 unsigned int row _EEPROM_ROW read first row eeprom_read_row address row copy first row to second row address _EEPROM_ROW eeprom_write_row address row Note The function eeprom_write_row erases the relevant region in EEPROM before writing So for maximum device lifetim
287. ons to int unsigned int or double For example if a character argument has been passed it should be accessed by va_arg ap int since the char will have been widened to int An example is given below of a function taking one integer parameter followed by a number of other parameters In this example the function expects the subsequent parameters to be pointers to char but note that the compiler is not aware of this and it is the programmers responsibility to ensure that correct arguments are supplied Example include lt stdio h gt include lt stdarg h gt void pr int ap sra 259 Library Functions va_list ap va_start ap a while a puts va_arg ap char va_end ap void main void pf 3p Tine T line lt 2 line 3 260 Library Functions XTOI Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt unsigned xtoi const char s Description The xtoi function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks reading an optional sign and converts an ASCII representation of a hexadecimal number to an integer Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 10t 14 gets buf 1 xtoi buf printf Read s converted to x n buf i See Also atoi Return Value A signed integer If no number is found in the string zero will be returned 261 Library Functions 262 Appendix B Error
288. or Parser The compiler does not understand the directive It is probably a misspelling of a pre processor directive e g indef DEBUG woops that should be undef DEBUG 108 if n def without an argument Preprocessor The preprocessor directives if ifdef and ifndef must have an argument The argument to i f should be an expression while the argument to ifdef or ifndef should be a single name e g if woops no argument to check output 10 else output 20 endif 265 Error and Warning Messages 109 include syntax error Preprocessor The syntax of the filename argument to include is invalid The argument to include must be a valid file name either enclosed in double quotes or angle brackets lt gt Spaces should not be included and the closing quote or bracket must be present There should be nothing else on the line other than comments e g include stdio h woops should be include lt stdio h gt 110 too many file arguments usage cpp input output Preprocessor CPP should be invoked with at most two file arguments Contact HI TECH Support if the preproces sor is being executed by a compiler driver 111 redefining preprocessor macro Preprocessor The macro specified is being redefined to something different to the original definition If you want to deliberately redefine a macro use undef first to remove the original definition e g
289. or NULL if the character does not exist in the string 234 Library Functions Note Although the function takes an integer argument for the character only the lower 8 bits of the value are used 235 Library Functions STRCMP STRICMP Synopsis include lt string h gt int strcmp const char sl const char s2 int stricmp const char sl const char s2 Description The stremp function compares its two null terminated string arguments and returns a signed integer to indicate whether s1 is less than equal to or greater than s2 The comparison is done with the standard collating sequence which is that of the ASCII character set The stricmp function is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void int i if i strcmp ABC ABc lt 0 printf ABC is less than ABc n else if i gt 0 printf ABC is greater than ABc n else printf ABC is equal to ABc n See Also strlen strncmp strepy strcat 236 Library Functions Return Value A signed integer less than equal to or greater than zero Note Other C implementations may use a different collating sequence the return value is negative zero or positive i e do not test explicitly for negative one 1 or one 1 237 Library Functions STRCPY Synopsis include lt string h gt char strcpy char
290. or resized block NULL if the block could not be expanded A request to shrink a block will never fail 223 Library Functions SCANF VSCANF Synopsis include lt stdio h gt int scanf const char fmt include lt stdio h gt include lt stdarg h gt int vscanf const char va_list ap Description The scanf function performs formatted input de editing from the stdin stream Similar func tions are available for streams in general and for strings The function vscanf is similar but takes a pointer to an argument list rather than a series of additional arguments This pointer should have been initialised with va_start The input conversions are performed according to the fmt string in general a character in the format string must match a character in the input however a space character in the format string will match zero or more white space characters in the input i e spaces tabs or newlines A conversion specification takes the form of the character optionally followed by an assign ment suppression character optionally followed by a numerical maximum field width followed by a conversion specification character Each conversion specification unless it incorporates the as signment suppression character will assign a value to the variable pointed at by the next argument Thus if there are two conversion specifications in the fmt string there should be two additional pointer arguments
291. or the code generator to actually compile For successful code generation the code generator must know how to compile an expression and there must be enough resources e g registers or temporary memory locations available Simplifying the expression e g using a temporary variable to hold an intermediate result may get around this message Contact HI TECH Support with details of this message This error may also be issued if the code being compiled is in some way unusual For example code which writes to a const qualified object is illegal and will result in warning messages but the code generator may unsuccessfully try to produce code to perform the write 713 bad initialization list Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 714 bad intermediate code Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 715 bad pragma Code Generator The code generator has been passed a pragma directive that it does not understand This implies that the pragma you have used is a HI TECH specific pragma but the specific compiler you are using has not implemented this pragma 716 bad argument to M option Code Generator The code generator has been passed a M option that it does not understand This should not happen if it is being invoked by a standard compiler driver 718 incompatible intermediate code ver
292. or the segment is the value derived when a segment type relocation is processed by the linker By default the segment selector will be generated by dividing the base load address of the seg ment by the relocation quantum of the segment which is based on the reloc flag value given to psects at the assembler level This is appropriate for 8086 real mode code but not for protected mode or some bank switched arrangements In this instance the G option is used to specify a method for calculating the segment selector The argument to G is a string similar to A 10h 4h where A represents the load address of the segment and represents division This means Take the load address of the psect divide by 10 hex then subtract 4 This form can be modified by substi tuting N for A for to represent multiplication and adding rather than subtracting a constant 118 Linker and Utilities Operation The token N is replaced by the ordinal number of the segment which is allocated by the linker For example N 8 4 means take the segment number multiply by 8 then add 4 The result is the segment selector This particular example would allocate segment selectors in the sequence 4 12 20 for the number of segments defined This would be appropriate when compiling for 80286 protected mode where these selectors would represent LDT entries 5 7 10 Hsymfile This option will instruct the linker to generate a symbol file The optional
293. orrupted or not an object file Contact HI TECH Support with details if the object file was created by the compiler 515 unknown symbol type Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 516 text record has bad length 1 lt 0 Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 520 function is never called Linker This function is never called This may not represent a problem but space could be saved by remov ing it If you believe this function should be called check your source code Some assembler library routines are never called although they are actually execute In this case the routines are linked in a special sequence so that program execution falls through from one routine to the next 521 call depth exceeded by function Linker The call graph shows that functions are nested to a depth greater than specified 334 Error and Warning Messages 522 library is badly ordered Linker This library is badly ordered It will still link correctly but it will link faster if better ordered 523 argument to W option illegal and ignored Linker The argument to the linker option w is out of range This option controls two features For warning levels the range is 9 to 9 For the map file width the range is greater than or equal to 10 524 unable to open list file
294. ort with details 703 bad GN Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details See Section 5 7 2 for more information 704 bad RET_MASK Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 705 bad which after I Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 706 bad which in expand Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 707 bad SX Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 708 bad mod for how Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 709 metaregister can t be used directly Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 710 bad U usage Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 711 bad how in expand Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 342 Error and Warning Messages 712 can t generate code for this expression Code Generator This error indicates that a C expression is too difficult f
295. orts their local objects can be overlapped and the offset is hence set to 0 Sprintf calls a function putch but this function uses no memory for parameters the char passed as argument is apparently done so via a register or locals so the size and offset are zero and are not printed Main also calls another function indirectly using a function pointer This is indicated by the two INDIRECT entries in the graph The number following is the signature value of functions that could potentially be called by the indirect call This number is calculated from the parameters and return type of the functions the pointer can indirectly call The names of any functions that have this signature value are listed underneath the INDIRECT entries Their inclusion does not mean that they were called there is no way to determine that but that they could potentially be called The last line shows another function whose name is at the far left of the call graph This implies that this is the root of another call graph tree This is an interrupt function which is not called by any code but which is automatically invoked when an enabled interrupt occurs This interrupt routine calls the function incr which is shown shorthand in the graph by the gt symbol followed by the called function s name instead of having that function shown indented on the following line This is done whenever the calling function does not takes parameters nor defines any variable
296. oth be set to in P option Linker The link and load address of a psect have both been specified with a dot character Only one of these addresses may be specified in this manner e g Pmypsect 1000h Pmypsect 1000h Both of these options are valid and equivalent however the following usage is ambiguous Pmypsect What is the link or load address of this psect 455 psect not relocated on 0x byte boundary Linker This psect is not relocated on the required boundary Check the relocatability of the psect and correct the p option if necessary 456 psect not loaded on 0x boundary Linker This psect has a relocatability requirement that is not met by the load address given in a p option For example if a psect must be on a 4K byte boundary you could not start it at 100H 461 can t create file Assembler or Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 324 Error and Warning Messages 464 missing key in avmap file Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 465 undefined symbol in FNBREAK record Linker The linker has found an undefined symbol in the FNBREAK record for a non reentrant function Con tact HI TECH Support if this is not handwritten assembler code 466 undefined symbol in FNINDIR record Linker The linker has found an undefi
297. oulsy something special about this function so a module all to itself is probably a good idea anyway unsigned char read_port void return PORTA Now how do we know in which psect the code associated with the function will be placed Compile you program inlcuding this new module and generate an assembly list file see Section 2 4 18 Look for the definition of the function A function starts with an assembly label which is the name of the function prepended with an underscore In this example the label appears on line 37 36 psect text 37 0002 _read_port Look above this to see the first PSECT directive you encounter This will indicate the name of the psect in which the code is located In this case it is the psect called text So let us redirect this psect into one with a unique and more meaningful name In the C module that contains the definition for read_port place the following pragma pragma psect text readport at the top of the module before the function definition With this the read_port function will be placed in the psect called readport Confirm this in the new assembly list file Now we can tell the linker where we would like this psect positioned Issue an additional option to the command line driver to place this psect at address 0x400 L preadport 0400h The generate an check the map file see Section 2 4 9 You should see the additional linker command minus the leading L part of the option
298. owed by a digit string The set of letters that can start a trivial symbol is currently k1fLSu The Z option will strip any local symbols starting with one of these letters and followed by a digit string 5 8 Invoking the Linker The linker is called HLINK and normally resides in the BIN subdirectory of the compiler installation directory It may be invoked with no arguments in which case it will prompt for input from standard input If the standard input is a file no prompts will be printed This manner of invocation is generally useful if the number of arguments to HLINK is large Even if the list of files is too long to fit on one line continuation lines may be included by leaving a backslash at the end of the 123 Map Files Linker and Utilities preceding line In this fashion HLINK commands of almost unlimited length may be issued For example a link command file called x 1nk and containing the following text Z OX OBJ MX MAP Ptext 0 data 0 bss nvram bss X OBJ Y OBJ Z OBJ C HT Z80 LIB Z80 SC LIB may be passed to the linker by one of the following hlink x 1lnk hlink lt x 1nk 5 9 Map Files The map file contains information relating to the relocation of psects and the addresses assigned to symbols within those psects The sections in the map file are as follows first is a copy of the command line used to invoke the linker This is followed by the version number of the object code in the first file linke
299. part 3 and the fractional part 0 17 The integral part is stored as a double in the object pointed to by iptr Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double i_val f_val f_val modf 3 17 amp i_val Return Value The signed fractional part of value 207 Library Functions PERSIST_CHECK PERSIST_VALIDATE Synopsis include lt sys h gt int persist_check int flag void persist_validate void Description The persist_check function is used with non volatile RAM variables declared with the persistent qualifier It tests the nvram area using a magic number stored in a hidden variable by a previous call to persist_validate and a checksum also calculated by persist_validate If the magic number and checksum are correct it returns true non zero If either are incorrect it returns zero In this case it will optionally zero out and re validate the non volatile RAM area by calling persist_validate This is done if the flag argument is true The persist_validate routine should be called after each change to a persistent variable It will set up the magic number and recalculate the checksum Example include lt sys h gt include lt stdio h gt persistent long reset_count void main void if persist_check 1 printf Reset count invalid zeroed n else printf Reset number ld n reset_count reset_count update count
300. per addressable location and must start on a word boundary PSECT text reloc 4 local class CODE delta 2 Now we would like to call this routine add However in assembly we must choose the name _add as this then maps to the C identifier add since the compiler prepends an underscore to all C identifiers when it creates assembly labels If the name add was chosen for the assembler routine the it could never be called from C code The name of the assembly routine is the label that we will assocaite with the assembly code add We need to be able to call this from other modules som make this label globally access able GLOBAL _add Arguments or parameters to this routine will passed via WO and W2 registers and the result returned in WO See C Language Features Mixing C and Assembler Code By compiling a dummy C function with a similar prototype to how we will be call ing this assembly routine we can determine the signature value We add a assembler directive to make this signature value known SIGNAT _add 8250 Now to actually writing the function remembering that the first byte parameter is al ready in the accumulator and the second paramater is already in this routine s paramters area placed there by the calling function elsewhere The result is placed back in to the paramater area ready to be returned add w0 w2 w0 add WO to W2 and put the result in WO return To call an assembly routine from C code a declar
301. plays a list of processors the compiler supports The names listed are those chips defined in the chipinfo file and which may be used with the CHIP option 2 4 22 CODEOFFSET Offset Program Code to Address In some circumstances such as bootloaders it is necessary to shift the program image to an alter native address This option is used to specify a base address for the program code image With this option all code psects including interrupt vectors and constant data that the linker would ordinarily control the location of will be adjusted 2 4 23 CR file Generate Cross Reference Listing The CR option will produce a cross reference listing If the file argument is omitted the raw cross reference information will be left in a temporary file leaving the user to run the CREF utility If a filename is supplied for example CR test crf DSPICC will invoke CREF to process the cross reference information into the listing file in this case test crf If multiple source files are to be included in the cross reference listing all must be compiled and linked with the one DSPICC command For example to generate a cross reference listing which includes the source modules main c modulel c and nvram c compile and link using the command DSPICC CHIP 30F6014 CR main crf main c modulel c nvram c 27 DSPICC Compiler Options DSPICC Command line Driver 2 4 24 DEBUGGER type Select Debugger Type This option is intended for
302. present in the section after Linker command line You should also see the remapped psect name appear in the source file list of psects e g 83 Preprocessing C Language Features Name Link Load Length Selector Space Scale tmp cgt9e31jr obj main obj maintext 0 0 2 0 0 portread 400 400 2 800 0 Check the link address to ensure it is that requested inthis case 0x400 3 12 3 6 The pragma regsused Directive HI TECH C will automatically save context when an interrupt occurs The compiler will determine only those registers and objects which need to be saved for the particular interrupt function defined The pragma regsused directive allows the programmer to indicate register usage for functions that will not be seen by the code generator for example if they were written in assembly code The general form of the pragma is pragma regsused register_list where register_list is a space or comma separated list of registers names WO0 W15 Those registers not listed are assumed to be unused by the function or routine The code generator may use the unlisted registers to hold values across a function call Hence if the routine does in fact use these registers unreliable program execution may eventuate The list of registers to be saved will apply to the first interrupt qualified function defined after the pragma s usage The register names are not case sensitive and a warning will be produced if the register name is not rec
303. psects will start on a multiple of the bound address This example places the FARCODE class of psects at a multiple of 1000h but with an upper address limit of 6000h SFARCODE 6000h 1000h 122 Linker and Utilities Invoking the Linker 5 7 24 Usymbol This option will enter the specified symbol into the linker s symbol table as an undefined symbol This is useful for linking entirely from libraries or for linking a module from a library where the ordering has been arranged so that by default a later module will be linked 5 7 25 Vavmap To produce an Avocet format symbol file the linker needs to be given a map file to allow it to map psect names to Avocet memory identifiers The avmap file will normally be supplied with the compiler or created automatically by the compiler driver as required 5 726 Wnum The W option can be used to set the warning level in the range 9 to 9 or the width of the map file for values of num gt 10 W9 will suppress all warning messages W0 is the default Setting the warning level to 9 W 9 will give the most comprehensive warning messages 5 7 27 X Local symbols can be suppressed from a symbol file with this option Global symbols will always appear in the symbol file 5 7 28 Z Some local symbols are compiler generated and not of interest in debugging This option will suppress from the symbol file all local symbols that have the form of a single alphabetic character foll
304. r The assembler attempted to create a cross reference file but it could not be created Check that the file s pathname is correct 382 Error and Warning Messages 1226 invalid instruction or instruction mode for this architecture Assembler An instruction or instruction mode has been used that is not implemented in this particular device This may be because code has been ported to a lesser device that does not implement all of the features of the original device Rewrite the section of code that is affected to avoid the use of this instruction or select another device 1227 support for device in this compiler version is Driver The chip selected may have a limited or preliminary level of support Contact HI TECH Software for specific details of the limitations to the compiler s support of this device 1228 unable to locate installation directory Driver The compiler cannot determine the directory where it has been installed 1229 only vec_reset or vec_func may be selected Driver The RUNTIME sub options vec_reset and vec_func are considered mutually exclusive and can not be used simultaneously 1230 dereferencing uninitialized pointer Code Generator A pointer that has not yet been assigned a value has been dereferenced This can result in erroneous behaviour at runtime 1236 invalid argument to Driver An option that can take additional parameters was given an invalid parameter v
305. r Has the chip configuration file or the driver been replaced with an equivalent component from another version of this compiler 1021 syntax error reading value in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file incorrectly defines the specified value for this device If you are modify ing this file yourself take care and refer to the comments at the beginning of this file for a description on what type of values are expected here 1022 syntax error reading range in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file incorrectly defines the specified range for this device If you are modify ing this file yourself take care and refer to the comments at the beginning of this file for a description on what type of values are expected here 1024 syntax error in chipinfo file at line Driver The chip configuration file contains a syntax error at the line specified 1025 unknown architecture in chipinfo file at line Driver The attribute at the line indicated defines an architecture that is unknown to this compiler 1026 missing architecture in chipinfo file at line Assembler The chipinfo file has a processor section without an ARCH values The architecture of the processor must be specified Contact HI TECH Support if the chipinfo file has not been modified 1029 compiler not installed correctly error code Driver This compiler has failed to find any acti
306. r e g if XXX YYY did you mean if COND XXX YYY 124 illegal character in if Preprocessor There is a character in a if expression that has no business being there Valid characters are the letters digits and those comprising the acceptable operators e g if yyy what are these characters doing here int m tendif 125 illegal character decimal in if Preprocessor There is a non printable character in a if expression that has no business being there Valid char acters are the letters digits and those comprising the acceptable operators e g if SYYY what is this control characters doing here int m endif 268 Error and Warning Messages 126 strings can t be used in if Preprocessor The preprocessor does not allow the use of strings in if expressions e g if MESSAGE gt hello no string operations allowed by the preprocessor define DEBUG endif 127 bad syntax for defined in el if Preprocessor The defined pseudo function in a preprocessor expression requires its argument to be a single name The name must start with a letter and should be enclosed in parentheses e g if defined a b woops defined expects a name not an expression input read endif 128 illegal operator in if Preprocessor A if expression has an illegal operator Check for correct syntax e g if FOO 6 woops should that be if
307. rarian creates libraries with the modules in the order in which they were given on the com mand line When updating a library the order of the modules is preserved Any new modules added to a library after it has been created will be appended to the end The ordering of the modules in a library is significant to the linker If a library contains a module which references a symbol defined in another module in the same library the module defining the symbol should come after the module referencing the symbol 5 10 7 Error Messages LIBR issues various error messages most of which represent a fatal error while some represent a harmless occurrence which will nonetheless be reported unless the W option was used In this case all warning messages will be suppressed 5 11 Objtohex The HI TECH linker is capable of producing simple binary files or object files as output Any other format required must be produced by running the utility program OBJTOHEX This allows conversion of object files as produced by the linker into a variety of different formats including various hex formats The program is invoked thus OBJTOHEX options inputfile outputfile All of the arguments are optional If output file is omitted it defaults to 1 hex or 1 bin depend ing on whether the b option is used The input file defaults to 1 0b3 The options for OBJTOHEX are listed in Table 5 4 Where an address is required the format is the same as for HLINK 5 11 1 Check
308. rary Functions Notes In the above example the variable count must be qualified volatile because it is modified by the interrupt service routine and is read by code outside that routine This is a separate issue from that of accessing a multi byte variable both within and outside an interrupt service routine 169 Library Functions DIV Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt div_t div int numer int demon Description The div function computes the quotient and remainder of the numerator divided by the denomina tor Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void div_t x x div 12345 66 printf quotient d remainder d n x quot x rem Return Value Returns the quotient and remainder into the div_t structure 170 Library Functions EEPROM_ERASE_WORD_ONLY EEPROM_ERASE_BLOCK_ONLY EEPROM_ERASE_ROW_ONLY Synopsis include lt htc h gt void eeprom_erase_word_only unsigned address void eeprom_erase_block_only unsigned address unsigned size void eeprom_erase_row_only unsigned address Description These functions erase portions of the on chip EEPROM when present They allow individual words blocks of an arbitrary number of words or _EEPROM_ROW word blocks of memory to be erased The macro _EEPROM_ROW is defined in dspic h Each of these functions take a byte address within the EEPROM space Functions eeprom_erase_word_only and eeprom_erase_block_
309. re initial values at a particular memory address eg initialise EEPROM e Detecting usage of a buggy restricted instruction e Adjusting hex records to a fixed length as required by some bootloaders 5 14 1 Hexmate Command Line Options Some of these hexmate operations may be possible from the compiler s command line driver How ever if hexmate is to be run directly its usage is hexmate lt filel hex fileN hex gt lt options gt Where file1 hex through to fileN hex are a list of input Intel hex files to merge using hexmate Ad ditional options can be provided to further customize this process Table 5 9 lists the command line options that hexmate accepts The input parameters to hexmate are now discussed in greater detail filename hex A list of INHX32 or INHX8M input files to feed to hexmate A range restriction can be applied by appending startAddress endAddress The data can be stored at an offset address by appending offset For example myfile hex 0 1FF 1E00 will read in code from myfile hex which falls within address range 0h 1FFh inclusive but write this code to addresses 1E00h 1FFFh Be careful when shifting sections of executable code Program code shouldn t be shifted unless it can be guaranteed that no part of the program relies upon the absolute location of this code segment 5 14 1 1 Prefix When the operator precedes a parameter or input file the data obtained from that parameter will be forced into the
310. registers which are used in pragma regsused w10 an interrupt switch Specify code generation for switch pragma switch direct statements 3 12 3 2 The pragma jis and nojis Directives If your code includes strings with two byte characters in the JIS encoding for Japanese and other na tional characters the pragma jis directive will enable proper handling of these characters specif ically not interpreting a backslash character when it appears as the second half of a two byte character The nojis directive disables this special handling JIS character handling is disabled by default 3 12 3 3 The pragma pack Directive Some MCUs requires word accesses to be aligned on word boundaries Consequently the compiler will align all word or larger quantities onto a word boundary including structure members This can lead to holes in structures where a member has been aligned onto the next word boundary This behaviour can be altered with this directive Use of the directive pragma pack 1 will prevent any padding or alignment within structures Use this directive with caution in general if you must access data that is not aligned on a word boundary you should do so by extracting individual bytes and re assembling the data This will result in portable code Note that this directive must not appear before any system header file as these must be consistent with the libraries supplied dsPIC and PIC24s can only perform byt
311. res A mapping is performed on the names of all C functions and non static global variables ensure any symbol used to hold a return value is globally accessable optionally use a signature value to enable type checking when the function is called write the routine ensuring arguments are read from the correct location the return value is loaded to the correct storage location before returning ensure any local variables required by the routine have space reserved by the appropriate directive Section 3 11 3 1 for a complete description of mappings between C and assembly identifiers 74 TUT RIAL A assembly routine is required which can add two 16 bit values together The routine must be callable from C code Both the values are passed in as arguments when the routine is called from the C code The assembly routine should return the result of the addition as a 16 bit quanity Most compiler generated executable code is placed in a psect called text see Section 3 9 1 As we do not need to have this assembly routine linked at any particular location we can use this psect so the code is bundled with other executbale code and stored somewhere in the program space This way we do not need to use any additional linker options So we use an ordinary looking psect that you would see in assembly code produced by the compiler The psect s name is text will be linked in the CODE class which will reside in a memory space that has 2 bytes
312. ress is omitted entirely it defaults to the same as the link address If the slash character is supplied but no address is supplied after it the load address will concatenate with the previous psect e g Ptext 0 data 0 bss will cause both text and data to have a link address of zero text will have a load address of 0 and data will have a load address starting after the end of text The bss psect will concatenate with data for both link and load addresses The load address may be replaced with a dot character This tells the linker to set the load address of this psect to the same as its link address The link or load address may also be the name of another already linked psect This will explicitly concatenate the current psect with the previously specified psect e g Ptext 0 data 8000h bss Pnvram bss heap This example shows text at zero data linked at 8000h but loaded after text bss is linked and loaded at 8000h plus the size of data and nvram and heap are concatenated with bss Note here the use of two P options Multiple P options are processed in order If A options have been used to specify address ranges for a class then this class name may be used in place of a link or load address and space will be found in one of the address ranges For example 121 Operation Linker and Utilities ACODE 8000h BFFEh E000h FFFEh Pdata C000h CODE This will link data at COOOh but find space to load it in the addres
313. ring h gt void main void printf Sd n strspn This is a string This printf Sd n strspn This is a string this See Also strespn Return Value The length of the segment 250 Library Functions STRSTR STRISTR Synopsis include lt string h gt char strstr const char sl const char s2 char stristr const char sl const char s2 Description The strstr function locates the first occurrence of the sequence of characters in the string pointed to by s2 in the string pointed to by s1 The stristr routine is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void printf Sd n strstr This is a string str Return Value Pointer to the located string or a null pointer if the string was not found 251 Library Functions STRTOK Synopsis include lt string h gt char strtok char sl const char s2 Description A number of calls to strtok breaks the string s1 which consists of a sequence of zero or more text tokens separated by one or more characters from the separator string s2 into its separate tokens The first call must have the string s1 This call returns a pointer to the first character of the first token or NULL if no tokens were found The inter token separator character is overwritten by a null character which terminates the current token For subsequen
314. rm that is dependent on the scope and type of the C identifier The different forms are discussed below Accessing the C identifier in C code and its assembly equivalent in assembly code implies accessing the same object Here global implies defined outside a function local defined within a function C identifiers are assigned different symbols in the output assembly code so that an assembly identifier cannot conflict with an identifier defined in C code If assembly programmers choose identifier names that do not begin with an underscore these identifiers will never conflict with C identifiers Importantly this implies that the assembly identifier i and the C identifier i relate to different objects at different memory locations 3 11 3 2 Accessing specifal function register names from assembler When the code generator compiles a C module it includes a list of EQU directives for some of the more commonly used SFRs These registers are listed in Table 3 11 Any assembly code that is placed in line into a C module can use these register names If writing separate assembly modules these SFR definitions will not be present since the code generator does not process assembler files in any way Another way of using the SFRs in in line assembly code is refer to the symbols defined by the chip specific C header files Whenever you include lt htc h gt into a C module all the available SFRs are defined as absolute C variables As the conten
315. rnal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 430 bad checksum specification Objtohex A checksum list supplied to OBJTOHEX is syntactically incorrect 431 bad argument to E Objtoexe This option requires an integer argument in either base 8 10 or 16 If you are invoking objtoexe directly then check this argument Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 319 Error and Warning Messages 432 usage objtohex ssymfile object file exe file Objtohex Improper usage of the command line tool objtohex If you are invoking objtohex directly then please refer to Section 5 11 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 434 too many symbols Linker There are too many symbols in the symbol table which has a limit of symbols Change some global symbols to local symbols to reduce the number of symbols 435 bad segment selector Linker The segment specification option G to the linker is invalid e g GA 0 10 Did you forget the radix GA f 0h 10 436 psect re orged Linker This psect has had its start address specified more than once n_n 437 missing in class spec Linker A class spec needs an sign e g Ctext ROM See Section 5 7 9 for more information 438 bad size
316. ro Assembler where the assembler is being called directly or when they are specified using the command line driver option SETOPTION see Section 2 4 47 The usage of the assembler is similar under all of available operating systems All command line options are recognised in either upper or lower case The basic command format is shown ASDSPIC options files files is a space separated list of one or more assembler source files Where more than one source file is specified the assembler treats them as a single module i e a single assembly will be performed on the concatenation of all the source files specified The files must be specified in full no default extensions or suffixes are assumed options is an optional space separated list of assembler options each with a minus sign as the first character A full list of possible options is given in Table 4 1 and a full description of each option follows Table 4 1 ASDSPIC command line options Option Meaning Default A Produce assembler output Produce object code C Produce cross reference file No cross reference Cchipinfo Define the chipinfo file dat dspicc ini E file digit Set error destination format Flength Specify listing form length 66 H Output hex values for constants Decimal values I List macro expansions Don t list macros L listfile Produce listing No listing 0 Perform optimization No optimization Oou
317. roduced for chip types and memory models that use a compiled stack rather than a hardware stack to facilitate parameter passing between functions and auto variables defined within a function When a compiled stack is used functions are not re entrant since the function will use a fixed area of memory for its local objects parameters auto variables A function called foo for example will use symbols like _foo for parameters and a_foo for auto variables Compilers such as the PIC 6805 and V8 use compiled stacks The 8051 compiler uses a compiled stack in small and medium memory models The call graph shows information relating to the placement of function parameters and auto variables by the linker A typical call graph may look something like Call graph main size 0 0 offset 0 _init size 2 3 offset 0 _ports size 2 2 offset 5 _sprintf size 5 10 offset 0 _putch INDIRECT 4194 INDIRECT 4194 _function_2 size 2 2 offset 0 _function size 2 2 offset 5 _isr gt _incr size 2 0 offset 15 The graph shows the functions called and the memory usage RAM of the functions for their own local objects In the example above the symbol _main is associated with the function main It is 125 Map Files Linker and Utilities shown at the far left of the call graph This indicates that it is the root of a call tree The run time code has the FNROOT assembler directive that specifies this The size field after the name indicates the number of
318. rror and Warning Messages 636 checksum error in Intel HEX file on line Cromwell Hexmate A checksum error was found at the specified line in the specified Intel hex file The HEX file may be corrupt 637 unknown prefix in SDB file Cromwell This is an internal compiler warning Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 638 version mismatch 0x expected Cromwell The input Microchip COFF file wasn t produced using Cromwell 639 zero bit width in Microchip optional header Cromwell The optional header in the input Microchip COFF file indicates that the program or data memory spaces are zero bits wide 668 prefix list did not match any SDB types Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 669 prefix list matched more than one SDB type Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 673 missing filename after option Objtohex The indicated option requires a valid file name Ensure that the filename argument supplied to this option exists and is spelt correctly 674 too many references to Cref This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 679 unknown extraspecial Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 680 bad format
319. ry re installing the compiler 922 chip not present in chipinfo file Driver The chip selected does not appear in the compiler s chip configuration file You may need to contact HI TECH Software to see if support for this device is available or upgrade the version of your compiler 364 Error and Warning Messages 923 unknown suboption Driver This option can take suboptions but this suboption is not understood This may just be a simple spelling error If not HELP to look up what suboptions are permitted here 924 missing argument to option Driver This option expects more data but none was given Check the usage of this option 925 extraneous argument to option Driver This option does not accept additional data yet additional data was given Check the usage of this option 926 duplicate option Driver This option can only appear once but appeared more than once 928 bad option value Driver Assembler The indicated option was expecting a valid hexadecimal integer argument 929 bad option ranges Driver This option was expecting a parameter in a range format start_of_range end_of_range but the parameter did not conform to this syntax 930 bad option specification Driver The parameters to this option were not specified correctly Run the driver with HELP or refer to the driver s chapter in this manual to verify the correct usage of this option
320. s Those lines in the graph which are starred with are those functions which are on a critical path in terms of RAM usage For example in the above main is a trivial example consider the function sprintf This uses a large amount of local memory and if you could somehow rewrite it so that it used less local memory it would reduce the entire program s RAM usage The functions init and ports have had their local memory overlapped with that of sprintf so 126 Linker and Utilities Librarian reducing the size of these functions local memory will have no affect on the program s RAM usage Their memory usage could be increased as long as the total size of the memory used by these two functions did not exceed that of sprintf with no additional memory used by the program So if you have to reduce the amount of RAM used by the program look at those functions that are starred If when searching a call graph you notice that a function s parameter and auto areas have been overlapped i e a_foo was placed at the same address as _foo for example then check to make sure that you have actually called the function in your program If the linker has not seen a function actually called then it overlaps these areas of memory since that are not needed This is a consequence of the linker s ability to overlap the local memory areas of functions which are not active at the same time Once the function is called unique address
321. s should be declared volatile for example volatile static unsigned int TACTL 0x160 Volatile objects may be accessed using different generated code to non volatile objects 3 4 9 Special Type Qualifiers HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24supports the special type qualifiers to allow the user to control placement of static and extern class variables into particular address spaces 3 4 9 1 Persistent Type Qualifier By default any C variables that are not explicitly initialised are cleared to zero on startup This is consistent with the definition of the C language However there are occasions where it is desired for some data to be preserved across resets or even power cycles on off on The persistent type qualifier is used to qualify variables that should not be cleared on startup In addition any persistent variables will be stored in a different area of memory to other variables persistent objects are placed within the psect nvram 58 C Language Features Supported Data Types and Variables This type qualifier may not be used on variables of class auto if used on variables local to a function they must be combined with the static keyword For example you may not write void test void persistent int intvar WRONG other code because intvar is of class auto To declare intvar as a persistent variable local to function test write static persistent int intvar If the driver option STRICT is used this
322. s are read they are buffered with backspace deleting the previously typed character and ctrl U deleting the entire line typed so far Other characters are placed in the buffer with a carriage return or line feed newline terminating the function The collected string is null terminated Example include lt conio h gt include lt string h gt char buffer 80 void main void for cgets buffer if strcmp buffer exit 0 break cputs Type exit to finish n See Also getch getche putch cputs 161 Library Functions Return Value The return value is the character pointer passed as the sole argument 162 Library Functions CLRWDT Synopsis include lt htc h gt CLRWDT Description This macro is used to clear the device s internal watchdog timer Example include lt htc h gt void main void WDTCON 1 enable the WDT CLRWDT 163 Library Functions COS Synopsis include lt math h gt double cos double f Description This function yields the cosine of its argument which is an angle in radians The cosine is calculated by expansion of a polynomial series approximation Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt define C 3 141592 180 0 void main void double i for i 0 i lt 180 0 i 10 printf sin 3 0f f cos f n i sin i C cos i C See Also s
323. s for printf style format string Parser There are too few arguments for this format string This would result in a garbage value being printed or converted at run time e g printf 3d 3d low woops where is the other value to print 332 interrupt_level should be 0 to 7 Parser The pragma interrupt_level must have an argument from 0 to 7 e g pragma interrupt_level woops what is the level void interrupt isr void isr code goes here 333 unrecognized qualifier name after strings Parser The pragma strings was passed a qualifier that was not identified e g pragma strings cinst woops should that be pragma strings const 334 unrecognized qualifier name after printf_check Parser The pragma printf_check was passed a qualifier that could not be identified e g pragma printf_check printf cinst woops should that be const not cinst 335 unknown pragma Parser An unknown pragma directive was encountered e g pragma rugsused w I think you meant regsused 304 Error and Warning Messages 336 string concatenation across lines Parser Strings on two lines will be concatenated Check that this is the desired result e g char cp hi there this is okay but is it what you had intended 337 line does not have a newline on the end Parser The last line in the file is missing the newline operating system depen
324. s never called in the module being compiled Being static the function cannot be called from other modules so this warning implies the function is never used Either the function is redundant or the code that was meant to call it was excluded from compilation or misspelt the name of the function 968 unterminated string Assembler Optimiser A string constant appears not to have a closing quote missing 969 end of string in format specifier Parser The format specifier for the printf style function is malformed 970 character not valid at this point in format specifier Parser The printf style format specifier has an illegal character 971 type modifiers not valid with this format Parser Type modifiers may not be used with this format 972 only modifiers h and I valid with this format Parser Only modifiers h short and 1 long are legal with this printf format specifier 973 only modifier 1 valid with this format Parser The only modifier that is legal with this format is 1 for long 974 type modifier already specified Parser This type modifier has already be specified in this type 975 invalid format specifier or type modifier Parser The format specifier or modifier in the printf style string is illegal for this particular format 368 Error and Warning Messages 976 field width not valid at this point Parser A field width may not appear at this point in a printf t
325. s of compiling without actually compiling OUTDIR Specify output files directory OPT lt t ype gt Enable general compiler optimizations OUTPUT t ype Generate output file type PRE Produce preprocessed source files PROTO Generate function prototype information RAM lo hi lt lo hi gt Specify and or reserve RAM ranges ROM 10 hi lt lo hi gt ltag Specify and or reserve ROM ranges RUNTIME t ype Configure the C runtime libraries to the specified type SCANDEP Generate file dependency DEP files SERIAL Insert a serial number at a fixed address in program memory SETOPTION app file Set the command line options for the named applica tion SETUP argument Setup the product STRICT Enable strict ANSI keyword conformance SUMMARY t ype Selects the type of memory summary output TIME Display estimates on time taken for each phase of the build process VER Display the compiler s version number WARN 1eve1 Set the compiler s warning level WARNFORMAT format Format warning message strings to given style All single letter options are identified by a leading dash character e gt e g C Some single letter options specify an additional data field which follows the option name immediately and without any whitespace e g Ddebug Multi letter or word options have two leading dash characters e g
326. s ranges associated with CODE If no sufficiently large space is available an error will result Note that in this case the data psect will still be assembled into one contiguous block whereas other psects in the class CODE will be distributed into the address ranges wherever they will fit This means that if there are two or more psects in class CODE they may be intermixed in the address ranges Any psects allocated by a P option will have their load address range subtracted from any address ranges specified with the A option This allows a range to be specified with the A option without knowing in advance how much of the lower part of the range for example will be required for other psects 5 7 21 Qprocessor This option allows a processor type to be specified This is purely for information placed in the map file The argument to this option is a string describing the processor 5 7 22 S This option prevents symbol information relating from being included in the symbol file produced by the linker Segment information is still included 5 7 23 Sclass limit bound A class of psects may have an upper address limit associated with it The following example places a limit on the maximum address of the CODE class of psects to one less than 400h SCODE 400h Note that to set an upper limit to a psect this must be set in assembler code with a 1imit flag on a PSECT directive If the bound boundary argument is used the class of
327. sect must be split into two or more small psects this requires splitting a function into two or more smaller functions which may call each other These functions may need to be placed in new modules Psects containing data may be reduced when invoking the compiler optimizations but the effect is less dramatic The program may need to be rewritten so that it needs less variables Section 5 9 1 has information on interpreting the map file s call graph if the compiler you are using uses a compiled stack If the string Call graph is not present in the map file then the compiled code uses a hardware stack If a data psect needs to be split into smaller psects the definitions for variables will need to be moved to new modules or more evenly spread in the existing modules Memory allocation for auto variables is entirely handled by the compiler Other than reducing the number of these variables used the programmer has little control over their operation This applies whether the compiled code uses a hardware or compiled stack For example after receiving the message Can t find 0x34 words 0x34 withtotal for psect text in segment CODE error look in the map file for the ranges of unused memory UNUSED ADDRESS RANGES CODE 00000244 0000025F 00001000 0000102f RAM 00300014 00301FFB In the CODE segment there is Ox1c Ox25f 0x244 1 bytes of space available in one block and 0x30 available in another block Neither of these are large enough t
328. section It takes as arguments a name and optionally a comma separated list of flags The allowed flags are listed in Table 4 6 below Once a psect has been declared it may be resumed later by another PSECT directive however the flags need not be repeated 99 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler Table 4 5 Assembler Directives Directive Purpose GLOBAL Make symbols accessible to other modules or allow reference to other modules symbols END End assembly PSECT Declare or resume program section ORG Set location counter EQU Define symbol value SET Define or re define symbol value DB Define constant byte s DW Define constant word s DDW Define constant double word s DS Reserve storage IF Conditional assembly ELSIF Alternate conditional assembly ELSE Alternate conditional assembly ENDIF End conditional assembly MACRO Macro definition END End macro definition LOCAL Define local tabs ALIGN Align output to the specified boundary PAGESEL Generate set reset instruction to set PCLATH for this page PROCESSOR Define the particular chip for which this file is to be assembled REPT Repeat a block of code n times IRP Repeat a block of code with a list IRPC Repeat a block of code with a character list SIGNAT Define function signature 100 Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language Table 4 6 PSECT flags
329. sects which are used by the compiled code The program statistics shown after the summary provides more concise information based on each memory area of the device This can be used as a guide to the available space left in the device More detailed memory usage information listed in ascending order of individual psects may be obtained by using the driver SUMMARY psect option Generate a map file for the complete memory specification of the program 3 13 1 Replacing Library Modules Although HI TECH C comes with a librarian LIBR which allows you to unpack a library files and replace modules with your own modified versions you can easily replace a library module that is linked into your program without having to do this If you add the source file which contains the library routine you wish to replace on the command line list of source files then the routine will replace the routine in the library file with the same name This method works due to the way the linker scans source and library file When trying to resolve a symbol in this instance a function name the linker first scans all source modules for the definition Only if it cannot resolve the symbol in these files does it then search the library files Even though the symbol may be defined in a source file and a library file the linker will not search the libraries and no multiply defined symbol error will result This is not true if a symbol is defined twice in source files For exa
330. sembler The destination of a call or goto instruction has been declared absolute and is not an even address Adjust the address value so that it is an even number 1177 invalid register combination Assembler The source and destination operands for this instruction did not conform to an expected relationship For example in this mode mov Ws Wb Wd Wb expects the same Wb in both source and destination 1178 the option has been removed and has no effect Driver This option no longer exists in this version of the compiler and has been ignored Use the compiler s help option or refer to the manual to find a replacement option 379 Error and Warning Messages 1180 directory does not exist Driver The directory specified in the setup option does not exist Create the directory and try again 1182 near variables must be global or static Code Generator A variable qualified as near must also be qualified with static or made global An auto variable cannot be qualified as near 1189 only interrupt functions may be qualified fast Code Generator The fast qualifier can only be used on a function that is also qualified with interrupt As this qualifier affects the context switching code used by an interrupt function it serves no purpose in any other function 1190 FAE license only not for use in commercial applications Driver Indicates that this compiler has been activated with an FA
331. signed 1 374 missing basic type int assumed Parser The basic type of a cast to a qualified basic type was missing and assumed to be int e g int foo signed 2 here signed is assumed to be signed int 375 unknown FNREC type Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 376 bad non zero node in call graph Linker The linker has encountered a top level node in the call graph that is referenced from lower down in the call graph This probably means the program has indirect recursion which is not allowed when using a compiled stack 378 can t create file Hexmate This type of file could not be created Is the file or a file by this name already in use 314 Error and Warning Messages 379 bad record type Linker This is an internal compiler error Ensure the object file is a valid HI TECH object file Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 380 unknown record type Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 381 record too long Linker This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 382 incomplete record type length Dump Xstrip This message is produced by the DUMP or XSTRIP utilities and indicates that the object file is not a valid HI TECH object file or that it has
332. signed long or unsigned long type and the suffix u or U may be used with the constant to indicate that it must be assigned an unsigned type and both 1 or L and u or U may be used to indicate unsigned long int type Floating point constants have double type unless suffixed by f or F in which case it is a float constant The suffixes 1 or L specify a long double type which is considered an identical type to double by HI TECH C Character constants are enclosed by single quote characters for example a A character constant has char type Multi byte character constants are not supported String constants or string literals are enclosed by double quote characters for example hello world The type of string constants is const char and the strings are stored in the program memory Assigning a string constant to a non const char pointer will generate a warning from the compiler For example char cp one one in ROM produces warning const char ccp two two in ROM correct Defining and initializing a non const array i e not a pointer definition with a string for example char ca two two different to the above produces an array in data space which is initialised at startup with the string two copied from program space whereas a constant string used in other contexts represents an unnamed const qualified array accessed directly in program space HI TECH C will use the same storage location and label
333. sion should be Code Generator The intermediate code file produced by P1 is not the correct version for use with this code generator This is either that incompatible versions of one or more compilers have been installed in the same directory or a temporary file error has occurred leading to corruption of a temporary file Check the setting of the TEMP environment variable If it refers to a long path name change it to something shorter Contact HI TECH Support with details if required 720 multiple free Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 343 Error and Warning Messages 721 element count must be constant expression Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 722 bad variable syntax in intermediate code Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 723 function definitions nested too deep Code Generator This error is unlikely to happen with C code since C cannot have nested functions Contact HI TECH Support with details 724 bad op in revlog Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 726 bad op in uconval Code Generator This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 7
334. ssage formats Specifying a filename as argument will force the assembler to direct error and warning messages to a file with the name specified Flength By default the listing format is pageless i e the assembler listing output is continuous The output may be formatted into pages of varying lengths Each page will begin with a header and title if specified The F option allows a page length to be specified A zero value of length implies pageless output The length is specified in a number of lines H Particularly useful in conjunction with the A or L assembler options this option specifies that output constants should be shown as hexadecimal values rather than decimal values I This option forces listing of macro expansions and unassembled conditionals which would other wise be suppressed by a NOLIST assembler control The L option is still necessary to produce a listing Llistfile This option requests the generation of an assembly listing file If 1ist file is specified then the listing will be written to that file otherwise it will be written to the standard output O This requests the assembler to perform optimization on the assembly code Note that the use of this option slows the assembly process down as the assembler must make an additional pass over the input code Debug information for assembler code generated from C source code may become unreliable 91 HI TECH C Assembly Language Macro Assembler Ooutfile By
335. ssages 402 bad argument to F Objtohex The F option for objtohex has been supplied an invalid argument If you are invoking this command line tool directly then please refer to Section 5 11 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 403 bad E option Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 404 bad maximum length value to lt digits gt Objtohex The first value to the OBJTOHEX n m hex length rounding option is invalid 405 bad record size rounding value to lt digits gt Objtohex The second value to the OBJTOHEX n m hex length rounding option is invalid 406 bad argument to A Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 407 bad argument to U Objtohex This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 408 bad argument to B Objtohex This option requires an integer argument in either base 8 10 or 16 If you are invoking objtohex directly then see Section 5 11 for more details Otherwise this may be an internal compiler error and you should contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 409 bad argument to P Objtohex This option requires an integer argument in either base 8 10 or 16 If you are invoking objtohex directly
336. standard runtime start up code appropriate for the pro cessor and options selected unless you have specified the to disable this via the RUNTIME option If you require any special powerup initialization you should use the powerup routine feature see Section 3 3 4 6 2 4 DSPICC Compiler Options Most aspects of the compilation can be controlled using the command line driver The driver will configure and execute all required applications such as the code generator assembler and linker The driver will recognize the compiler options listed in the table below The case of the options is not important however UNIX shells are case sensitive when it comes to names of files 18 DSPICC Command line Driver DSPICC Compiler Options DSPICC Driver Options Option Meaning Bmodel Select memory model C Compile to object files only Dmacro Define preprocessor macro E file Redirect and optionally append errors to a file Gfile Generate source level debugging information Ipath Specify a directory pathname for include files Llibrary Specify a library to be scanned by the linker L option Specify option to be passed directly to the linker Mfile Request generation of a MAP file Nsize Specify identifier length Ofile Output file name P Preprocess assembler files Q Specify quiet mode S Compile to assembler source files only Usymbol Undefine a predefin
337. sting format 129 long command lines 129 module order 130 librarian 127 command files 129 command line arguments 128 129 error messages 130 listing format 129 long command lines 129 module order 130 Libraries 50 libraries adding files to 128 creating 128 default 18 deleting files from 128 excluding 36 format of 127 linking 123 listing modules in 129 module order 130 scanning additional 24 used in executable 120 library difference between object file 127 manager 127 library function __ CONFIG 146 __EEPROM_DATA 147 abs 148 acos 149 399 INDEX INDEX asctime 150 asin 152 assert 153 atan 154 atof 155 atoi 156 atol 157 bsearch 158 ceil 160 cgets 161 cos 164 cosh 165 cputs 166 ctime 167 div 170 eeprom_erase_block_only 171 eeprom_erase_row_only 171 eeprom_erase_word_only 171 eeprom_read_block 173 eeprom_read_row 172 eeprom_read_word 173 eeprom_write_block 174 eeprom_write_block_only 175 eeprom_write_row 172 eeprom_write_row_only 175 eeprom_write_word 174 eeprom_write_word_only 175 eval_poly 180 exp 181 fabs 182 flash_erase_block_only 176 flash_erase_row_only 176 flash_read_block 178 flash_read_row 177 flash_read_word 178 flash_write_row 177 flash_write_row_only 179 floor 183 frexp 184 400 getch 185 getchar 186 getche 185 gets 187 gmtime 188 isalnum 190 isalpha 190 isdigit 190 islower 190 kbhit 19
338. string which is a duplicate of the string pointed to by s1 The space for the new string is obtained using malloc If the new string cannot be created a null pointer is returned Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void char ptr ptr strdup This is a copy printf s n ptr Return Value Pointer to the new string or NULL if the new string cannot be created 240 Library Functions STRLEN Synopsis include lt string h gt size_t strlen const char s Description The strlen function returns the number of characters in the string s not including the null termina tor Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buffer 256 char sl s2 strcpy buffer Start of line sl buffer s2 end of line strcat s1 s2 printf Length d n strlen buffer printf string Ss n buffer Return Value The number of characters preceding the null terminator 241 Library Functions STRNCAT Synopsis include lt string h gt char strncat char sl const char s2 size_t n Description This function appends concatenates string s2 to the end of string s1 At most n characters will be copied and the result will be null terminated s1 must point to a character array big enough to hold the resultant string Example include lt string h gt include lt
339. sum Specifications If you are generating a HEX file output please refer to the hexmate section 5 14 for calculating checksums For OBJTOHEX the checksum specification allows automated checksum calculation and takes the form of several lines each line describing one checksum The syntax of a checksum line 1s 130 Linker and Utilities Objtohex Table 5 4 OBJTOHEX command line options Option Meaning 8 Produce a CP M 86 output file A Produce an ATDOS atx output file Bbase Produce a binary file with offset of base Default file name is l obj Cckfile Read a list of checksum specifications from ck file or standard input D Produce a COD file E Produce an MS DOS exe file Ffill Fill unused memory with words of value fi11 default value is OFFh 1 Produce an Intel HEX file with linear addressed extended records L Pass relocation information into the output file used with exe files M Produce a Motorola HEX file S19 S28 or S37 format N Produce an output file for Minix Pstk Produce an output file for an Atari ST with optional stack size R Include relocation information in the output file Sfile Write a symbol file into file T Produce a Tektronix HEX file TE Produce an extended TekHEX file U Produce a COFF output file UB Produce a UBROF format file V Reverse the order of words and long words in the output file n m Format e
340. t Architecture Description 68K Motorola 68000 series chips H8 300 Hitachi 8 bit H8 300 chips H8 300H Hitachi 16 bit H8 300H chips SH Hitachi 32 bit SuperH RISC chips PIC12 Microchip base line PIC chips PIC14 Microchip mid range PIC chips PIC16 Microchip high end 17Cxxx PIC chips PIC18 Microchip PIC18 chips PIC24 Microchip PIC24F and PIC24H chips PIC30 Microchip dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 chips 5 13 4 C This option will attempt to identify if the specified input files are one of the formats as shown in Table 5 6 If the file is recognised a confirmation of its type will be displayed 5 13 5 F When generating a COD file this option can be used to force all local symbols to be represented as global symbols The may be useful where an emulator cannot read local symbol information from the COD file 5 13 6 Okey This option specifies the format of the output file The key can be any of the types listed in Table 36 5 13 7 Ikey This option can be used to specify the default input file format The key can be any of the types listed in Table 5 6 5 13 8 L Use this option to show what file format types are supported A list similar to that given in Table 5 6 will be shown 136 Linker and Utilities Hexmate 5 13 9 E Use this option to tell CROMWELL to ignore any filename extensions that were given The default extension will be used instead 5 13 10 B In formats
341. t al 257 Library Functions UNGETCH Synopsis include lt conio h gt void ungetch char c Description The ungetch function will push back the character e onto the console stream such that a subse quent getch operation will return the character At most one level of push back will be allowed See Also getch getche 258 Library Functions VA_START VA_ARG VA_END Synopsis include lt stdarg h gt void va_start va_list ap parmN type va_arg ap type void va_end va_list ap Description These macros are provided to give access in a portable way to parameters to a function represented in a prototype by the ellipsis symbol where type and number of arguments supplied to the function are not known at compile time The rightmost parameter to the function shown as parmN plays an important role in these macros as it is the starting point for access to further parameters In a function taking variable num bers of arguments a variable of type va_list should be declared then the macro va_start invoked with that variable and the name of parmN This will initialize the variable to allow subsequent calls of the macro va_arg to access successive parameters Each call to va_arg requires two arguments the variable previously defined and a type name which is the type that the next parameter is expected to be Note that any arguments thus accessed will have been widened by the default conventi
342. t when after mapping data These psects contain any initialised global or static local variables ydata These psects contain any initialised global or static local ydata variables nvram This psect is used to store persistent qualified variables It is not cleared or otherwise modified by the runtime startup code ynvram This psect is used to store ydata persistent qualified variables It is not cleared or other wise modified by the runtime startup code bitbss This psect is used to store all bit variables except those qualified persistent ybitbss This psect is used to store all ydata bit variables except those qualified persistent nvbit This psect is used to store all bit variables qualified persistent ynvbit This psect is used to store all ydata bit variables qualified persistent temp This psect is used for temporary storage 68 C Language Features Interrupt Handling in C 3 10 Interrupt Handling in C The compiler incorporates features allowing interrupts to be handled from C code Interrupt func tions are often called interrupt service routines ISR Interrupts are also known as exceptions 3 10 1 Interrupt Functions The function qualifier interrupt may be applied to any number of C function definitions to allow them to be called directly from the hardware interrupts The compiler will process the interrupt function differently to any other functions generating code to save and restore any registers used and exit usi
343. t be specified to CROMWELL 614 no input files specified Cromwell CROMWELL must have an input file to convert 616 option C is illegal with options R or L Linker The linker option Cbaseaddr cannot be used in conjunction with either the R or L linker options 618 error reading COD file data Cromwell An error occurred reading the input COD file Confirm the spelling and path of the file specified on the command line 619 T O error reading symbol table Cromwell The COD file has an invalid format in the specified record 620 filename index out of range in line number record Cromwell The COD file has an invalid value in the specified record 621 error writing ELF DWARF section on Cromwell An error occurred writing the indicated section to the given file Confirm the spelling and path of the file specified on the command line 622 too many type entries Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 623 bad class in type hashing Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 624 bad class in type compare Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 338 Error and Warning Messages 625 too many files in COFF file Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support
344. t calls to strtok s1 should be set to a null pointer These calls start searching from the end of the last token found and again return a pointer to the first character of the next token or NULL if no further tokens were found Example include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt void main void char ptr char buf This is a string of words char sep_tok ptr strtok buf sep_tok while ptr NULL printf Ss n ptr ptr strtok NULL sep_tok 252 Library Functions Return Value Returns a pointer to the first character of a token or a null pointer if no token was found Note The separator string s2 may be different from call to call 253 Library Functions TAN Synopsis include lt math h gt double tan double f Description The tan function calculates the tangent of f Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt define C 3 141592 180 0 void main void double i for i 0 i lt 180 0 i 10 printf tan 3 0f Sf n i tan i C See Also sin cos asin acos atan atan2 Return Value The tangent of f 254 Library Functions TIME Synopsis include lt time h gt time_t time time_t t Description This function is not provided as it is dependant on the target system supplying the current time This function will be user implemented When implemented this funct
345. t file Specify object name srcfile obj Pprocessor Define the processor R Specify non standard ROM Twidth Specify listing page width 80 V Produce line number info No line numbers Wlevel Set warning level threshold 0 X No local symbols in OBJ file 4 2 Assembler Options The command line options recognised by the assembler are as follows 90 Macro Assembler Assembler Options A An assembler file with an extension opt will be produced if this option is used This is useful when checking the optimized assembler produced using the 0 option C Across reference file will be produced when this option is used This file called srcfile crf where srcfile is the base portion of the first source file name will contain raw cross refer ence information The cross reference utility CREF must then be run to produce the formatted cross reference listing See Section 4 7 for more information Cchipinfo Specify the chipinfo file to use The chipinfo file is called dspicc ini and can be found in the DAT directory of the compiler distribution E fileldigit The default format for an error message is in the form filename line message where the error of type message occurred on line line of the file filename The E option with no argument will make the assembler use an alternate format for error and warning messages Specifying a digit as argument has a similar effect only it allows selection of any of the available me
346. t service routines linked to the AIVT will of course take precedence over this behaviour Any undefined interrupts in both tables are set to the reset vector i e 0x0 Some aspects of the initialization of vector tables can be influenced using the following driver op tions RUNTIME vec_reset This option will initialise any unused interrupts with a vector to a RESET instruction The location of the instruction will be labelled with the compiler generated global symbol __ Default Interrupt RUNTIME vec_func This option will initialise any unused interrupts with a vector to a user provided interrupt function called GeneralInterrupt By creating such a function and using this option all undefined inter rupts will vector to this shared interrupt function Please not that the sub options vec_reset and vec_func are considered mutually exclusive Using both will generate a warning from the compiler and the vec_reset option will take precen dence 48 C Language Features Files 3 3 4 3 Initialization of Data psects One job of the runtime startup code is ensure that any initialized variables contain their initial value before the program begins execution Initialized variables are those which are not auto objects and which are assigned an initial value in their definition for example input in the following example int input 88 void main void Since auto objects are dynamically created they require code to be position
347. t string h gt char strcat char sl const char s2 Description This function appends concatenates string s2 to the end of string s1 The result will be null termi nated The argument s1 must point to a character array big enough to hold the resultant string Example include lt string h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buffer 256 char sl s2 strcpy buffer Start of line sl buffer s2 end of line strcat s1 s2 printf Length d n strlen buffer printf string Ss n buffer See Also strepyO stremp strncat strlenQ Return Value The value of s1 is returned 233 Library Functions STRCHR STRICHR Synopsis include lt string h gt char strchr const char s int c char strichr const char s int c Description The strehr function searches the string s for an occurrence of the character c If one is found a pointer to that character is returned otherwise NULL is returned The strichr function is the case insensitive version of this function Example include lt strings h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void static char temp Here it is char c s if strchr temp c printf Character c was found in string n c else printf No character was found in string See Also strrchr strlen stremp Return Value A pointer to the first match found
348. tered what looks like a function or other declaration but the preceding function has not been ended with a closing brace This probably means that a closing brace has been omitted from somewhere in the previous function although it may well not be the last one e g void set char a PORTA a the closing brace was left out here void clear void error flagged here PORTA 0 289 Error and Warning Messages 251 array dimension redeclared Parser An array dimension has been declared as a different non zero value from its previous declaration It is acceptable to redeclare the size of an array that was previously declared with a zero dimension but not otherwise e g extern int array 5 int array 10 woops has it 5 or 10 elements 252 argument conflicts with prototype Parser The argument specified argument 0 is the left most argument of this function definition does not agree with a previous prototype for this function e g extern int calc int int this is supposedly calc s prototype int calc int a long int b hmmm which is right error flagged here return sin b a 253 argument list conflicts with prototype Parser The argument list in a function definition is not the same as a previous prototype for that function Check that the number and types of the arguments are all the same extern int calc int this is supposedly calc s prototype int
349. th h gt double floor double f Description This routine returns the largest whole number not greater than f Example include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt void main void printf Sf n floor 1 5 printf Sf n floor 1 5 183 Library Functions FREXP Synopsis include lt math h gt double frexp double f int p Description The frexp function breaks a floating point number into a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2 The integer is stored into the int object pointed to by p Its return value x is in the interval 0 5 1 0 or zero and f equals x times 2 raised to the power stored in p If f is zero both parts of the result are zero Example include lt math h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void double f int i f frexp 23456 34 81 printf 23456 34 f 2 d n f 1 See Also IdexpQ 184 Library Functions GETCH GETCHE Synopsis include lt conio h gt char getch void char getche void Description The getch function reads a single character from the console keyboard and returns it without echo ing The getche function is similar but does echo the character typed In an embedded system the source of characters is defined by the particular routines supplied By default the library contains a version of getch that will interface to the Lucifer Debugger The user should supply an appropriate rout
350. the Program Space occ hes be ee e 63 FUNCHONS oses eR oS Bee e Bae Ee ee See bh ee oe 63 3 6 1 Function Argument Passing o lt ess ee ee 63 3 62 Function Retirm Vall s kG eee RRS Re eS 64 362 1 Integral Return Values s 2 402 42454 bbb sa e dS 64 3 62 2 Structure Return Vales ys sce ER Re RS 64 RESISENUSATS lt br at a A BR De tom amp we ag 64 Operator os kee ba ek See Ra a do eS ee Gal ee as 64 38 1 Integral Promotion oce ba RRR ERR 65 3 8 2 Shitts applied to integral types ooo we we ee 66 3 8 3 Division and modulus with integral types 66 PEE a e a A BA ee Bite ee E 67 20 1 Compiler senerated Psects ms se ee eae EA ee oe eR 67 sayo q Handling ME s x 2 25 2 ay IO 69 310 1 Interrupt Functions 4046 64 eee bbe Ee eee ba eS e 69 3 10 1 1 Context Saving on Interrupts 72 3 10 1 2 Context Restoration eo s e c esa ee eee 72 310 1 3 Fast Interrupt Fanctons se soo ook A a be a 73 3102 Enabling Interrupts ea ee ee ewe ee 73 Mixing C and Assembler Code ss o o op es cee ORR ERR ROR E eS 73 3 11 1 External Assembly Language Functions 73 311 2 asm endasm and Asm osos arras ees 75 3 11 3 Accessing C objects from within Assembly Code 76 3 11 3 1 Equivalent Assembly Symbols 77 3 11 3 2 Accessing specifal function register names from assembler 77 Preprocessing kc bea A eRe eee A ee ee ed ee oe 78
351. the space first when using this function Furthermore only the lower 24 bits are written to at each memory location See Also eeprom_read_row eeprom_write_row flash_read_block flash_write_block 177 Library Functions FLASH_READ_WORD FLASH_READ_ BLOCK Synopsis include lt htc h gt unsigned long flash_read_word unsigned address void flash_read_block unsigned address unsigned block unsigned size Description These functions allow read access to the flash memory of the target device They can be used to read a word at a time or a block of words of an arbitrary size Each of these functions take a word address in the program space ignoring the least significant bit See Also eeprom_read_word eeprom_read_block flash_read_row 178 Library Functions FLASH_WRITE_ROW_ONLY Synopsis include lt htc h gt void eeprom_write_row_only unsigned long address Description This function allows write access to the to the flash memory of the target device in _FLASH_ROW instruction word blocks of memory The macro _FLASH_ROW is defined in dspic h The function takes a word address within the program space which is rounded down to the nearest preceding whole row boundary Note This function does not erase the relevant region in flash memory before writing It only writes to flash memory Furthermore only the lower 24 bits are written to at each memory location See Also eeprom_write_row_only
352. tion given to this option is not understood or does not belong to the compiler 363 Error and Warning Messages 907 unknown memory space tag in option specification Driver A parameter to this memory option was a string but did not match any valid tags Refer to the section of this manual that describes this option to see what tags if any are valid for this device 908 exit status Driver One of the subcomponents being executed encountered a problem and returned an error code Other messages should have been reported by the subcomponent to explain the problem that was encoun tered 913 option may cause compiler errors in some standard header files Driver Using this option will invalidate some of the qualifiers used in the standard header files resulting in errors This issue and its solution are detailed in the section of this manual that specifically discusses this option 915 no room for arguments Preprocessor Parser Code Generator Linker Objtohex The code generator could not allocate any more memory 917 argument too long Preprocessor Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 918 no match Preprocessor Parser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 920 empty chipinfo file Driver Assembler The chip configuration file was able to be opened but it was empty T
353. tion is more efficient than an a 32 bit addition the compiler will encode the former If in the above example the type of a was unsigned int then integral promotion would have to be performed to comply with the ANSI standard 3 8 2 Shifts applied to integral types The ANSI standard states that the result of right shifting gt gt operator signed integral types is implementation defined when the operand is negative Typically the possible actions that can be taken are that when an object is shifted right by one bit the bit value shifted into the most significant bit of the result can either be zero or a copy of the most significant bit before the shift took place The latter case amounts to a sign extension of the number HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 performs a sign extension of any signed integral type for example signed char signed int or signed long Thus an object with the signed int value 0x0124 shifted right one bit will yield the value 0x0092 and the value 0x8024 shifted right one bit will yield the value 0xC012 Right shifts of unsigned integral values always clear the most significant bit of the result Left shifts lt lt operator signed or unsigned always clear the least significant bit of the result 3 8 3 Division and modulus with integral types The sign of the result of division with integers when either operand is negative is implementation specific Table 3 9 shows the expected sign of the result of the division of op
354. tives 78 undef 26 character in assembler labels 94 location counter symbol 95 macro argument prefix 106 amp assembly macro concatenation character 106 _ character in assembler labels 94 __Bxxxx type symbols 87 __CONFIG 42 __CONFIG macro 146 __EEPROM_DATA macro 147 __Hxxxx type symbols 87 __Lxxxx type symbols 87 abs function 148 abs PSECT flag 101 absolute object files 120 absolute psects 101 102 absolute variables 62 82 acos function 149 additional memory ranges 34 35 addresses link 115 120 load 115 120 addressing unit 101 ALIGN directive 107 alignment within psects 107 ANSI standard conformance 37 implementation defined behaviour 41 argument passing 63 391 INDEX INDEX ASCII characters 54 asctime function 150 ASDSPIC see assembler asin function 152 asm C directive 75 assembler 89 accessing C objects 76 comments 92 controls 109 directives 99 expressions 96 generating from C 26 label field 92 line numbers 92 mixing with C 73 pseudo ops 99 special characters 93 assembler code called by C 73 assembler controls 109 COND 109 EXPAND 109 INCLUDE 110 LIST 110 NOCOND 110 NOEXPAND 111 NOLIST 111 NOXREF 111 PAGE 111 SPACE 111 SUBTITLE 111 TITLE 112 XREF 112 assembler directives ALIGN 107 DB 104 DDW 104 DS 104 DW 104 392 ELSE 105 ELSIF 105 END 99 ENDIF 105 ENDM 105 EQU 77 103 GLOBAL 96 99 IF
355. too many macro parameters on this macro definition 776 can t allocate space for object offs Assembler The assembler has run out of memory 777 can t allocate space for opnd structure within object offs Assembler The assembler has run out of memory 780 too many psects defined Assembler There are too many psects defined Boy what a program 352 Error and Warning Messages 781 can t enter abs psect Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 782 REMSYM error Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 783 with psects are cyclic Assembler If Psect A is to be placed with Psect B and Psect B is to be placed with Psect A there is no hierarchy The with flag is an attribute of a psect and indicates that this psect must be placed in the same memory page as the specified psect Remove a with flag from one of the psect declarations Such an assembler declaration may look like psect my_text local class CODE with basecode which will define a psect called my_text and place this in the same page as the psect basecode 784 overfreed Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 785 too many temporary labels Assembler There are too many temporary labels in this assembler file
356. truction OxIFD the size in bytes of the field in the instruction for the value 1 and the value which is the actual value the symbol represents is typically the only information needed to track down the cause of this error Note that a size which is not a multiple of 8 bits will be rounded up to the nearest byte size i e a 7 bit space in an instruction will be shown as 1 byte Generate an assembler list file for the appropriate module Look for the address specified in the error message 7 07FC 0E21 movlw 33 8 O7FD 6FFC movwf _foo 9 07FE 0012 return and to confirm look for the symbol referenced in the assembler instruction at this address in the symbol table at the bottom of the same file Symbol Table Fri Aug 12 13 17 37 2004 _foo 01FC _main O7FF In this example the instruction causing the problem takes an 8 bit offset into a bank of memory but clearly the address Ox1FC exceeds this size Maybe the instruction should have been written as 327 Error and Warning Messages movwf _foo amp 0ffh which masks out the top bits of the address containing the bank information If the assembler instruction that caused this error was generated by the compiler in the assem bler list file look back up the file from the instruction at fault to determine which C statement has generated this instruction You will then need to examine the C code for possible errors incorrectly qualified pointers are an common trigger 478 rang
357. ts of this file is C code it cannot be included into an assembler module but assembler code can uses these definitions To use a SFR in in line assembler code from within the same C module that includes lt htc h gt simply use the symbol with an underscore character prepended to the name For example include lt htc h gt void main void PORTA 0x55 asm mov 0xAA w0 asm mov w0 _PORTA 71 Preprocessing C Language Features 3 12 Preprocessing All C source files are preprocessed before compilation Assembler files can also be preprocessed if the P command line option is issued 3 12 1 Preprocessor Directives HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 accepts several specialised preprocessor directives in addition to the standard directives All of these are listed in Table 3 12 Macro expansion using arguments can use the character to convert an argument to a string and the sequence to concatenate tokens 3 12 2 Predefined Macros The compiler drivers define certain symbols to the preprocessor CPP allowing conditional compi lation based on chip type etc The symbols listed in Table 3 13 show the more common symbols defined by the drivers Each symbol if defined is equated to 1 unless otherwise stated 3 12 3 Pragma Directives There are certain compile time directives that can be used to modify the behaviour of the compiler These are implemented through the use of the ANSI standard pragma facility The format of a
358. tware technical support with details 151 too many arguments in preprocessor macro expansion Preprocessor There were too many arguments supplied in a macro invocation The maximum number allowed is 31 152 bad dp nargs in openpar c Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 153 out of space in preprocessor macro argument expansion Preprocessor A macro argument has exceeded the length of an internal buffer This buffer is normally 4096 bytes long 272 Error and Warning Messages 155 work buffer overflow concatenating Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 156 work buffer overflow Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 157 can t allocate bytes of memory Code Generator Assembler Optimiser This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 158 invalid disable in preprocessor macro Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 159 too many calls to unget Preprocessor This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 160 too many errors Preprocessor Parser Code Generator Assembler Linker There were so many errors
359. two bytes 16 bits wide This flag is useful only when used in conjunction with the DB DW and DDW assembler directives Macro Assembler HI TECH C Assembly Language Some examples of the use of the PSECT directive follow PSECT fred PSECT bill size 100h global PSECT joh abs ovrld class CODE delta 2 4 3 8 4 ORG The ORG directive changes the value of the location counter within the current psect This means that the addresses set with ORG are relative to the base address of the psect which is not determined until link time The much abused ORG directive does nof necessarily move the location counter to the absolute address you specify as the operand This directive is rarely needed in programs The argument to ORG must be either an absolute value or a value referencing the current psect In either case the current location counter is set to the value determined by the argument It is not possible to move the location counter backward For example ORG 100h will move the location counter to the beginning of the current psect plus 100h The actual location will not be known until link time In order to use the ORG directive to set the location counter to an absolute value the directive must be used from within an absolute overlaid psect For example PSECT absdata abs ovrld ORG 50h 4 3 8 5 EQU This pseudo op defines a symbol and equates its value to an expression For example thomas EQU 123h The identifier thomas wil
360. type qualifier is changed to __persistent There are some library routines provided to check and initialise persistent data see A for more information and for an example of using persistent data 3 4 9 2 YData Type Qualifier The dsPIC memory map for RAM is divided into two parts x data and y data Some dsPIC instruc tion can only operate will addresses to object in the y data range Qualifying an object as ydata cause the object to be placed into the ranges of memory designated for ydata 3 4 9 3 Near and Far Type Qualifier Global or static objects qualified as near will be located below address 0x2000 and can be access directly Objects defined as far may be located anywhere in the data space and will be accessed indirectly By default i e with no qualifier objects are near 3 4 10 Pointer Types There are two basic pointer types supported by HI TECH C data pointers and function pointers Data pointers hold the address of data objects which can be indirectly read and possibly written by the program using the pointer Function pointers hold the address of an executable routine which can be called indirectly via the pointer 59 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features 3 4 10 1 Data Pointers A data pointer that is not a pointer to const references objects in the data space or RAM Such pointers are 16 bits wide and can access any object resident in the data space A data pointer to a const qualified object is us
361. ude lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 int i gets buf i atoi buf printf Read s converted to d n buf i See Also xtoi atof atolQ Return Value A signed integer If no number is found in the string 0 will be returned 156 Library Functions ATOL Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt long atol const char s Description The atol function scans the character string passed to it skipping leading blanks It then converts an ASCII representation of a decimal number to a long integer Example include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt void main void char buf 80 long 1 gets buf i atol buf printf Read s converted to ld n buf i See Also atoi atof Return Value A long integer If no number is found in the string 0 will be returned 157 Library Functions BSEARCH Synopsis include lt stdlib h gt void bsearch const void key void base size_t n_memb size_t size int compar const void const void Description The bsearch function searches a sorted array for an element matching a particular key It uses a binary search algorithm calling the function pointed to by compar to compare elements in the array Example 158 include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt struct value char name 40 int value values 1
362. ude two underscore characters at the beginning of the keyword e g __persistent so as to strictly conform to the ANSI stan dard Be warned that use of this option may cause problems with some standard header files e g lt intrpt h gt 2 4 50 SUMMARY type Select Memory Summary Output Type Use this option to select the type of memory summary that is displayed after compilation By default or if the mem suboption is selected a memory summary is shown This shows the memory usage for all available linker classes A psect summary may be shown by enabling the psect suboption This shows individual psects after they have been grouped by the linker and the memory ranges they cover Table 2 9 shows what summary types are available 37 DSPICC Compiler Options DSPICC Command line Driver Table 2 9 Memory Summary Suboptions Suboption Controls On implies psect Summary of psect usage A summary of psect names and the addresses they were linked at will be shown mem General summary of memory used A general summary of memories used will be shown hex Summary of address used within the hex A summary of addresses and hex file files which make up the final out put file will be shown file Whether summary information is shown Summary information will be on the screen or shown and saved to a file shown on screen and saved to a file 2 4 51 TIME Report time taken for each phase of build pr
363. ument to L is not a complete library filename rather it is a library keyword The actual file name of the library scanned is derived from this keyword the target device architecture and the selected memory model The name of the library scanned is composed as follows ARCH MEMORYMODELkeyword lib where ARCH is the architecture of the target device For dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 devices this will equal dspicc and for PIC24 devices it will equal pic24 MEMORYMODEL is the memory model selected at compile time For a small or large memory model this will equal the character s or 1 respectively keyword is the argument supplied to the L option For example suppose we had a project for a dsPIC30F6014 which was being compiled using the default small memory model In addition the project requires a suitably precompiled library called foo Then the file name of this library should be dspicc sfoo 1ib and the file should be located in the LIB subdirectory of the compiler installation directory To instruct the linker to scan this library we need only provide the driver with the option Lfoo 2 4 8 L option Adjust Linker Options Directly oe 99 The L option can also be used to specify an extra option which will be passed directly to the linker by DSPICC If L is followed immediately by any text starting with a dash character the text will be passed directly to the linker without being interpreted by DSPICC For example if the option L FOO
364. unctions CTIME Synopsis include lt time h gt char ctime time_t t Description The ctime function converts the time in seconds pointed to by its argument to a string of the same form as described for asctime Thus the example program prints the current time and date Example include lt stdio h gt include lt time h gt void main void time_t clock time amp clock printf Ss ctime amp clock See Also gmtime localtime asctime time Return Value A pointer to the string Note The example will require the user to provide the time routine as one cannot be supplied with the compiler See time for more detail 167 Library Functions DI EI Synopsis include lt htc h gt Description The DI and EI routines disable and re enable interrupts respectively These are implemented as macros defined in dspic h The example shows the use of DI and EI around access to a long variable that is modified during an interrupt If this was not done it would be possible to return an incorrect value if the interrupt occurred between accesses to successive words of the count value Example include lt htc h gt volatile long count void interrupt void tick void T1_VCTR count long getticks void long val Disable interrupts around access to count to ensure consistency DI val count El return val 168 Lib
365. und to be greater than one character or none at all An assembler specific example mov r0 12 12 specifies two characters 876 syntax error Assembler Optimiser A syntax error has been detected This could be caused a number of things 877 yace stack overflow Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 878 S option used ignored Driver The indicated assembly file has been supplied to the driver in conjunction with the S option The driver really has nothing to do since the file is already an assembly file 880 invalid number of parameters Use HELP for help Driver Improper command line usage of the of the compiler s driver 881 setup succeeded Driver The compiler has been successfully setup using the setup driver option 361 Error and Warning Messages 883 setup failed Driver The compiler was not successfully setup using the setup driver option Ensure that the directory argument to this option is spelt correctly is syntactically correct for your host operating system and it exists 884 please ensure you have write permissions to the configuration file Driver The compiler was not successfully setup using the setup driver option because the driver was unable to access the XML configuration file Ensure that you have write permission to this file The driver will search the following configuration fi
366. unsigned second 4 another 4 bits my_struct 266 storage class illegal Parser A structure or union member may not be given a storage class Its storage class is determined by the storage class of the structure e g struct static int first no additional qualifiers may be present with members by 267 bad storage class Code Generator The code generator has encountered a variable definition whose storage class is invalid e g auto int foo auto not permitted with global variables int power static int a parameters may not be static return foo a 268 inconsistent storage class Parser A declaration has conflicting storage classes Only one storage class should appear in a declaration e g extern static int where so is it static or extern 293 Error and Warning Messages 269 inconsistent type Parser Only one basic type may appear in a declaration e g int float if is it int or float 270 variable can t have storage class register Parser Only function parameters or auto variables may be declared using the register qualifier e g register int gi this cannot be qualified register int process register int input this is okay return input gi 271 type can t be long Parser Only int and float can be qualified with long long char lc what 272 type can t be short Parser Only int can be modified with
367. using the CHIP option to the command line driver see Section 2 4 20 or using the assembler P option see Table 4 1 but can also be set with this directive e g PROCESSOR 30F6014 4 3 8 18 SIGNAT This directive is used to associate a 16 bit signature value with a label At link time the linker checks that all signatures defined for a particular label are the same and produces an error if they are not The SIGNAT directive is used by the HI TECH C compiler to enforce link time checking of C function prototypes and calling conventions Use the SIGNAT directive if you want to write assembly language routines which are called from C For example SIGNAT _fred 8192 will associate the signature value 8192 with the symbol _fred If a different signature value for _fred is present in any object file the linker will report an error 4 3 9 Assembler Controls Assembler controls may be included in the assembler source to control assembler operation such as listing format These keywords have no significance anywhere else in the program The control is invoked by the directive OPT followed by the control name Some keywords are followed by one or more parameters For example OPT EXPAND A list of keywords is given in Table 4 7 and each is described further below 4 3 9 1 COND Any conditional code will be included in the listing output See also the NOCOND control in Section 4 3 9 5 4 3 9 2 EXPAND When EXPAND is in effect the cod
368. vation information and cannot proceed to execute The com piler may have been installed incorrectly or incompletely The error code quoted can help diagnose the reason for this failure You may be asked for this failure code if contacting HI TECH Software for assistance with this problem 1030 HEXMATE Intel hex editing utility Build 1 i Hexmate Indicating the version number of the Hexmate being executed 372 Error and Warning Messages 1031 USAGE inputl hex input2 hex inputN hex options Hexmate The suggested usage of Hexmate 1032 use HELP lt option gt for usage of these command line options Hexmate More detailed information is available for a specific option by passing that option to the HELP option 1033 available command line options Hexmate This is a simple heading that appears before the list of available options for this application 1034 type for available options Hexmate It looks like you need help This advisory suggests how to get more information about the options available to this application or the usage of these options 1036 bad optional header length 0x expected Cromwell The length of the optional header in this COFF file was of an incorrect length 1037 short read on Cromwell When reading the type of data indicated in this message it terminated before reaching its specified length 1038 string table length too short Cromwell The
369. which the parser assumes to be part of the original statement 300 Error and Warning Messages 315 expected Parser An opening brace was expected here This error may be the result of a function definition missing the opening brace e g void process char c woops no opening brace after the prototype return max c 10 2 error flagged here 316 y expected Parser A closing brace was expected here This error may be the result of a initialized array missing the closing brace e g char carray 4 1 2 3 4 woops no closing brace 317 expected Parser An opening parenthesis was expected here This must be the first token after a while for if do or asm keyword e g if a b should be if a b b 0 318 string expected Parser The operand to an asm statement must be a string enclosed in parentheses e g asm nop that should be asm nop 319 while expected Parser The keyword while is expected at the end of a do statement e g do func 1 do the block while what condition is true if i gt 5 error flagged here end 301 Error and Warning Messages 320 expected Parser A colon is missing after a case label or after the keyword default This often occurs when a semicolon is accidentally typed instead of a colon e g switch input case 0 woops that should have been case 0
370. will be emphasized using italicized type When part of a term requires substitution that part should be printed in the appropriate font but in italics For example include lt filename h gt Typographic conventions Introduction 16 Chapter 2 DSPICC Command line Driver DSPICC is the driver invoked from the command line to compile and or link C programs The driver has the following basic command format DSPICC options files libraries It is conventional to supply the options identified by a leading dash or double dash before the filenames The options are discussed below The files may be a mixture of source files C or assembler and object files The order of the files is not important except that it will affect the order in which code or data appears in memory Libraries are a list of library names or L options see Section 2 4 7 Source files object files and library files are distinguished by the driver solely by the file type or extension Recognized file types are listed in Table 2 1 This means for example that an assembler file must always have a as extension alphabetic case is not important The driver will check each file argument and perform appropriate actions C files will be com piled assembler files will be assembled At the end unless suppressed by one of the options dis cussed later all object files resulting from compilation or assembly or those listed explicitly on Table 2
371. witch statement See example for Error Message case not in switch on page 246 case label not in switch Parser A case label has been encountered but there is no enclosing switch statement A case label may only appear inside the body of a switch statement If there is a switch statement before this case label there may be one too many closing braces in the switch code which would prematurely terminate the switch statement e g switch input case 0 count break case 1 if count gt MAX count 0 woops this shouldn t be here break case 2 error flagged here 288 Error and Warning Messages 247 duplicate label Parser The same name is used for a label more than once in this function Note that the scope of labels is the entire function not just the block that encloses a label e g start if a gt 256 goto end start error flagged here if a 0 goto start which start label do I jump to 248 inappropriate else Parser An else keyword has been encountered that cannot be associated with an if statement This may mean there is a missing brace or other syntactic error e g here is a comment which I have forgotten to close if a gt b c 0 that will be closed here thus removing the if else my if has been lost c Oxff 249 probable missing in previous block Parser The compiler has encoun
372. with details 626 string lookup failed in COFF get_string Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 627 missing in SDB file line column Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 629 bad storage class in SDB file line column Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 630 invalid syntax for prefix list in SDB file Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 631 syntax error at token in SDB file line column Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 632 can t handle address size Cromwell This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 633 unknown symbol class Cromwell Cromwell has encountered a symbol class in the symbol table of a COFF Microchip COFF or ICOFF file which it can t identify 634 error dumping Cromwell Either the input file to CROMWELL is of an unsupported type or that file cannot be dumped to the screen 635 invalid HEX file on line Cromwell The specified HEX file contains an invalid line Contact HI TECH Support if the HEX file was generated by the compiler 339 E
373. with the above struct const int number int const ptr record 0x55 amp i 57 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features 3 4 8 Standard Type Qualifiers Type qualifiers provide information regarding how an object may be used in addition to its type which defines it storage size and format HI TECH C supports both ANSI qualifiers and additional special qualifiers which are useful for embedded applications and which take advantage of the dsPIC and PIC24 architecture 3 4 8 1 Const and Volatile Type Qualifiers HI TECH C supports the use of the ANSI type qualifiers const and volatile The const type qualifier is used to tell the compiler that an object is read only and will not be modified If any attempt is made to modify an object declared const the compiler will issue a warning User defined objects declared const are placed in a special psects in the program space Obviously a const object must be initialised when it is declared as it cannot be assigned a value at any point at runtime For example const int version 3 The volatile type qualifier is used to tell the compiler that an object cannot be guaranteed to retain its value between successive accesses This prevents the optimizer from eliminating apparently redundant references to objects declared volatile because it may alter the behaviour of the program to do so All Input Output ports and any variables which may be modified by interrupt routine
374. x 335 Error and Warning Messages 594 undefined symbol Linker The symbol following is undefined at link time This could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module 595 undefined symbols Linker A list of symbols follows that were undefined at link time These errors could be due to spelling error or failure to link an appropriate module 596 segment overlaps segment Linker The named segments have overlapping code or data Check the addresses being assigned by the P linker option 599 No psect classes given for COFF write Cromwell Cromwell requires that the program memory psect classes be specified to produce a COFF file Ensure that you are using the N option as per Section 5 13 2 600 No chip arch given for COFF write Cromwell Cromwell requires that the chip architecture be specified to produce a COFF file Ensure that you are using the P option as per Section 5 13 1 601 Unknown chip arch for COFF write Cromwell The chip architecture specified for producing a COFF file isn t recognised by Cromwell Ensure that you are using the P option as per Section 5 13 1 and that the architecture specified matches one of those in Table 5 8 602 null file format name Cromwell The I or 0 option to Cromwell must specify a file format 603 ambiguous file format name Cromwell The input or output format specified to Cromwell is ambiguous These
375. xample an example of the use of the function It is usually a complete small program that illus trates the function Data types any special data types structures etc defined for use with the function These data types will be defined in the header file named under Synopsis See also any allied functions Return value the type and nature of the return value of the function if any Information on error returns is also included Only those categories which are relevant to each function are used 145 Library Functions __ CONFIG Synopsis include lt htc h gt __CONFIG n data Description This macro is used to program the configuration fuses that set the device into various modes of operation The macro accepts a number corresponding to the configuration register it is to program then the value it is to update it with Macros have been defined to give a more readable name to the configuration register also masks have been created to describe each programmable attribute available on each device These attribute masks can be found tabulated in this manual in the Features and Runtime Environment section Multiple attributes can be selected by ANDing them together Example include lt htc h gt __CONFIG FOSC XTPLL4 __CONFIG FWDT WDTDIS __CONFIG FBORPOR MCLREN amp BORDIS void main void 146 Library Functions __EEPROM_DATA Synopsis include lt htc h gt __EEPROM DATA a b c
376. xecutable 120 moving code 27 MPLAB 30 multi character constants assembly 94 multiple hex files 118 near keyword 59 near qualifier 59 NOCOND assembler control 110 INDEX INDEX NOEXPAND assembler control 111 nojis pragma directive 81 NOLIST assembler control 111 non volatile memory 68 non volatile RAM 58 NOXREF assembler control 111 numbers C source 51 in linker options 116 nvbit psect 68 nvram psect 58 68 object code version number 120 object files 21 absolute 120 relocatable 113 specifying name of 92 suppressing local symbols 92 symbol only 118 OBJTOHEX 130 command line arguments 130 offsetting code 27 Optimizations assembler 32 code generator 32 debugging 32 global 32 optimizations assembler see assembler optimizer options assembler 90 ORG directive 103 output specifying name of 25 output file 25 Output file formats American Automation HEX 32 Binary 32 Bytecraft COD 32 COFF 32 ELF 32 Intel HEX 32 library 32 Microchip COFF 32 Motorola S19 HEX 32 Tektronic 32 UBROF 32 output file formats 120 specifying 32 130 overlaid memory areas 119 overlaid psects 102 ovrld PSECT flag 102 pack pragma directive 81 pad PSECT flag 102 PAGE assembler control 111 parameter passing 63 73 persist_check function 208 persist_validate function 208 persistent keyword 58 persistent qualifier 58 persistent variables 68 pointer qualifiers 59 point
377. xtension when shifting 66 SIGNAT directive 109 signat directive 86 signature checking 86 signatures 109 405 INDEX INDEX sin function 228 sinh function 165 size PSECT flag 102 skipping applications 37 source file extensions 42 source files 42 SPACE assembler control 111 space PSECT flag 102 special characters 93 special function registers in assembly code 96 predefined 77 special type qualifiers 58 sports cars 95 sprintf function 229 sqrt function 230 srand function 231 sscanf function 232 stack 41 48 stack pointer 36 41 standard type qualifiers 58 startup module 18 36 clearing bss 114 data copying 115 static variables 62 STDIO 87 storage class 61 strcat function 233 strchr function 234 stremp function 236 strcpy function 238 strespn function 239 strdup function 240 strichr function 234 stricmp function 236 string literals 52 143 concatenation 52 strings 406 assembly 94 storage location 52 143 type of 52 stristr function 251 strlen function 241 strncat function 242 strncmp function 244 strncpy function 246 strnicmp function 244 strpbrk function 248 strrchr function 249 strrichr function 249 strspn function 250 strstr function 251 strtok function 252 structures alignment padding 81 bit fields 56 qualifiers 57 SUBTITLE assembler control 111 SUMMARY option file 38 hex 38 mem 38 psect 38 switch pragma directive 84 Symbol fil
378. y powerup routine is included in the file powerup as The file can be copied modified and included into your project to replace the default powerup routine that is present in the standard libraries If you use a powerup routine you will need to add a jump to start after your initializations Refer to comments in the powerup source file for details about this 3 4 Supported Data Types and Variables The HI TECH for dsPIC PIC24 compiler supports basic data types with 1 2 and 4 byte sizes Table 3 5 shows the data types and their corresponding size and arithmetic type 3 4 1 Radix Specifiers and Constants The format of integral constants specifies their radix HI TECH C supports the ANSI standard radix specifiers as well as ones which enables binary constants to specified in C code The format used to specify the radices are given in Table 3 6 The letters used to specify binary or hexadecimal radices are case insensitive as are the letters used to specify the hexadecimal digits 51 Supported Data Types and Variables C Language Features Table 3 6 Radix formats Radix Format Example binary Obnumber or 0Bnumber 0b10011010 octal Onumber 0763 decimal number 129 hexadecimal Oxnumber or 0OXnumber 0x2F Any integral constant will have a type which is the smallest type that can hold the value without overflow The suffix 1 or L may be used with the constant to indicate that it must be assigned either a
379. y intended for equating the address of a C identifier with a microprocessor special funciton register To place a user defined variable at an absolute address define it in a separate psect and instruct the linker to place this psect at the required address as specified in Section 31233 Absolute variables are accessed using the address specified with their definition thus there are no symbols associated with them Because the linker never sees any symbols 62 C Language Features Functions for these objects it is not aware that they have been allocated space and it cannot make any checks for overlap of absolute variables with other objects It is entirely the pro grammer s responsibility to ensure that absolute variables are allocated memory that is not already in use 3 5 4 Near Variables Global or static objects qualified as near will be located below address 0x2000 and can be access directly By default i e with no qualifier objects are near 3 5 5 Far Variables Global or static objects objects defined as far may be located anywhere in the data space and will be accessed indirectly 3 5 6 Objects in the Program Space const qualified objects are placed in the program space along with code The program space vis ibility PSV feature of the dsPIC is use to map the const qualified objects into the x data space The PSV is configured automatically at startup by the runtime code 3 6 Functions 3 6 1 Function Argument Pass
380. y the base address of a particular section of code for example the section of code containing the actual executable instructions 5 3 Program Sections Any object file may contain bytes to be stored in memory in one or more program sections which will be referred to as psects These psects represent logical groupings of certain types of code bytes in the program In general the compiler will produce code in three basic types of psects although there will be several different types of each The three basic kinds are text psects containing executable code data psects containing initialised data and bss psects containing uninitialised but reserved data The difference between the data and bss psects may be illustrated by considering two external variables one is initialised to the value 1 and the other is not initialised The first will be placed into the data psect and the second in the bss psect The bss psect is always cleared to zeros on startup of the program thus the second variable will be initialised at run time to zero The first will however occupy space in the program file and will maintain its initialised value of 1 at startup It is quite possible to modify the value of a variable in the data psect during execution however it is better practice not to do so since this leads to more consistent use of variables and allows for restartable and ROMable programs For more information on the particular psects used in a specific compil
381. ype format specifier 978 this identifier is already an enum tag Parser This identifier following a struct or union keyword is already the tag for an enumerated type and thus should only follow the keyword enun e g enum IN ONE 1 TWO struct IN woops IN is already defined int a b hi 979 this identifier is already a struct tag Parser This identifier following a union or enum keyword is already the tag for a structure and thus should only follow the keyword struct e g struct IN int a b hi enum IN ONE 1 TWO woops IN is already defined 980 this identifier is already a union tag Parser This identifier following a struct or enum keyword is already the tag for a union and thus should only follow the keyword union e g union IN int a b hi enum IN ONE 1 TWO woops IN is already defined 981 pointer required Parser A pointer is required here e g struct DATA data data gt a 9 data is a structure not a pointer to a structure 369 Error and Warning Messages 982 unknown op in nxtuse Optimiser Assembler This is an internal compiler error Contact HI TECH Software technical support with details 983 storage class redeclared Parser A variable previously declared as being static has now be redeclared as extern 984 type redeclared Parser The type of this function or object has been redeclared This can occur because
382. ype so there is no loss of information Even if the operands have the same type in some situations they are converted to a different type before the operation This conversion is called integral promotion HI TECH C performs these integral promotions where required If you are not aware that these changes of type have taken place the results of some expressions are not what would normally be expected Integral promotion is the implicit conversion of enumerated types signed or unsigned varieties of char short int or bit field types to either signed int or unsigned int If the result of the conversion can be represented by an signed int then that is the destination type otherwise the conversion is to unsigned int Consider the following example unsigned char count a 0 b 50 if a b lt 10 count The unsigned char result of a b is 206 which is not less than 10 but both a and b are con verted to signed int via integral promotion before the subtraction takes place The result of the subtraction with these data types is 50 which is less than 10 and hence the body of the 1f state ment is executed If the result of the subtraction is to be an unsigned quantity then apply a cast For example if unsigned int a b lt 10 count The comparison is then done using unsigned int in this case and the body of the if would not be executed Another problem that frequently occurs is with the bitwise compliment operator

Manual - Digi-Key

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents